ML20010J556: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot change) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (StriderTol Bot change) |
||
Line 4,517: | Line 4,517: | ||
: r i pa w -ecr o %=' ' | : r i pa w -ecr o %=' ' | ||
: m. :=+.<- | : m. :=+.<- | ||
-t U. $ '. f ' Y | -t U. $ '. f ' Y((~l *h 5' l ill f*' 1['.d!l . :={k': -m !! ,,,9. ~ | ||
j | j | ||
?~ | ?~ | ||
Line 4,907: | Line 4,907: | ||
@ ain 0%.J w | @ ain 0%.J w | ||
= a-p a ,Nc. Sa f | = a-p a ,Nc. Sa f | ||
& . m,- I ff:+1 | & . m,- I ff:+1(([%,., | ||
''9 | ''9 | ||
~ | ~ | ||
Line 4,934: | Line 4,934: | ||
5 t | 5 t | ||
l i i oi | l i i oi | ||
(( e i _ _d - | |||
5 cW d lI . . | 5 cW d lI . . | ||
g | g | ||
Line 5,231: | Line 5,231: | ||
! ,l j .: 1 M1 -, | ! ,l j .: 1 M1 -, | ||
.i i I '! la s 11 lg h-L g,,3 _'. . . _ _ _ - , _ _ _ _ _ , , | .i i I '! la s 11 lg h-L g,,3 _'. . . _ _ _ - , _ _ _ _ _ , , | ||
pl o | pl o )) t ip,, li ;! " -s' | ||
[y]' | [y]' | ||
.l 7b lni y ,e L - [" - ''*[ s FUdij i!!' .= | .l 7b lni y ,e L - [" - ''*[ s FUdij i!!' .= | ||
Line 5,555: | Line 5,555: | ||
~ eigewe a | ~ eigewe a | ||
@-* [ | @-* [ | ||
7. | 7.))![ihl ru n , | ||
l PTE e | l PTE e | ||
,.s i ! o ""' | ,.s i ! o ""' | ||
Line 9,227: | Line 9,227: | ||
~S - - - - I +2 i l ''";,' E | ~S - - - - I +2 i l ''";,' E | ||
.2849 , | .2849 , | ||
,' -- yh\ | ,' -- yh\(('~-~h',U//A' i | ||
g M ~Qf l i ;=, | g M ~Qf l i ;=, | ||
f n I __f -1 l 4 | f n I __f -1 l 4 |
Latest revision as of 10:12, 15 March 2020
ML20010J556 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | North Anna |
Issue date: | 09/23/1981 |
From: | BBC BROWN BOVERI, INC. (FORMERLY BROWN BOVERI CORP. |
To: | |
Shared Package | |
ML20010J552 | List: |
References | |
CH-A-319-156E, DRK-80-1, NUDOCS 8110050338 | |
Download: ML20010J556 (50) | |
Text
.____
[' ?
C 1A h w ge V W m an TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I
j NORTH ANNA UNITS 1 AND 2 GENERATOR BREAXERS i
h I REVISION 0 FEBRUARY 26, 1980 VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY I RICMMOND, VIRGINIA APPROVED NAME DATE PREPARER pj, J-/O-@
ENGINEER .
[-//-86 7
SUPERVISOR , 7 77 , 6 1 _J -/914 PROJECT ENGR
.S-le-80 QUALITY ASSURANCE da- N w 3 -M- 80 I
I I
8110050338 810923 PDR P ADOCK 05000338 j PDR
Specifications 4198 l s
) VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY
!3 RICHMOND, VIRGINIA jg NORTH ANNA UNITS 1 and 2
!I i
~
i j EnF veeCo Soecifications No. 419s For j Furnishing of Generator Circuit Breakers i
i
! Purchase Specifications j
~
l i
\\
\-
l l
5 i
E i
I i
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY February, 1980 L/2217/1
i I l -
Enclosu-e~l Specifications 4198 i
l . VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY l NOR 4 bNI I d2
!t VEPC0 Soecifications No. 4198 i
For Furnishing of Generator Circuit Breakers l Purchase specifications i
3 -
t I
i
~
i t
I I
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY February, 1980
_-m.. _ - __ _ _________ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ m..___
i I !
Specifica!. ions a198 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART II - Bid Form PAGE Division 2.1 - Prices Section 2.1.1 - Specified Spare Parts 2.1.1-01 II-1-1-1 General 2.1.1-02 For Generator Circuit 2reakers 11-1-1-1 Section 2.1.2 - Additional Spare Parts 2.1.2-01 General 11-1-2-1 2.1.2-02 For Generator Circuit Breakers 11-1-2-1 Section 2.1.3 - Schedule 3f Maximum Payments II-1-3-1 Section 2.1.4 - Price Adjustment II-1-4-1 Division 2.2 - Technical Information Section 2.2.1 - Accessories and Tools II-2-1-1 Section 2.2.3 - Ecuipment Data 2.2.3-01 General Data II-2-3-1 2.2.3-02 Generator Circuit Breakers II-2-3-2 2.2.3-03 Compressed Air System II-2-3-4 l Section 2.2.4 - Manufacturing, Shipoing and Delivery Schedule II-2-4-1 Section 2.2.5 - List of Subcontractors II-2-5-1
^
l Section 2.2.6 - Enclosures 11-2-6-1 l
Section 2.2.8 - Proposed Quality Assurance Program II-2-8-1 _
W Part VI - Technical Soecifications Section 6.1 - General 6.1-0 'a'ork to be Done VI-1-1 6.1-02 Materials VI-1-1
[ 6.1-03 Tests of Materials VI-1-1 i 3 6.1-04 Replacement Parts VI-1-1 1 6.1-05 'nel ding VI-1-2 6.1-06 Auxiliary Equipment and Data VI-l-2 I 6.1-07 Nameplates VI-l-2 l
5
, L/2317/7
I 6.1-08 Electrical Equipment VI-1-3 I 6.1-09 6.1-10 Electrical Wiring and Terminals Piping VI-1-5 VI-1-6 6.1-11 Foundation Materials VI-1-6 6.1-12 Handling Devices VI-1-7 6.1-13 Site Conditions VI-1-7 6.1-14 Shop Painting VI-1-7 6.1-15 Lubricants VI-1-7 I 6.1-16 Witnessing of Factory Assembly and Tests VI-1-7 6.1-17 Spare Parts VI-1-8 4
Section 6.2 - Detailed Requirements for Generator Circuit Breakers 6.2-01 Scope VI-2-1 6.2-02 Type and Rating VI-2-1 6.2-03 Performance Requirements VI-2-2 6.2-04 5tructural Details VI-2-3 6.2-05 Bushing and Blast Chamber Insulators VI-2-3 6.2-06 C71ductors and Main Contacts VI-2-3 1 6.2-07 6.2-08 Ooerating Mechanisms Enclosures VI-2-3 VI-2-6 6.2-09 Cooling VI-2-6 -
6.2-10 Control Cubicles VI-2-7 6 6.2-11 Compressed Air Systems VI-2-8 6.2-12 Air Receivers VI-2-9 6.2-13 Accessories and Tools VI-2-9 6.2-14 Spare Parts VI-2-9 6.2-15 Factory Tests VI-2-10 6.2-16 Equipment Data lt t VI-2-ll
.8 l5 l3 t
- I Q
8 L/2317/8
a l
Specification 4198
. I -
i 1 PART II - SID FORM i DIVISION 2.1 - PRICES SECTION 2.1.1 - SPECIFIED 3 PARE PARTS f (Reference 6.1-17) ;
2.1.1-01 GENERAL -
! List hereunder (or append a list in the form below) the price for the saecified spare parts which are to be furnished with the equipment.
j 2.1.1-02 FOR GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS (Reference 6.2-12)
One (1) 10 CFM spare compressor to be provided at no additional charge.
Additionai snare parts to be purchased via change order.
i lI le
!I il 4i 1 .
IIi j rI_1_1_1 d
i L/2317/9
- e i
i 1
ls Specification 4198
! PART II - BID FORM l DIVISION 2.1 - PRICES
(
SECTION 2.1.2 - ADDITIONAL SPARE PARTS j (Reference 6.1-17) 2.1.2-01 GENERAL -
List hereunder the additional spare parts which are recormlended by the Bidder for purchase with the equipment. These spare parts are in addition to l the specified spare parts. The purchase of any or all of the recommended additional spare parts will be at the option of the Purchaser. The option l will be exercised within two years of the date of award of this Contract.
-l 2.1.2-02 FOR GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS NONE
- I l
l8
- 9 j
!I I
ii
~
i i
i 8
1 11-1-2-1 L/2317/10
Specification d193 PART II - SID FORM DIVISION 2.1 - PRICES SECTION 2.1.3 - SCHEDULE OF MAXIMUM PAYMENTS
, (Reference 4-19, Payments)
I Append Schedule of Maximum payments by month based on the prooosed manufacturing, shipping and delivery schedule in Section 2.2.4 of the Bid Form.
None I
i I
t -
t I
8 I
B I
I 8
II-1-3-1 L/2317/11
i Specification 419S PART II - BID FORM 1h lT i
DIVISION 2.1 - PRICES SECTION 2.1.4 - PRICE ADJUSTMENT l, (Reference 4-19, Paragraph B.)
ig .
Bidder shall outline Price Adjustment, if any.
E None i8
!t
- I iI
!E I
I
~
I t
i I
I 11-1-4-1 L/2317/12
Specification 4198 u
PART II - BID FORM
[ DIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SECTION 2.2.1 - ACCESSORIES AND TOOLS
[ (Reference 6.2-11)
}
List hereunder the special tools and equipment which will be furnished.
The cost of all accessories and tools shall be included in the amounts bid for the equipment.
The following special tools are included:
One (1) torquing scanner for main arcing contacts i
One (1) key for removal of auxiliary arcing contacts E
B B
B
^
E I
I II-2-1-1 L/2317/13
I Soecification 4199 PART II - BID FORM DIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATI0;.
SECTION 2.2.3 - EQUIPMENT DATA I Bidders shall attach the following drawings and data and fill in the blank spaces:
2.2.3-01 GENERAL DATA A_. Drawings showing the overall dimensions, and other Drawings, photograohs, or cuts showing the general construction of the equipment which the Bidder proposes to furnish. Drawings shall contain sufficient information I for determining space requirements crane clearances, and handling procedures during assembly and disassembly.
B. Detailed information as to the materials to be used for the principal parts, descriotion of major parts to make clear the tyce of construction and convenience of assembly and I disassembly, and such other information as may be recuired to determine whether the equipment proposed meets the requirements of the Specifications.
_C_ Drawings showing the circuit breaker connections to the isolated-phase bus sections. Drawings shall include the minimum phase-to-phase spacing, height above floor level, and such other information required to determine coordination between the circuit breakers and
,I isolated-phase bus layout.
E_ A list of the required a-c and d-c external power supplies (voltage, current, and load) required:
Name of Eouioment V A W USED FOR Cooling 460 2x6 2xT725 *2x5 HP motors I Control Cubicie 120AC 1 100 Heater Control Cubicle TN TA TM controls Comoressor 460 2x12 2iT450 *2x10 HP motors -
I
- 0ne unit running and one unit standby I
I 5
II-2-3-1 -
L/2317/14 .
E Specifications A198 f~
v I
I
-F. Recorrrnended maintenance procedures. These shall include the number of operations at specific time intervals and interrupting currents I before inspection or replacement of circuit breaker components is recuired.
G. Cata describing the circuit breaker interrupting performance.
Data shalT be submitted in accordance with the general guidelines presented in
,I ANSI Std. C37.04 (AC High-Voltage Circuit Breakers), Section 04-4.5.3 (Interrupting Performance).
2.2.3-02 GENERATOR CIRCJIT BREAKERS A. Manufacturer's designation DR35V17500 B. Operating mechanism g 1. Type Electro Pneumatic l5 2. Normal operating pressure 423/2130 psig 3_. Minimum coersting pressure I recoired for rated c1rcult breaker interrupting capa- ,
bility 315/2060 osig 1 Append detailed description of secuence of safety cre-cautions recuired on slow I or sudden loss of pressure and of operation of safety alarms, contacts, and de- -
vices to prevent improper I operation.
- 5. Number of stored operations I without air supply from the compressor station 3 C. Rated maximum voltage
- 23.1 kV D_. Voltage range facter 1 E_. Frequency 60 8
11-2-3-2 L/2317/15 1
Specifications 4198 F.
Continuous current rating 30500 _
A G_.
Sy rietrical current interrupting capability voltage at rated coerating 155000 A H.
Asymmetrical current interrupting capability at rated operating **232000 A -
voltage I.
Basic impulse instla;io.1 level (BIL) 170, kV-crest J_ . Power frequency withstand 75 kV K., .
Short time, 3-sec, current rating L.
M kA Closing and latching current
_600 kA 3 M.
4 g Capacitive current switching capability 30500 A 1
l1 Circuit breaker interrupting time (based upon 60-Hz) a cycles
-0. Circuit breaker closing time (based upon 60-Hz) .
_ la _ cycles P_ . Maximum transient recovery voltage _6 kV 0, .
Maximum noise level at any point five feet above base due to circuit breaker operation
_132.4 db R.
Weight of one assembled circuit breaker pole.
6830 lbs S.
Shipping weight of one circuit breaker pole. -
8850 lbs T. Shipping dimensions of one circuit breaker pole.
66" x 134" x 120"_ in U_. Total shipping weight.
3 x 8850 lbs.
- Insulatica level (max. rated voltage): 36kV
- Considering 60" asymetry which is more than adequate 8
L/2317/16 II-2-3-3 i
Spec ifica tions a198 2.2.3-03 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM A. Ccmoressors 1 Number 2 l _2 . Type and manufacturer Duolex Unit Worthington/Ingersoll Rand
- 3. Pressure 2900 psig a 4 Rating at atmospheric pressure 2 x 10 cfs
- 5. Numoer of comoressor stages 3 B_. Comoressor Motor
- 1. Tpe *
- 2. Number of phases 3
- 3. Voltage 460 V 4 Horsecewer 10 ho 5_. Full-load current 10 A C. Number of air receivers 2
_D,. High-pressure alarm setting 2200 psig E. Low-pressure alarm setting 2200 psig F. Cutout setti.ig of safety valves 2940 osig
~G. Time recaired for one air compressor ll to charge the air receivers to nor-
- W mal operating pressure from
- 1. Minimum operating pressure 36 min -
l
- 2. Atmospheric pressure 90 min H_. Compressor start setting 2760 psig l I. Compressor stop setting 2800 psig 8
- To be given 8
II-2-3-4 L/2317/17 I
I Specifications 4193 J. Accend a schematic diagram of I
the compressed air installation showing details of piping, amount F-28816-013 of air used per "Close-Ocen" operation, sto-age capabilities F-28812-008 of air used per "Close-Open" I operation, storage capabilities of air receivers, and details of valving, regulators, dryers, and traps, etc.
I -
-K. Provide details of the sensing Device Manuf.
I devices which control alarms and interlocks.
+% Acc.
+%
Span Adj Range I
- A Current Carry Capability I
I I
8
- To be provided I
I I
I 5
8 .
8 II-2-3-5 L/2317/18
8 Specification 4198 PART II - BID FORM OIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SECTION 2.2.4 - MANUFACTURING, SHIPPING, AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE (Reference 5-05) l Bidder shall append a manuf acturing, shipping, and delivery schedule.
!I
- l. All equipment external to the generator breakers (air i
compressors, control cabinet and piping) not later than: June 30, 1980.
l 2. Two (2) Cooling Units and spare parts not later than: August 30, 1980, i 3. One (1) Complete Three Pole Generator i Breaker: October 30, 1980.
l
! 4 One (1) Complete Three Pole Generator i Breaker: November 30, 1980.
lI
- 8 I
it i
i
'I lt i
'E
- I
!3 i
II-2 4-1 L/2317/19
8 Soecification 4198 PART II - BID FORM DIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SECTION 2.2.5 - LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS (Reference 4-07)
I List hereunder the proposed Subcontractors to be employed if awarded the Contract.
I Name and Address of Subcontractor _ Descriotion of Work
- 1. Phoenix Electric Corocration Control Cabinet 480 Neoon Street Canton, MA 02021
- 2. Worthinoton/Incersoll Rand *Comoressed Air Plant
- 3. Alona, Nidan, Switzerland Low Pressure Air Receivers
"""^
I "'"'"""""*'"""
8 -
1 I
~
8 I
~
I
- To be supplied.
II-2-5-1 L/2317/20 l
! Soecifications a193 i
3 l
- PART II - BID FORM !
l* DIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SECTION 2.2.6 - ENCLOS'.:itES l !
List and number hereunder all enclosures accompanying the Bid which are -
i not attached to the Bid Form. Mark enclosure with identifying number as i
listed belcw.
See Gould-Brown Boveri oracosal dated October 22, 1979 l
l 4
I i
!I I
!I I.
3
!I i
i l3 II-2-6-1 L/2317/21
Specifications 4198 l
i PART II - BID FORM DIVISION 2.2 - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SECTION 2.2.8 - PROPOSED QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM (Reference 4-24) i4 -
Append descriotion of proposed quality assurance program.
l8 l:
j -
See Gould-Brown Boveri proposal dated Ocotber 22, 1979.
- I
's jI.
!8 1
II-2-8-1 ll t<23i7,22
Spccifications 4198 PART VI - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 6.1 - GENERAL I
6.1-01 WORK TO BE CONE The Seller shall be responsible for the design, submittal of drawings and data, manufacture, delivery, supervision of installation, check-out, testing and energization of the generator / circuit breakers complete with accurtenances and spare parts, maintenance equipment, test equipment and I iastruments all in accordance with the Specifications. All werk shall be done by personnel skilled in the related professions and trades The work shall be performed utilizing the best modern practices.
6.1-02 MATEPiAg ,
Materials shall be new and of first-class quality, suitable for the purpose, free from defects and imperfections, and where shown, of the classifications and grades specified. Unless otherwise specified, materials shall comply with the latest aoplicable ASTM soecifications. Material I specifications, including grade or class shall be shewn on the appropriate detail drawings submitted for review. If ecuivalent material specifications are to be used, complete details and specifications shall be submitted with the bid, including a list of the materials, their ASTM equivalents, and the I identification of corponents of equipment for which they are to be used.
6.1-03 TESTS OF MATERIALS A_ . General. A;! matarials or parts used in the equipment shall be tes;ad, unless otherwise directed, in conformity with applicable methods prescribed by the ASTM, or such other organization as may be specifically I required, and in accordance with the best commercial methods. When requested, tests shall be made in the presence of the Purchaser's Shop Irspector.
I Stocked material may be used, provided evidence is furnished to show that such material meets the specHied requirements.
B. Test Certificates. Certified material test reports shall be I furnished in triplicate to the Purchaser's Shao Inspector and to the Engineer as soon as possible af'ter the tests are nade. The test certificate shall identify the component for which the material is to be used and shall contain -
all infornation necessary to verify comp!iance with the Soecifications.
6.1-04 REPLACEMENT PARTS The Seller shall provide and maintain in storage for at laast 10 years, free of ccst to the Purchaser, sufficient templates, gauges, patterns, or other records to enable the Seller to make repair and replacement parts. All I special gauges and templates necessary for field erection shall become the property of the Purchaser. Patterns shall remain the property of the Seller.
I E VI-1-1 L/2317/23
9?* "g7p O
%e 9) g <t.
k/ #(p, / 4 /hk?'
i
' $%+
\\'F IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) l.0 lg m a
- na p==2 m
l l,l h ,'
b-b g
1.25 1.4 1.6 I
i .
- 6" :
- 4 +4%
M drx y *kA4%
O
~
<>h &w 4
h% 4 A, c)y+ _ , - T-sq,,,sy TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 $ m 934 y [j IBlE I.l ? _ '* N2
~
!!!!!1
!.25 i.4 i.6 V
4%
<>so/ ,%%
f
++ W ,/
v o 7/ 4+e%
4>
Soecification d199 6.1-05 WELDING A. General. All welding shall be performed by the electric-arc method, by a process that excludes the atmosphere from the molten metal, and where oracticabla, by automatic machines. Af ter being deposited, all welds shall be cleaned of slag oy shotblasting, unless otherwise accroved, and shall be uniform, smooth, showing good fusion with the base metal, and free of voids, cracks, and clinkers. Unless otherwise accroved, machined surf aces of parts affected by welding shall be machined to final dimensions af ter welding.
Machined surf aces of parts recuiring stress relief shall be machined to final dimensions after the pa-ts have been stress-relieved. Localized stress relieving will not be oermitted for shop-welded parts. .
S_. Edce Precaration. Members to be joined by welding may be cut to shape and size by mecnznical means suc5 as shearing, machining, grinding, or by gas or arc cutting, to suit the ccaditions. Design of welded joints and selection of weld filler metal shall allcw thorough cenetration and good fusion of the weld with the base metal. The edges of surfaces to be welded shall be sound metal free of visible defects, such as laminations ce defects l
I caused by cutting operations, and free from rust, oil, grease, and other foreign matter.
C. Weldinc Qualifications. The qualificaticn of welding precedures, welders, and welding coera*_ves for all welding of pressure-containing comoonents, including weld repairs, shall conform to standards at least ecual 3 to Section IX cf the ASME, "Soiler and Pressure vessel Code." For welding of l Structural parts, the cualifications shall conform to standards at least ecual to the AWS " Standard Qualification Procedure." The Seller shall furnish the f acilities, equipment, materials and other articles recuired to perform la qualification tests of his welders and welding coeratcrs. Certificates of welder qualifications shall be furnished to the Engineer if requested.
6.1-06 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT AND DATA Ite :s of ecuipment for the comoressed air plant such as pumps, motors, talves and similar small pieces of equipment and accessories shall be I manJf aCtured in the United States or shall be of a type which is readily available in the United States. The names of manuf acturers of mechanical and electrical auxilia y ecuipment to be inc;rporated in the Work, together with 3 performance cha*acteristics and othe- significant information, shall be g submitted for actroval. Equipment incorporatec in the Work without the Engineer's approval shall be subject to rejection.
~
6.1-07 NAMEPLATES l
Each major and auxiliary item of equipment shall have a nameolate pe, nanently affixed thereto, or as directed, showing in a legible and durable manner the serial numoer, name and address of the manuf acturer, ratings, characteristics, and other significant inf ormation as required by the applicable standards.
Nameplates identifying only the distributing agents will not be acceptable. Nameplates shall also be provided where required for identification of canel-mounted devices. Dials, gauges, and nameplates shall be marked and a schedule of such markings shall be submitted for review.
VI-1-2 L/2317/2
I Specifications 4198 I (Purchasing Issue) 6.1-08 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Motors.
- 1. General. Motors shall be single speed, squirrel-cage, induction type.
- 2. Ratines. ~
- a. Frequency, Hz 60
- b. Horsepower, hp Not less than the maximum brake horse-I power repuired by the driven apparatus
- c. Voltage (1) less than 1/2 ho, volts 115, 1-phase (2) 1/2 hp to 250 ho, volts 360, 3-phase
- d. Service Factor 1.15 I e. Insulation Class B non-hygroscopic
- 3. Standards,
- a. Motors furnished under the Specifications shall conform to NEMA MG-1 Section 11, carts 10,11,12, and 14 fo- fractional and integral I horsepower motors as to all features of material, workmanship, design and tests. They shall be NEMA Design B.
maximum temperature rise determined by resistance shall be I 4 b_.
in accordance with NEMA MG-1-12.42 and MG-1-20.40.
Enclosure. Motors shall be housed in an open, drip-proof enclosure! ~
- 5. Bearings, a_. Bearings shall be grease-lubricated and of the ball type with provisions for greasing with a low-pressure gun. Provisions shall be made to prevent over-greasing where excess lubrication may cause damage.
- b. The bearing service life is 100,000 hours0 days <br />0 hours <br />0 weeks <br />0 months <br /> and shall be the minimum recorxnended hours of operation at tne motor design sceed and load conditions. These service hours shall represent the bearing life that 90 per I cent of the bearings will complete or exceed with loads established in accordance with ANSI B3.15 and ANSI B3.16.
VI-1-3 L/2317/25
I Specification 419B l
l
'I c. Bearinas shall he sealed to orevent the escacement of the lubricant in either direction along the motor shaft.
6_. Groundinc. Refer to 6.1-OSF
- 7. Motor Terminals. Terminal leads shall be sucolied to extend six inches beyond the outer face of the terminal box. The Purchaser will supply lugs for terminating external cable.
~8. Motor Terminal Conduit Boxes. Motor terminal conduit boxes shall I be of the size necessary to accomocate tne Purchaser's cable and lugs and shall be suitable for rotating in 90 degree steps. Cover chall be gasketed.
- 9. Nameciates. In addition to standard information in accordance with NEMAI the nameolate shall state the following:
- a. Rotation
- b. Bearing number c_. Service Factor 10,. Bases. Bases shall be furnished integrally with the driven equipment.
11 Acctotable. U.S. Motor Manufacturers. Manufacturers of motors shaIl be eitner General Electric Co., West 1rgnouse, Allis-Chalmers Mfg.
Co. or Electric Machinery or approved equivalent.
B. Motor Starters.
1 General. Motor starters shall be full voltage, magnetic type.
- 2. R ati nes,
- a. Frequency, Hz 60
- b. Control Voltage, Volts 115, a-c
- c. Enclosure NEMA 1
- 3. Motors shall have thermal overload protection on each phase consisting of overload relays and appropriate heaters. _
A.
Control Transformer. The control transformer shall be sized as required and located within the motor starter enclosure.
C. Electrical Conduit Connections. External connections between Selle_r-furnishec equipment and Purcnaser-furnished equipment will be made in rigid, metal conduit. Conduit entrances shall conform to the requirements of I ANSI-CSO.1, "Soecification for Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated" and ANSI-C80.5, " Specification for Rigid Aluminum Conduit". External connections between individual components of equipment furnished by the Seller shall be made in rigid, metal conduit of a type, and in a manner approved by the Purchaser. On internal connections electrical conduit connections may be in accordance with standards selected by the Seller.
8
~"
.I enwns
I Soecifications 4193 (Durchasing Issuei I D. Control Ecuioment Electrical Ratinos. The control equioment included witn tne ecuipment furnisned by tne Seller shall be designed for operation at the voltages given below:
I 1. Nominal 125-V d-c ungrounded from station battery. 'oltage range = 100 - T40 V d-c.
- 2. Single-phase 120-V a-c. 60-Hz. + 10%.
E. Electrical Contact Circuits. All electrical contact circuits for the equipment instruments and cevices snall be suitable for the spolication and I shall be rated 0.5 A or more at 100-140 V d-c, undergroun6d unless otherwise noted, and shall be capable of withstanJing a dielectric test voltage of at least 1500 V a-c for one minute.
[. Electrical Groundino Pads. Electrical grounding pads, where scecified, shall consist of either a cooper or bronze plate welded to the housing or base of the ecuipment to be furnished. Each plate shall be I equicoed with tapoed bolt holes on NEMA 2-hole standard centers. Lucs will be furnished by the Purchaser.
Cubicle Heaters. Control cubicles shall be equipped with I G.
the-30 statically-controlled, contactor-switched electric heaters for moisture control. The construction of the cubicles and the placement of the heaters shall assure effective circulation of air and prevent damage to equioment by I overheating. The heaters shall be rated 460-V a-c, single-phase. The heaters will be coeraced at'230-V and shall be designed to provide adequate heat when energized at 230-V. Therefore, heater kilowatt rating must be four times the kilowatt heat load recuirement.
6.1-09 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND TERMINALS I A. Wire and Cable. Control wire shall be stranded, tinned copper, NEC type SIS, not smaller than la AWG exceot as otherwise specified, larger size wire shall be used where needed for the current carrying cacacity requirements. Smaller size wire may be used for low signal level circuits.
I Shielded wire shall be used for low signal level circuits. Power conductors shall be NEMA Class 3 stranded copper, not smaller than No.12 AWG. Curren transformer leads shall not be smalle- than No.10 AWG. Where wira and cab._
I pass over hinges, such as on doors of control cubicles, NEMA Class K stranded
~
cooper conductors shall be used for flexibility. Conductor insulation shall be adecuate for 600-V and shall be suitable for the environment (ambient temperature, exposure to moisture and oil, etc.) in which it is applied.
I 3. Wirino and Terminals. Electrical wirino within the equipment asseHolies snail be neatly arranged, orocerly se - ted, and terminated on one I side of the termir.al blocks, only, so that all external connections for control, instrumentatior, and auxiliary power can be made to the other side of the terminal blocks insi a one cubicle of the assembly. Current transformer secondary leads shall be terminated in short-circuiting terminal blocks i
j I equipped with polarity marks and nameplates. At least 20% spare unused terminals shall be provided in each group of terminal blocks. Control I
VI-1-5 L/2317/27 l
Scecifications 198 circuits and pcwer circuits shall be completely separated by use of divided or I separate te-minal bcxes. Terminal blocks for external connections shall be General Elect-ic Ty;a E3, cr approved ecual, rated 600-V, 30-A, designed to accom0date at least Size No. 8 AWG cable, and shall be proviced with covers.
I Ma-king st-tos shall have wire designations as used on the wiring diagram, or as designated by the Engineer. Nor more than two wires shall ce connected to any one terminal block sc ew. All wire connections shall be made with ring-tongue comoression terminals Surndy tyce YAV, or ecual, ac:; roved by I Engineer. Wires shall be identified at the terminal blocks as snown on the wiring diagram, or as designated by the Engineer.
6.1-10 I
P! DING
_A. Gene-al. Seller shall provide technical requirements for cipinc from compressor s<1c to breaker. Purchaser shall sucolv cicinc between these ..vo I coints. Piping, oice materials, cipe succorts, an'd hangers shall be in accordance with standards at least equal to ANSI Standard S31, " Code for Pressure Piping." The arrangement of piping and locations of valves and joints shall be such that there will be minimum disturbance of the piping and I interference with other equioment and systems when the circuit breaker is dismantled or parts are removed for inspection or repairs. Eolted flange connections or unions shall be provided at points where a piping system must I be disconnected for dismantlina.
S. Co cres' Air Picine.
/
(
- e. -
Picing shall conform to the recuirements of -
.- t e . , a ls. t - . ~ -
p
~.
e-ASTM A312, " Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe" Tyce 304 and e I ASTM Aa03, " Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fitting." For cressures * - -
uo to 125 osi, oice shall be schedule 40 with screwed fittings for sizes up to '-
2-1/2 in. and butt weld fittings for larger sizes. For pressures greater than 125 osi, pipe shall be Schedule 80 with screwed or socket-weld fittings.
C. Instrument Dioinc. Piping shall be brass or cooper pipe with brass or bronze screaec fittings or of cooce- tubing with brass fittings. Shutof#
I valves shall be crovided at pressure gauges and at coints where the gauge cioing connects to the main ecuipment, together with suitable blowoff valves and drain connections. Flexible tubing for dial thermometers shall be armored.
D. Pice Succorts and Picine Materials. Adecuate supports shall be provided for all picing incluce in the Seiler's sucoly. Succorts, pipe hangers, wall brackets, pipe clamos, f astening devices and all necessary I studs, bolts, nuts, washers, oil-resistant gaskets, packing, etc., required for the pioing systems shall be furnished by the Seller.
I E. Pioe Cornections. Internal pipe connections and external pipe connections between Seller-furnished ec"' ment and Purchaser-furnished equipment shall be threaded, or flanged with flanges f aced and drilled in accordance with the apolicable ANSI specifications. Soits, nuts and gaskets I repuired for piping connections to the flanges shall be provided. Ccnnections to comoressors and motors shall be made with flexible connectors to prevent any transfer of vibration.
6.1-11 FOUNDATION MATERIALS All anchor bolts, anchor locos, leveling screws, embedded anchor plate:.
bracing, and other foundation materials recuired for anchoring and/or supporting the parts during concreting, shall be furnished with the equipment. Concrete blockouts and anchor bolts to be set in concrete shall be I g accurately dimensioned on the Seller's Drawings as specified under Section
[
5 s-09 Seller's orawings (Part v).
VI-1-6 L/2317/28
Specifications 4193 6.1-12 HANDLI% DEV!CES Lif ting lugs, brackets, eyes, etc., required for attaching lif ting devices I shall be provided on each major comconent of the equipment wherever practicable. All slings and lif ting devices recuired for attachment to the components and assemolies and to a crane hook for handling during erection and disassembly shall be furnished.
I 6.1-13 SITE COND_ITIONS I The equipment shall be suitab'e for operation at, and ratings shall be based on, the following conditions:
Maximum ambient air temoerature, oC 40 normal with excursions I to 500C for eight hour Deriods.
Elevation above sea-level, not greater than, 271 feet.
6.1-14 SHOP PAINTING A. Cleaninc and Precaration of Surf aces. All metal parts, except those I embe3ded in concrete, shall be tnorougnly cleaned by sand blasting or other accroved prucass and painted in the f actory. Flaws in the exterior surfaces shall be fil hd with comocund, or filled by electric welding and ground smooth.
B. Paint Acolication. Paint acclication shall be in accordance with SSPC-PA 1, " Shoo. Field, and Maintenance Painting." All surfaces to be painted shall be bonderized (or otherwise treated so as to be substantially I corrosion-resistant), primed and finished with a surfacer and primer (Ducont Code No. 65-1050, or ecual) applied in accordance with the manuf acturer's directions. Exterior surf aces shall be finished with not less than two coats I of laccuer, the color of which will be determined later. Interior surfaces shall be finished in accordance with the Selle 's standard practices. The Seller shall furnish accroximately 1 gallon of each of the scecified paints and laccuers for field touchup work.
6.1-15 gf RICANTS Lubricants will be furnished by the Purchaser. Uoon completion of the I design, the Seller shall furnish a tabulation confirming the quantities of lubricating oil, and grease required for initial acplication for each item of equipment. .
6.1-16 WITNESSING OF FACTORY ASSEMBLY AND TESTS The f actory assemblies and tests specified for the various items of I equipment will be witnessed by the Purchaser's Shoo Inspector and the completed factory inspection forms shall be signed by him or his representative. Copies of all f actory insoection records shall be furnished i
l to the Engineer. Prior to major f actory assemblies and tes:,, the Seller l 5 shall submit an outline of the procedures and tests he plans to demonstrate fulfillment of the recuirements specified in Factory Tests for the ecuipment.
.I l
l
!g W VI-1-7 L/2317/29
Specifications 193 5.1-15 The tests required herein shall be witnessed by the Purchaser or his authorized represent 1tive unless waived in writing and ecuipment shall not be I shicoed until it has been approved for shioment by the Purchaser. Seller shall furnisn to the engineer certified copies of the recorts of all tests in acccedance with Section 5.33, caragraph L, including complete test data, and also the Veoco Certificate of Confermance.
5.1-17 SPARE PARTS I A. Soecified Soare Parts. Spare parts shall be furnished for the ecuioment as specifiec in Section 6.2 of the Technical Specifications, and the crice thereof shall be entered in the Sid Form. Spare parts shall be
~
interchangeable with and of t"e same materials and cuality as the original of I the equipment.
- 3. Additional Soare Parts. An itemized list of spare parts in addition I to those specifiec, inclucing price, which are recommended for Durchase with each najor item of ecuipment shall be submitted in the Additional Spare Parts Section of the Bid Fcrm. In preparing this list, consideration shall be civen
~
to the time delay involved if it were necessary to Obtain spare parts due to f ailure of a critical ccmoonent.
I I
I I
I I
1 l
I lI l
l I
I VI-1-8 L/2317/30 I
Soecifications a198 I PART VI - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 6.2 - DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 6.2-01 SCOPE This section specifies the detailed requirements for the design, I manuf acture, and testing of the cenerator ci-cuit breakers, and two compressed air systems to be furnished complete in accordance with the Specifications.
I 6.2-02 A_.
TYPE AND RATING Circuit breakers shall be air-blast, metal-enclosed, indoor-type which can be connected directly to the isolated-phase bus.
- 3. CircJit breakers shall have the following ratings:
I Generator Circuit Breaker 1 Number of phases I
3
- 2. Frequency, Hz 60
- 7. Ore-ating voltage, kV 22 2 5%
- a. Maximum voltage, kV 36 I.
I 6.
Z.
Voltace range factor Besit 1 pulse insulation level (BIL), kV-crest Power frequency withstand voltage, kV 1.0 170 75 1 Continuous current, A 30,500
" Breaker shall be caoable of closing and latching or interracting the maximum f ault current (worst case asynmetry) available from a system I with the following characteristics:
Percent impedance on 100 MVA base 1. 75 ".
X/R Ratio 102 I Maximum Voltage (normal operating-RMS)
Minimum Voltage (normal operating-RMS) 23.lkV 20.9kV" I 9. Operating duty cycle CO-15s-CO-5 min-C0 -
- 16. Permissible triooing delay, sec (as defined in ANSI Std C37.04) 1 i 11 Interrupting time,'on 60 Hz basic, cycles 4 1
3 Hottest spot teiperature rise (conductor), oC 65
- 13. Hottest spot temperature rise (enclosure), OC 15 C_. Ratings, tests, and characte-istics shall be in accordance with the latest acoroved standards of ANSI, IEEE, IEC, and NEMA, each as they apply.
I l
I VI-2-1 L/:317/31
.I Soecification 4198 6.2-03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS g A.
Circuit breakers shall be cacable of completely interruoting a 60Hz r
3-Lhase circuit at rated voltage and frecuency carrying any type of load at any power factor from unity to zero lagging, and faulted by any type of fault I from zero to 100", of the interrupting rating without exceeding the interruping time specified. Restrikes u:. der all interrupting conditions shall be avoided.
I B. The interrupting time for a Close-Open operatior, at the specified
, duty'shall not exceed the interrupting time for an opening operation by more than 1/2 cycle.
I C_. Any device required to function as a cu-rent limiter, or to damp out oscillations or restrikes prior to complete current interruotion, shall have a F
lif e expectincy not less than that of the circuit breaker as a whole.
D.
j The circuit breaker shall be designed to prevent coening or closing when the ccmaressed air pressure is too low for a complete C.0. operation.
All contact circuite for alarms and protective operations shall be supplied.
The types of devhes and their operating specifications shall be provided.
-E. The Sidder s't?1 indicate in his bid the pressure levels at which g various imoairments may occur and the precautions to be taken if the 5 circuit breake- is of such design that loss of air pressure reduces dielectric strength or impairs its interrupting or current carrying capability. All contact circuits for alarms and protective trioping
, for these conditions shall be supplied.
F. The circu': breakers shall be cacable of withstanding in the coen I posilicn without the use of disconnecting switches the maximum out-of-Pase voltage across the open contacts with the phase between the voltages continuously varying.
1 I
lI I
lI lI I '
'I I L/2317/32 VI-2-2
Soecifications a198 I 6.2-04 A.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS The seller shall furnish loading and force diagrams for both static and dynamic coerating conditions.
6.2-05 SUSHING AND SLAST CHAMSER INSULATORS I A. Bushings and insulators shall be made of porcelain or of an epoxy resin material having electrical and mechanical procerties at least equal to porcelain. The material used shall be non-tracking and free from laminations, cavities, flaws or other imoerfections which might affect its mechanical strength or dieletric quality. All mounting hardware shall be noncorrodihle I- or hot-dio zinc plated.
I B_. The insulators shall be adequately designed to carry all gravity and shock reaction loads due to operation within the specified ratings. They shall meet all applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE and NEMA Standards.
6.2-06 CONDUCTORS AND MAIN CONTACTS A. Conductors shall be of high-conductivity copper or aluminum. The I temperature rise of contact surf aces and conductor joints shall not exceed the rated hottest-spot temperature rise and specified in Section 6.2-02 Type and R ati ngs.
I B. Conductor terminatiens shall be designed for direct conrecticn to the isolated - phase bus conductors. All connections will be made with bolted, flexible connectors to be sucolied by the isolated-phase bus manufacturer.
I The Seller shall furnish to the isolated-chase bus manuf acturer all certinent details including forces trr.nsmitted to the bus during circuit breaker coeration, and the teminal configuration, recuired for the design of the connections.
C. The circuit breaker interrupter contacts shall be desicned so their current-carrying surf aces are not subiect to arcing. Separate arcing contacts (I f aced with arc-resistant material shall be furnished. Arcing contacts shall be capable of interrupting arcs at full rating of breaker without excessive damage.
6.2-07 OPERATING MECHANISMS A. .he operating mechanism shall be electro-pneumatic and designed for
[ g locaT-manual and remote operation. -
l l l 8, . Provision shall be made for local-manual circuit breaker coeration by accessory mechanical means or by direct actuation of the operating mechanism l for maintenance anc' adjustment at the circuit breaker. A latch or lock to prevent local or remote electrical operation of the circuit breaker during manual operation shall be furnished.
C,. The tripping mechanism, shall be designed to trip all three poles of
! the circuit breaker simultaneously and prevent single-phase operation.
I D. The closing mechanism shall be anti-pumping and trip-free mechanically and electrically, except when being closed by the accessory mechanical means. The controls shall be designed so that the main interrupting contacts of all three poles part or touch within 120 electrical I degrees (5ms).
VI-2-3 L/2317/33
Soccifications a193 I 1 treaker.
Two independent trip coils shall be provided for each circuit The coils shall not have cc=cn flux paths and shall not be connected in series. Each trip coil will be sucervised by a la p or relay
, orovided by othe-s. These lamps or relavs will be onnected in parallel with l the triccing contact circuits, thus allo, sing a small current to flow a continuously through each trip coil.
I F. A cole disagreement circuit shall be provided which shall automatically energize the trio circuits of all three poles in the event that one er two poles fail to close when the closing circuit is energized.
I G. Each circuit breaker pole shall be equipoed with a twenty stace auxiTiary switch not used in the circuit breaker control circuits. Each stage shall be indeoendently adjustable for circuit closing er opening.
H_. A " Local-Manual, Remote" selector switch and a standard control swit n with red and green indicating lights shall be wired in the control circuits for local electrical opening and closing of the circuit breaker.
I. Each circuit breaker shall be furnished with local air-storage rese7voir(s) with capacity to permit a CO-15s-C0 operation with no replenishment for the sucoly system. A safety valve shall be provided on the I rese vo1r(s) to protect the reservoirls), the pneumatic system, and the circuit breaker moving parts against excessive pressure. The safety valve shall be constructed and located so that dust cannot make it inoperable. A I blewoff valve or drain plug shall be provided on the reservoir (s) for removing water and oil. A manual valve shall be provided between the air-storage reservoirs (s) and the coerating mechanism to positively prevent oneumatic operation of the circuit breaker when the valve is closed. A 519gle-pole I position switch shall be furnished to monitor the status of the ulve. The switch shall close when the valve is in the opened cosition. As an alternative to this manual shut-off valve, the bidder may describe his proposal for insuring against operation while maintaining the breakers.
J. Each circuit breaker shall include a set of two lights mcunted on the i
local control cabinet, lomed adjacent to the breaker pole. The green light will indicate an open isolacor. The red light will indicate a closed isolator.
K. Each circuit breaker shall be fitted with a sliding shutter barrier I whicn may be securely locked in either the closed or coen position. When closed, the shutter barrier is inserted into the open isolator gap allowing maintenance to be performed on the extinction and resister chambers.
L. Provisions shall be made for connecting in the field a multi-channel osciTlograph furnished by others to record mechanical travel of the circuit breaker contacts.
M. Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with all controls and accessories necessary for controlling and monitoring the operating mechanism compressed-air supply including, but not limited to, the following:
- 1. A non-return valve in the supply line from the air-comoressor station.
_2,. A manually-operated shut-off valve in the suoply line from the air-compressor station.
lI l VI-2 4 l L/2317/34 i
l
Specifications A195
- 3. Two pressure gauges: one to indicate the available air-pressure in the main supply line, the second to indicate the air-storage reservoir air-orassure.
O. Two alarm switches: one adjustable to close when air-storage reservoir pres ure drops to a coint corresconding to I CO-oceration, the sacond adjustable to close on high pressure.
- 5. A lockout switch to prevent the coerating mechanism fror attemoting a CTosure when air-storage reservoir cressure is too low for -one complete C0-coe'ation. .
- 6. A tee connection with a manually operated valve shall be
, g crovid for connecting an eme gency air su3 ply furnished by others. The tee g co... ... on, the alarm switches, and the lock-nut switch shall be connected to the pioing system so that the emargency air supply can be used in conjunction with, or in olace of, the normal ir supply.
I I
I I .
I
!I l
l
!I I
II I
lI l
lI VI-2-5 L/2317/35 i
I Specifications d193 I 6.2-08 Enclosures.
I A. Each pole of the circuit breaker shall be housed in a rigid, self-supoorting, electrically continuous, aluminum enclosure. Enclosures shall be designed for operation at ground potential and their temoerature rise shall not exceed the rated hottest-spot temperature rise as specified in Section 6.2-02 Tyce and Ratings.
- 8. Enclosures shall be esigned for direct connection to the I isolated-phase bus enclosures. All connections shall be made with bolted, gasketed, expansion-type bellows and flexible braid electrical jumpers sucolied by the isolated-phase bus manuf acturer.
C. Enclosures shall be furnished with removable panels to cermit access to tee circuit breaker conconents for ease of maintenance.
Two ground cads shall b
- o ovided on the enclosure of each circuit I D_.
breaker pole. Two ground lugs with NEMA Standard holes for No. 4/0 ground cable shall be provided.
6.2-09 Coolino.
A. The circuit breakers shall be designed for aceration with forced-air c0oled isolated-chase bus duct assemDlies. All coolino ecuipment ecuired for operation of the circuit breaker within the scecified ratings snall be orovided by the Seller. The breakers shall not interfere with the nomal forced-air cooling of the isolated phase bus.
B_ . If additional forced cooling is required, each three-phase circuit breaker shall have its own individual cooling system. The cooling system g shall be defined by bidder including any recuirements of external power, g water, or air flow that the Durchaser must provide. The cooling comoonents shall be neatly arranged within an enclosure located near the circuit breaker. All instruments and controls shal! be neatly mounted on sheet steel g panels within the enclosure. Two alam switches shall be provided. One l 3 switch shall be designed to close upon loss of cooling-air or water flow and i the second shall be adjustable and designed to close when the cooling-air or l water temperature goes above the maximum operating value specified.
l l
lI
- I lI I
I '
VI-2-6 L/2317/36
Specifications 4193 C_. The cooling plant material used for the heat exchange- is to be ste.inless steel. The raw water analysis orovided for the external cooling circuit is as fellows:
Expected water analysis is:
Estimated Water Lake Anna Analysis I Water Analyse In Coolir.c Tower Basin
~
pH at 77 F 5.4-7.2 6.0-8.5
. Electrical conductivity mhos at 7; F 57.5 Not Available PPM PPM I Total dissolved solids Sus:: ended solids Phenolohthalein alkalinity as CACO 3
.5
.0.0 0.0 1,000 100 Not Available Methyl orange alkalinity as CACO 3 13.8 300 I Calcium as Ca+-
Magnesium as Mg~
Silica / soluble) as SiO2 3.4 1.9 2.9 30 20 60 I Chierides as Cl-Sulf ates as S04-2 Iron as Fe 3.0 3.3 0.5 80 a0 40 Mancanese as Mn 0.01 0.1 l
I Chemical oxycen demand Turbidity a's'SiO2 Sodium as Na+
9.3 10.5 3.0 Not Available Not Available 30 I
g Potassium as K+ 2.5 25 g Capoer as Cu 0.02 0.2 6.2-10 Control Cubicles l
I A. On control cubicle shall be furnished for each three-pole circuit brealier. All operating mechanism control and indication devices shall be housed in the cubicle. ~
B. All wiring for external connections shall be terminated within the I
cubicles on terminal blocks.
I C,. The Seller shall furnish seven sets of four-pole, short-circuiting I type terminal blocks in the control cubicle for terminating current transformer secondary leads to be installed by others.
".. All control cubicles shall be dust-cight, and fabricated of steel I plate of sufficient thickness to prevent warping or buckling. Sracing shall be provided where required.
I l VI-2-7 L/2317/37 l .
Decifications 4198 1 Doors to control cubicles shall be vertically hinged and arranged in a manner to permit ready access to the inside of the control cubicle. Should the design be such t.it a door width in excess of thirty inches in required, I doubledocrs hinged for center coening shall be provided. A locking device shall be furnished to permit deo-s to be locked in the full-coen oosition.
Doors shall be self-locking in the closed cosition and shall include provisions for attaching a padlock to the locking device. A card holcer or pccket for a 5-in. x S-in. ooerations card shall be furnished and mounted on the inside of the door.
I F. Each control cubicle furnished shall be provided with a removable, gasketed, steel plate located in the bottcn of the cubicle. The steel olate shall be a minimum 12 gauge thickness. Conduit holes will be located and drilled in the plate in the field by others.
G. Each control cubicle shal' include a separatel: fused 120-V, a-c, single-phase convenience outlet an. lignt.
Each control cubicle shall include a 1/4 in. x 2 in. opper ground bus.-H. The housing framework and non-current-carrying metallic pa-ts of all ecuipment shall be securely connected to the ground bus with bolted te-minal lugs fring tongue). Two ground lugs with NEMA Standard holes for #a/0 ground cable shall be provided.
6.2-11 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS A. Gene-al Descriotion. The two independent comoressed-air sucoly systems shall each consist of 2 identical air compressors, and an air receiver I located at the compressor system. The bidder shall present in the proocsal the arrangement of valves, switches, como essors, supply air receivers, and individual air receivers. The systems shall be complete with prefabricated I enclosure, intake filters, motor driven compressors, combination circuit breakers and magnetic across-the-line motor starters, intercoole-s, af tercoolers, automatic unloaders, lubricating oil system, oil and moisture removal system, pressure switches, pressure gauges, control devices, control I wiring, valves, and ciping between all comocnents and between circuit brewers and the air sucaly system. System components shall meet the requirements of ANSI C37.075-1972.
B. Cacacitv. Each indeoendent system's air receivers, located at the comp 7essor, snall store sufficient air at normal operating pressure to sucoly the air repuired to perforn two Close-Open coerations on the circuit breaker.
C_ . Controls. Each control system shall be designed so either comoressor I can be selectec cy means of a manual transfer switch to coerate automatically l g in a lead-lag secuence. Each receiver shall have temoerature-compensated 3 pressure switches for high and low pressure alarm in addition to pressure switches used for automatic compressor control. A hand-off-automatic selector switch shall be furnished with each motor starter. The type and operating I specifications of each pressure switch shall be provided.
l lI l
I L/2317/33 VI-2-8
I Specifications d193 6.2-12 Air Receivers
- 1. General
- a. Air receivers shall be manuf actured and tested in accordance with the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels. The Seller shall furnish certified data that the pressure vessels have been manufactured and I tested in accordance with the above requirements and the receivers shall bear t'1e ASME or approved ecuivalent code label.
I b. Air receivers shall be epoxy coated on the inside. As a alternative, the air receivers may be f abricated from stainless steel or of stainless-clad steel. Receivers shall have ^9enings for insoection and cleaning in accordance with the requiremen*, of the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels,
- c. Air receivers shall be provided with safety valves in I accordance with ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels. Each receiver shall have a pressure gauge and adjustabie pressure alarm switches for high and low pressure alarm. If 2 or more receivers at the same pi essure are connected by a common header or manifold, only one pressure gauge and one set of high and I low pressure alam switches will be required provided these are located upstream from any non-retarn or check valves,
- d. Each air receiver shall be provided with two ground lugs with NEMA Standard holes for No. 4 AWG ground cable.
- e. A manual valve shall be provided on e. :h air receiver for draining condensed moisture.
6.2-13 ACCESSCRIES AND TOOLS A. One set of clearance measuring devices for the circuic breakers shall be furnished.
B. One complete set of new and unused special tools and appliances as may be reouired for dismantling, reassembling, maintenance, and operation of the circuit breakers shall be furnished.
6.2-14 SPARE PARTS The Seller shall furnish the following specified spare parts in part or in I
total as specified by the Purchaser via Change Order. A set of soare parts is defined as the total number required for one circuit breaker, one air comoressor, or one motor starter:
A. One set of main contacts, arcing contacts, and resistor current-interrupting contacts for a complete 3-phase circuit breaker.
B. One high voltage insulator of each type.
C. One insulating rod or tube of each type.
D. Three sets of gaskets for a complete 3-phase circuit breaker.
E. One pressure switch and one pressure gauge of each type used in one complete circuit breaker.
VI-2-9 L/2217/39
Soecifications 4193 F. Orie interrupter chamber complete.
t G. One complete set of relays, close and trip coils, and control switches of each type for the circuit breaker.
H. Two sets of gaskets for an air compressor.
I. Two sets of contacts for a motor starter.
J. One set of pressure switches and control relays for the central air compressor station. -
K. One pressure gauge of each type used in the central air comoressor station.
6.2-15 FACTORY TESTS I A. Each item of equipment and all similar equipment supplied as spare parts shall be given the Seller's routine factory tests and other tests, as specified, to insure successful oceration of all parts of the assemblies.
S. Design tests shall be performed on one item of equipment of each tyoe and rating furnished. Tests made on equipment of the same tyce and rating as the equipment being furnished will be acceptable as design tests.
C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, and NE.VA Standards and shall be subject to acoroval by the Purchaser.
D. Circuit Breakers.
l I 1. Routine Tests. Routine tests shall be made as specified in the Section titled, " Production Tests" in ASNI Standard C37.09, " Test Procedure for AC H1gh-Voltage Circuit Breakers".
I 2. Desien Tests. Design tests shall be made as soecified in the Section titled, " Design Tests" in ANSI Standard C37.09, " Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage Circuit 3reakers".
E. Air Comoressor Plant Tests. Each air compressor shall be given the manuf acturer's stancard production test and the controls shall be given dielectric tests and a complete operation test af ter assembly. -
8 l
1 1
VI-2-10 L/2317/40
Specificatiens A192 6.2-16 EOUIPMENT DATA Equipment data shall be submitted to the Engineer within 90 days af ter Contract award. Data for the ecuipment shall be furnished in the Form shown on the data sheets.
GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER DATA SHEET.
I Date:
Manuf acturer:
Station: North Anna Pcwer Station Un1:s: 1 and 2 I Ratinos Continuous current Rated Voltage A
kV I Voltace rance factor
~
Basic Impulse Insulation Level (3IL):
1 Between contacts and ground kV
- 2. Between open contacts kV I Power Frecuency withstand:
- 1. Between contacts and ground kV I 2. Between coen ccntacts Interrupting capability:
- 1. Symetrical kV A
- 2. Asymetrical A Capacitance current l
Switching capability A Transformer magnetizing current switching lI
~
capability Operating mechanism A l 1. Normal operating pressure osig l 2. Minimum operating pressure osig l
- 3. Tripping lock-out pressure osig
, g 4 Closing lock-out g pressure osig
- 5. Low pressure alarm setting osig Current required to trip l
I circuit breaker Minimum voltage recuired to trip circuit breaker A
V l
E Current required to close g circuit breaker A Minimum voltage recuired to close circuit breaker V i Maximum Noise level at a point five feet above circuit breaker base due to 3 pole l
I I bre&ker operation dbA lI I
I VI-2-ll L/2317/41 I
I Enclosure 2 Saecification a198 I
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE PROJECT NAME North Anna Units 1 and 2 SELLER ADDRESS
~
ITEM OR SERVICE MARK N0.
SPECIFICATION NO. AND TITLE 4198-North Anna Units 1 and 2 Generator a Circuit Breakers PURCHASE ORDER NO. J.0, NO.
SELLER IDENTIFYING NO. DRAWING N0. ,_
DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: (IF NONE, 50 STATE) ATTACH
=
COPIES OF DEVIATION APPROVAL DOCUMENTS.
- 1. 4
- 2. 5.'
- 3. 6.
The seller, including his sub-suppliers, hereby certifies that the item or service, su:: plied on this crder complies with the above listed specifications, drawings, applicable codes, standards and procedures. The seller certifies that all deviations from soecification requirements are listed above and that deviation approval documents are attached. .
I SIGNATUR E f
QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGER OR EQUIVALENT I
- I 1
! L/2317/42
I Enclosure 2 I Specifications 4199 (Purchasing issue)
Instructions for Comoleting VEPC0'S Certificate of Conformance _
E The Seller shall comolete the Certificate of Conformance (C of C) in duolicate in accordance with the following instructions:
h
=
- 1. Include addenda and revisions as well as the dates of issue on the lines following No. and title of Specifications.
I
- 2. The drawing numbers listed shall be the approved fabrication drawings with the latest revisions as supplied by Purchaser, Purchaser's Agent or Engineer, where applicable.
- 3. All Seller's deviations from the Specifications must be listed with I approval letters to verify acceptance of the deviations.
, g a. If there is insufficient scace for required information on the C of C lg Form, additional sheets may be attached to the form.
- 5. The completed Certificate of Conformance shall be presented to Purchaser's Inspector or be mailed to:
l Virginia Electric and Power Company l Attn: Quality Assurance Engineer l P.O. Box 24666 Richmond, Vi ginia 23261 as appropriate prior to shipment of the cortponent or ecuipment.
I 1
i i
i i
I L/2317/43 A
I -.
Enclosure 3 I Specifica + "s 4198 VEPCO ll;,$" LICDSING AND QUAL;T'f ASSURANCE -
Y.5.1. R EPORT FOR
- m. C. mC. 1 MEET CF I ""
- North Anna Units 1 & 2 Generator Ci_Tjit
' v EM Co m/ LCCAfica Breakers w ^ "
- a c-
. C a a wt u c MC.433 CCNTACs TELgs%C4g CMangg QaggA gc, Su sv EM CC m:/ LCC A ftCm Sid e CCM T eaCT NC.
SmECFICATICms MC/ ACCM VEleCCm SmCP =C.
j{
I wiTm tss v. vEm rT p .
- En rC ane t 34 $ h e
- 8 SY CATE l INSPECTICm Amc DCC*J MEMT RECCaC s'
- CEvt ATICMS/ TEST # A A Aas ETEm/
l ll % ! AemmovAvET f l n. eg s
~
1 Weldi".c Pry'adures X ilVl l i 1 2 %=ldinc 0;alifications 1X l H V l. $ i l 3 Waldier i LVl I i i 4 TeratMc & 3Mte"=am i I I I I e 3 5'*_ ? s i c 1 1Vi l i l 6 *.- e- ,1 1 = . T-e+- -4~-e 4 i iVi i i i 7 Tbuti.ne Tescs iX1 1VI l t s Desicn Wsts (first ene of I I i l i i l l 9 each tyce) iXl iVl l l t l 10 Wi-lac Lasoection i l iPi i i i i 11 Picine i i IPi i i I l 1: Sraze P=z _s & Scacial h is I i iVi l 1 i 13 scepsgerf re;ia,e 1 i I 'I I i ! I I i lPi 14 Cleea Mc G9i=*4 c 8 l l i 13 vi3,;31 1.greien i i ipl l j la Oi.,c-ei-=1 e 5,ee I i i P1 f I
, I7 Na. -
eclate Insrec*icn i l i Pi i l i i I ,
II 19 M
l I
i l
I e
l I
i l
I i
l i
I l 1
(
l 1
Ctacussacar _
t I CCC:JMENTATICN CZmTIFICATICNs SICN AT*JmE ON THe3 CCCUMENT. WHEN CNCCME3 MEME ( ). CEmT1F1E3 WAT ALI. SumvEILLANCE ACDCNS INeT1 ALL.ZO AaCVE MAvE SEZ.N ACCCMcL3SMED wtTH SAT 1SF AC*Cnv agESULTS. ANC TNAT RECytmEO CCCUMEF*TATION MAS SEEN mEvigwt3 ANO ACCEPTED IN ACCCacANCE wtTH THE RECylmEMENTS CF THE pumCNA$E 3pCC3FICATICN.
I. .
u f
CIST ai gu TICm f AE QA CComCim ATCm CATE S m ? = =3.
I CEMTmALPILE VEPCC 8mCJ EC* EMCm AE P8CJECT EMCm Sa TE GA tyPEmyt$3m C A EM C a.
ggary po g o gy g ga gn a m a g)
8 .
Enclosure 4 Specifications 4198 4
r.irm s :t Permit Number ec81M.2 _
CO3D10NWEALTH OF VIRGINIA I c.i.Q@W DEPART 31ENT OF TAXATION RICH 310ND, VIRGINIA 23215 SALFS AND USE TAX DIRECT PAY.TIENT PER31IT j This fire:t payment. permit, issued under Section 53 441.33 of the Vir;: inia Retail Sales and Use Tax Act. is subject to ,
the limitarius.s, terms and conditions set out in that section; and authorizes the manufacturer, mine operator, or public service l.
corporation nan ed below to purchase or lease tangible personal pruperty for its use or consumption from a dealer without paying I Go the dealer the \*irginia retail sales or use tax or any local sales tax therron, and tuj p Tax Commissioner.
mme Vir:-ir.is Elect:-ie arte #cver Cecca:rt
~
Street addrew Post o6 ice address Rieb=ced. Vir:: a 2:200 t .T!anufacturer O .\!ine Ope-stor Public Service Corporation G This direct payment permit is issued under the further cundition that the holder will file with the State Tax Commis,ioner eerurns and repor s in such form and substanc: as the Commissioner may prescribe so that no county or city will suser the fou of any Incal sales ca.: revenue by reason of the issuance of this per j , ,
Date issued Aqst 11. 16
- 1. [ ^ t I .
State Tax Commisiinner THE HOLDER MAY MAKE PHOTOGRAPHIC COP!ES OF THIS DIRECT P.\YMENT PERMIT I
I .
t
.g .
lh m
ii
.}
I 1
. . - - . . . . . , , . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . _ ._
)
E t .
- "*~'
STAN DARD INSPECTION PLAN I J,-C Generator Circuit Breaker Type DR/DRD I
,e.r.
1' l 4 l l O
b f..
r- '
t = t L --
}
e
r.'-_._<
. . '_ Y_
E i i ! J ::: := :: E :
~~~-- - -,
e
- l 3
r , ,,
l n 4
2 4 4 t l I= 228g2 t
2* **
E. ~~~ -- ! ==
j>
i 3
ad i
$ l 4 - -
2 l i N ** I g 8 ; mm , j j l i h? 5 A r i < < < < , , , ,\ t f '
i h $-r r
r i
d i
' ta- <ar tar 2 c I (2
1 , l 1 i - ! : I 11 i T '
I e
i 4
- ~~~
a a
1 1
I y - - i ~> ~J J > J i > i
] ;
- e
- , {'- - -
1 i, - - - _ .- - - - - . - - - -
il: 1 l ! '
a o .a. i : i T r y t
- ' E i i,i i i
P I .
i J
e i
i l
f; e
E
-90 @@Q:9/J/JG E 'ill Ili;I
.'I i l
e i
I i
i i
E I - _ - _ - _._ -. __ _
l , rgi;i I
i
= 1 3 4 g jNQ "% 0:2 27EEEEEEEE I i
'j I I IEEEE iE i
! RE h;
iI,!Il e 4 -=
j~ I 1 I
l l
, ,2 =2a I , I l 1 i i
- i - # - i i i
' ' I ll!
l 1 , l i l ;
3 i
L l -:~ :s ::sEEEEEEEE
$ ll iI llIlIIf t
' I I
l j = r. g :;
i 15 I
l I
Ei I
i i ! -
! I I I'i l ll j ll l i I
,I II I,i. il jl I i 0 4 j ll l
lIIlll'llllll' l'l3 l 1
'l
-1 j IlIi Jll ' J l
l 1
1 l
l1
! i l !
!lll! l nll(' ll'IIllI[llllI1 5l II I I i lll l II ;
I il;
- 1 i s . i i I l l '
a ! ls. l 3 g =! !
l l 1 3
! l 5 !'; Il i ! E I!j i I b2!ls!i9 Elj :!:) Er ' E'b 57 I' 1
5 _ !
E sEc
! So l :oy l [l g3s!u.a s F
[f.{ g ! E :3 ' 133 35: : 5 - El rz
- j i gG s EBicli!!ti
! : : 5-I
- : - .: e a.- -;g: -- . ::
. 33! 3 isE isi ;!s: !9 5 !!
su i : 1. .!. s. 5 : 2. 2. =. .!o! m! .! =. =. i. .s
.. S.. E _i..c sit .t .y ..m 33: ,$ c: ?
. se
.,,e. :e.
' c.i .ao n pJ n..u,, 49 i %, 1 i
.3 Fch 1977 . a.u .
e2 e v4., ' 3 ,e:f t.=.1
. n.n--
HAO 20102 E h
I
_ ._. . . . _ . _ _ .._____._.m____ ._ _ _.._ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ . - - _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _._. _ ______ ... .
2 l
l i
l l
l l
- m. ItAo 20102 s ?
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN l e...
_BC l "'","** l '"""ce rliknr x i . .. .. ... 4 r,.. ii R +, Materials . .. a. )
Lie ne ra t o r C . H . T ype O'4/040 n.cora. age.
+. i t e . a t.a.s.,4 a. .po..i s t .
in. ets pas i attris.e.. st
- a**j '"'l, Q ,,,, ,
1 [* -
Supplier'i Spoc. lupplier 'iiterial During production: Uatermined 1
hy the Internatinnal Standari I:urtificate Vartnus tests 5"DDI5"I SUC Matesial Spec. Fest Repurt Before s h i penen t : UhC Msturial Standard Various tests 2 At receiving:
Pu rch.$se 'Irde r FDO-Q 'fecuiving
- Supplier's rest re po r t 100 ,*
- BHC Material Standard Inspection
- Quantity 100 .
w Internat . S t and.t rit $!e co rd (PIR)
- " sual appearance IirnL batch s tee n s i on s 10il", , f n l l ow - =
li p
- hat .s ri al prnve rt ies ing batches s unot check 3 During machining:
First piece = ' tin u t ic t u r i n;' Spoc Af A -U
- Direension3 Drawinc 100*.
>:nv i n g Inan.
After rnachining:
"rocess Card i'rocess Car c
- Quantity 100'. x
- Dimensinns A'J L 1.5 = 'tra vine
) )
M M & M M' M: MJ M M M Y WM' W M W W W N O i BBC l "'""** l "'"es rlik on INS PE CTION AND TEST PLAN m. . lusQ 20102 E l e.. 3
** "'** ***~
""** Ge ne a t o r C . B . T y p e OR/ [nt O Standard Parts a) 8 a"- Es t.a t F @antity Standard i ,.ett point / att riwt.. l,""P.C L1 Best spet bl. S.cor d e 8]%+
11 During producticn: Determined ORC Material 'I t a n d a re iupplier l'or special by the llHC Orawing .ents only l Va d ous tesh supplier 12 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 Purchase Order F00-0 RIR
- Visual appearance = t3HC Material " t.a nda r i: AFA-Q
- Olmensions A O L. 1.5 = UHC Orawing
- Material properties s =
4l N
4 0 N
M M M M Mi mM M- E M St W <n< M m M M M M S
O ,
BBC l 8'" "*" l#*"6Jrtikon INS P ECTION AND TEST PLAN m. . EQ 20102 E l ,.. 4
""** Generator C.B. Type DR/ORD Special P.irts (gennral)
a)
'p- i..,.eis p int / ainiwi.. sei.at j""*",*'g,,, einer si.w re s..pa.. . i . mecore. *ggi-21 During prnductinn: According HBC Spec. iupplier Fnr special to BBC Spec Purchase Order tests arious tests BBC Orawing 22 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 Purchase Order AFA-Q RIR
- Visual appearance First batch x HliC Orawing
- Dimensions 1001, then x
- riaterial penpe rt ies AOL 1.5 x 23 During machte..ig:
- Dimensinns First piece x Manufacturing Spec. AFA-Q 1001 Orawing Roving Insp.
After machining:
- Quantity 100*. = Process Card 'rocess CarJ Oimension". AOL 1.5 x Orawine 4 4
1llllll M
M M ~
5 ty c.
r a l
M e r
o 8 c. R s
h N N 2 0
1 0
8 J
2 a
Q m r A 4 s. e W !
A n
C a
p i
l p
p M
A P
l l
s t
u>
s W d d
r a
n f
3 r
o a 3 t 1 O N 4
- r. i' 9 W A L
P s
w i
l sd a >> r i na s
k nT i 3
i,4 s t
ir s rid iG n T ewn wA u t aa aH g S iw art r M
E T
MOS CCN O . n C er ci b's Hi I l B pp D U UHD BS s N I h
]
M A P 3'
,o r = x * "
N * "
OI S j
t T [ x M C ed l" E P P l S a d e 5 N k c n r M O I
"J O
p s
i a
. imei rhl e * .
'0 '0 00 1
t a
s et p 1 1 Q t p A d
i ey u t D b M O N
n U o / I k R i
O e t M d l
r e 9 p
i o
m i
n o
c n
a me am n
' y r i s r rt
" I t t
a t t a ga
" . c s e s ae l
/
u e g psdi r M "
O.
C s
i n
o p
d o
r s t n i yaoe v t pnnDt i ge r p u i i l sgnc
' n i e
S,:
o e t annia I
i.. ' g i c n ueidf l
. N n r e r ui asmrar pou N
M H n
i I
R P
i a r V u t Q V'O S L S C e S D - A - - - - - -
B C B t c
u
- 1 1 2
M 1
d.
r P
30 7 2 M
M llllll
l 1lll q
6
. e r
l q
t t r r i o r p e e r
' r R I t S
)
t s R s e
- m M 2 0
1 k
T e T 0
- 2 r
- e 0 Q " * -
M A
- H
i l
p p
A F
A cC LL Z Z o.
"** u
. n
' I M i n
o 7
50i0 1
1 n0 2 o2 t
.ta 0 0 a0 N
ceic r 3 2 c2 i
e GCfT M A L
g pf i
c0 d
rg A aim cat P ns e2 On eI i c p S i ' p0 ewe wr S T L A #
ae S 0 s ap arS S r y
& E y2 E S O l hD l p pT c t p T I C p pM r s p C B u uA uF e u D A B S1 4 PBT S N f M
M A I tu ba x x x x x N t O s
- I t
- T r *P x x O C E
P a
La P l a
S i d 5 N c e n r 5 9 I
S e
p t a
i m i r i e
.t 5, *. 1 00 00t g
g ti u p 1 1 Q j t A t p
- aYu '
" D s d
D l a R a o O t l .
/ e n R r o U e m k
. : c e i
e iu n n o d l
r p n o a t n
'f y i
r i s r u io
' T t
t t a s e s n ta
/
c s u e g ps e o l
B S pn
. t d t n n i t y o i yaose
- C i A at
" o p E r s v t i i l sei isv mi r
o e
S p u o e t ann > rs t
s i T g i c nuedeyoo l
a c. C n r e asmrhdf r r ,
A i a r uiiad oeo e i P r V QVDiA bDP t n M u t C e I D - A - - - - - -
B G B '" *
- 2 1
2 2
1; 2 2 s
Il i ll
.g g
M ~
7 i.
._ t
.e g
_ l d
r
_M a
C
, R s
~ )
I s a , R e g E c M 2 **
0 o
'r 1
0 .
2 r Q 4
. e Q -
M Q A ***
H * '
, i l
p A
F A
F A
- t, A
' u s
" i M c e
p
., S r O N r e r M A L 3 3
. d e
r gi p gi nl e
d rg g P , Onrp O n n i i i i uu T
i ewt s ew w a
i, sac sa r S arae ar
_M E
T S
T C
hOf h c ut hD c
rC D
C A rC n B uB u0 D
T N PB'lafo P0 B N O C M
A
, x x x x x x x N s 3,
^
=
O tr y I
T a p
.O P a
_ C j a
E l P a
- S i
c d 55 55 N e e 111 1 111 1 p n r E 9 I
S i
mei e 00 00LL 1 1 OO 00 00LL 1 1 OO s rhl AA
.- et p AA t p
" eyu
' Db s E D n P o D n k / o h i R i e t e E 6 l
r e
O e
w t
n s t
i c n
a n
e m :
c n
a
' p s i r t g r
' y e . o a n a
i t
. t m a e e i e
' T. c o g psr n ps
/
u cs pn U
l
- B. :
. d n n pnt i h yao i yao
- C s. o l o y v t i e c t i r ai t
"* r
. S p i s i i il sc a m
il s t ane
' o . T rnet e t ana nuep i
g eepn c - uef l
t a i.. C A n t maa e asmr r asma E 7 r e
T N
i aih u r MDSQ r u ii u QVDS e uiih t QVDS f
Q B, G e.
O C
u D - - - -
t A - - - - A - - - -
3 B ** !
- 3 1
2 2 3
- 2 2 2 i
l l
q g .
BBC l """*" l '"" Oerlikon INS P E CT IO N AND TEST PLAN s. . HAQ 20102 E l r. 6
""*** "" "'**"*" '** ' a )
Generator C.B. Type DR/DRO Special Parts - CASTINGS 8 ;* '- in.,.eu p.m. / attrim.i set : j'*"C'", b , *= t t ti Staad.r* .e..,.. a .,4. *};;gt-21.4 CASTINGS (Vessels)
During production:
- Various tests Determined HUC Drawing 'lu p p l i e r by the supplier 22,4 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 x Purchass Order AFA-0 RIR
- Dimensions AOL 1.5 x UBC Drawing
- Visual appearance AOL 1.5 x 00C Specifi at8ans
- Surface AOL 1.5 x AGT 30 222
- Tightness of cooling 1001 = AGT 30 223 tubes 21 Af ter machining:
- Dimensions AOL 1.5 = BHC Drawing AFA-Q Stamp on
- Purosity (visual) 1001 x OflC Specificatiens casting
- Tiphtness 100*. x HAGT 30 492
- Compression s t reng t h 100's
- HAGT 30 159 g g
- Burs ting st rength one casting = ! HAGT 30 122 r oer batch, HAGI 30 252 where specif .
m m
m ~
. 3
't s
P' r
l m
t r
o p
. e R
. R I j
E ) R a 7
- 0 **
1 a t T
s e
e O
? .
Q r Q k in.
m IA I
i l
e o
A F
A p
u s
" i' M S 7 O 4 M 4 0 G 0 0 N 3 3 I
. T r W O N A
T I
l G
A G d e
rt g L f
/
i s
g H. A n O rn P S , i c ep w oi E n we ap sea T P aR r W S E
T I
P E
ie D rS C s t
h ct rsC ueB O
R B e U BT PTB D S N S W ^
A E
R P
3,
,, x = x x = x = x x N -
O s y
.W
. I T t r =
C ra E P P .e
_. l rc S a ee
.W $
I N i c
e p .
1111 rp 0000 o 0000 1 1 1 1 f di I
1*.5 0000'0 00000 1 1 1 1 1 1 .
S o .
n
" 1i W '
O S
G 2 m R N n D I h o / T th k
k gt R T e
M l i
r e
D e
. I F : c n n e nge enr re u c
n w e d
' p / o a t rs r
" y n. i r a
st s se a
"' T u S t e
. E c e n r :
pss
/ u psocp g M l B.
C o
P I
P d
o aosrg pnii n i yaio v t p en ti e
" r ist n iil isc r p l seci
" o E
R anret e t arna t U g uepl s c nuuef a ... n smmer e aspmr
-M 3 l
S r uimiu r . S i iioiu QVI DS e i E r VDCDB t n R u C e P D - - - - - A - - - - -
B G B '* 5 3 r
5:
1 2
2 2
O
g M
M - o, i
n l
t
.M e
r o
p a
. r
. R e
- . =
I R
)
- R j a t 9 M 2 0
1 0
" f s
e 4 2
. r o
t n e %
A i.a i 0
_. M a l
p p
u A
F A
M L
Z S
9 M 5 3
0 2
r T
$ n
- r e G W a t
e d
s a
a t
a i
g n
w d
Or g n i c A
H.
ir a ewe s
i r sap t = D arS s R + hD Y e r
E T
L C
B B
c rC s uB e t
I PBT o F
_ n R ,
M a I ,
x x x A
- 3,,
_. n -
o i s "
r O t
t m x U c e P a ?"
r p e l
s a d p n i e c n r s E $
i S
e p
s a.
e i
mei rhl e 1111 e 0000 c 0000 eh h et p 1 1 1 1 ic t p pt
~ eyu a
" Db s 3 b E D n R s o O s x / e 1
R e n
.E 1, O
e n
- eh vt "o p s r
o i g sn
" T y e s
i s t t eee a zh r c s r .8 / u e g sidt nsas N -
i C
s n
i., R E
d t o
r s n
i yo v ti eee
- r T p u i i sl ll i
o . L o e t nuui t
n i I g i c nenns a n r e amoan 3 e.
l F
r .
. i a r u! rre e r
. R r V QOGGT n u t
_ c e I
A O - A - - - - -
e G s '~
6 6, 2
j'-
1
"' 2 2
W M
. M -
1 1
't r .?
l
.W t
r o
p R
- e
~ R I E R l
-W
) t t 4 s 2
0 '
" e .
- 1 0
_ 2 r e k i Q
.W Q l -
A I
p A I
p F
- u A s S W 7 6
4 l
p p
u 0
- 3 s
& N .,
T f W A L
P u gf n
G A
t o
t g rn
. ir i . oi n wc pw T ae ea S - rp R r W E T l e
v OS CC t
sC eB O
- a BH
- D V DO T B N d ,.
A ,
M "
i o
n 3, x x x x = x x N e -
O l
- o I
T S c x x
- M C E l P
S 5 N
I 1% 1 %11
_ M Q .
00 00 1 1 0
0 1
00 00L 1 1 O A
_ M O R s n O n o / n h o k R o t g o n
es i
i D t
. i M f l
r e e p
n o
t ceee ngcr c n i t
n e
m cn ne am
_ I ., e ri
-
- y i uant n
"* T i
i
. t ft as u v ad e
/
c l t F o :
g pg l
u sl osn m pn
.M O.
C i.,
d navio cs o oc r iil et si i se t er i
n v
yai t t r p srora anu i il c
" o - nt r l mtt e t ae t .i. g ectl u uh a c nun l
a ,. n menis egm e asn
% r il oon nir r uio M C e
n
- i r DECCI PTA u t A
QVC e D - - -
B,G B **
!. 1 2 M l
- 8; 4 4
.M M
M '
M M -
2 1
g ig
. }
r
- l
- t r
M e o
p e
r R
. R
-. E s
w t
I R $
) s
.M 2 0
1
- 0 "s T e
- 2 i
. r Q
n e i.. i 0
.M
- l -
AI I
p k'
, A n p F
" a u A s '" S M 9 3
3 0
9 N A
e r.
a 3
r e
M L
- a T
G A g gr d
P nO 8r H. ni i T
8 1
cw wo
= ea as S + pr ra M E T
BB B u D s BB UP N e v ,,
A M -
l V
a L,
x x x x N "
0 1
l o "*,
T r "
M C E
t n
o j
P C c e
S gp 55 N nS 111 1 S
I i M t i
a dC rB oB 00 00LL 1 1 OO h c AA
- co
- At I'
M D t R rs n O on o /
po g k R ei i R s O
M U l
r e e m
. n t e sm n
p a o
' y ir i s ei
" T t
a t t T d c s : s l' .
/
u e g sgs nen M
- B.
C i.,
d t o
r s i
n v t eti y'r i
' i ii cl r p u
" o t o o e tl en t i g i c npna l
a e., n r e apne
, r r uuol M e z i a r V u
QSCC C ne t D - A - - - - m Q **G g
- 1 2 M " 1;
- 5 5 M
M .
_M M
.M ~
3 1
- [
- .= }
P l
t M .
e r
o p t m
a n R s
^ a Rt I E s R t g
- ) t s M 2 0
1 li f
s e T e $
0 .
2 u r Q -
Q s.
e - R A -
M A H "
'* e i
l p
p F
A Q
A e
' u s
" i' M d s
7 8
1 r 0 a . 3 i N s d c n e r T W .
A L
P w
a t
s u
r t
S a p S
s d
e rg O n .
G A
t 1
. i c T t ew e S 1* a e s a p
- W E T t n i r
e p l
p ar S hO c
rC s t
n u uB e
_ D I PB T N s ,
E ^
A l
e v ;
, x x x x
- N a "
O V '
T I
y j[ x x U C te E f j",
- P a S
S d N e n r 5 E O I
t a
i mei e 0 0
t s
rhl 1 E et p
" t p
- eyu ' s
' Db s E D R s D n n / o 4 o R i k O es E 1 1
r e iw n
- cnee nerr n
o 2 p a r
o amuu i 5 y t i s riss t t
t t ad ss a
~ T
/
a c i r : e pgrr ee r e
l u e g E "
B.
C i
n i.,
d o
r t
s i
n v
pnppsp ai t gge so
" r .
p u o
i e
l cnnnl aeiit a
' o a t g i c unnsh u l
a ic. n r e sneogn
.E
^. r e i i
r V a r i opl ia VCOCTM n u t C e D - A - - - - - -
I_
E G
y 1 2 E "
8; 6 6 E
E
g M _
M -
4 1
ig g
r .
l
_ M
.- E l
)
_ M 2 0 '
- d 1
0 2 .
r ~
- Q "" m. e Q Q M A I
I '*
i l
p A
F A
F p A A
- u p
" S 2
M 4 3
2 0R03 0 08 0 3 N
N503 Z1 0
0 6 )
M A L
i s
H.7 23 c4 00 0 2 0 3
P , e T T T i
pKNG M L SLAA A h T ZHH gH gC S i- y n n M E T
l pccc peee
. . . i .
wc ae i .
wc ae uppp rp rp
- D SSSS OS OS
_ N E
. A ,,
- x x x x r = x x
- a r
N ,
O I
T s
r =
M C E
t o
a l
P l 5 u
- S s d 1 55 N n e n r L 1 1
)
M I I i
mei e O A LL OC rhl s et p A A t p
- eyu '
. ' Db s E D R s O p n / u .
o R , o n r E k i
i r
n g g
s fi o n y
t i
t n
3 i i I
T t t ' n i s c a L u oe
. l
/
u s o m s s j u E '
B.
C d
o r i en n
o c e s
s n
o i eh st s
e i e f o er vo q
- r . p sco a sccei y it
- o i
. nac atl r l s t g efi g f ab u b et
_ l a i-. n mrl n .rrb p m hl ucum
_E m r e
n i
i i ui r
u DSS i
r u
1 0SSBI e
s s
d o AB
_ C e D - - - O - - A - -
B, G B '" i 3 4 E '
1 7 7 7 E
E I
i M M M. M M M M M M M M W M M M M e m M i
i 1
BB,C INS P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN s.. HAQ '20102 E lrectS l '** l '"'dErlikon "'****"" '**
'""**' Ge n e ra t o r C .B . T y p e DR/ ORD Insulated Cooling Water Ho,es a)
,.a.: / ar e.rin.i.. tai - j"*,'7j'",7l,,,, waiin staaaere n..e ima, s.e.re. g;[*.
3 ;* * - ,. cia 81 During production: Determined Supplier's Spec. Supplier by the
- Various tests supplier Af ter productions
- Wall thickness Spot check x Spec. AGT 30 177 Supplier Test Report Purchase Order e e r order. Drawing
- Compression strength =
- Freon / Nitrogen tightnest 1001 x
- Armatures anti agnetic x l
82 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 x Supplier's Test Report
- Visual appearance 1001 x Purchase Order AFA-0 RIR
- Dimensions AOL 1.5
- Drawing l
) )
m m M M M M M M ma m mm m m m m m m n
3 .-
9 BBC l "*'** l #*Er'tikon l IN S P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN u.. HAQ 20102 s ] ,. 16
""*** Generator C.B. Type DR/ORD Air Pipes. Pressure Hoses '*'h )
8p- , ,.i. / a t t rimoi.. sei . R ,P'"'7,y, ,, waiti si.aa.re n..,...i m a . e .e.r s . .qgi .
91 During production: ,
- Various tests Determined Incernat. Standards 'iu p p l i e r Material by the Suppliur's Spec. Certificate supplier (On hoses)
Before shipment:
Various tests 92 At receiving:
- Material Certificate 1001 = Purchase Order FDD-0 RIR l
- Quantity 1001 = BBC Standards AFA-0 l - Visual appearance x n ernational Mandan First batch x rawing
- Dimensions
- Material properties 1001.then at check. x l
e
W m
m 7 t 1
3 c,
}
r
- l t
r m -
s,
. R o
p e
R
. I E n t R 9
-) s
.a m 2 0
1 0
v.
h T
e .
2 . r i
n e
- a a. i Q
- d. . -
m l
n .
h g ,
p A
. p F ts. s
. u A s
t a S b
m g
n 3 N er
. ri ew r
m A L
P d
t s
n ty d a OD rr e
d r
O nr
- p. t t
io en ewp T so sae S iw a arR m E T
h cc re up
. hO c
rC s uO e t
D PS POT N s j
e
- A e
- x x x N
m o b, D
7 I IO t }',
T n x x x m C E
P h
u a
x C
E k kk .
S ccc )
N eee er 55 e g l t
a.
hhh11 ne ccc02 od 0 r 11 1 0
t e
ttt1 .o 0LL s ooo n 1 OQ ppp i r AA t
i
- m. SSS
(
mep m D R i g
n O h r n / t u o R g d k
i D . e ne er M J l
r e p
aw a n c
n a
ru t s h
t g
'U y r t o r ss n e
T t a i a e
" . t e nr r : t l
R
/
c spsop t g rss t
u npei s n one M "
l' C
e t
o p
d o i oaisg t sn eg i
v poi eit
" r . r sl iei l n i R si
" o t o narrt ii e nr t euups st c t eu l
a te. r mspmr na e smp m r p
. e iimou ee r eim M C n e
e n
. t f
A DVI CB Th t
A TOI B, G B t c
u '
2 1
87 M P d.
r 0 1
0 1
m m s 4 4li!4
M M M M M M M W M M M M M M M M M M M e
n 3 .-
9 .
B_B,C l"'""l"derlikon "
INS P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN s. . HAQ 20102 8
"'***k"**
l r..18
"*' Ge n e ra t o r C . ti . T y p e OR/ORD Covering Cluments ""'a )
';;;- :-,.ni ri / ...,im.. s. .a l= ;pi,;r,,,,, - u ir u.a... ...r.. u. . . , . .
.ggi .
111 During production:
- Adhustve jot.'ts Determined Purchase Order Supplier
- Dimensions by the DOC Orawing
- Paint coat supplier 00C Specifications:
HZLC 30 148 ChL 30 059 fir 23 000 112 At receivt.y,.
- Dimensions AOL 1.5 x Purchase Order AFA-0
- Visual appearance AOL 1.5 x 00C Orawing
- Paint coat AOL 1.5 x
- Surface free of blistere AQL 1.5 x l
i I
f 6 0
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M m W W i.
O
^
) #
t
~
BBC l "**** l "*Edr11kon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN u.. ID Q 20102 E lr.19
"***** Ge ne ra t o r C . B . T ype DR/ OR D I '** '**""*
Capacitors '*2) 10- z i ,.i.3 / ierim i.. s. . jaa C aa,g ,,,
u ir si.as.re s .., 3 6 . a .ca. *g p.
121 During production:
- Various tests According BBC Drawing Supplier to BBC Spec . Supply Spec.HAGT 439709 i
122 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 = BBC Orawing AFA-Q RIR
- Visual appearance 100 t. x Pu rchase Ortfor
- Packing AQL 1.5 x Supply Specification
- Capacity AOL 1.5 x HAGT 439709 124 During assembif:
- Capacity distribution 100*. x DOC Orawing AFA-Q Checklist Spec.HAGT 439709 Assembly Instruction b g t 0
m _
a e 0 2
t p
l m e R -
- .r
. I E s K 4
)- _
m 2 0
1 0
2 L
. r Q
a i e A A
- s.
i 0 H
- m *
a l
S p
p u
A F
A s
e d s
r a
9 N 4 r
d n
a m A L
P w
i s
e r
t S g n
i g
n
.i i
T n. t w w aa a S w nr r O
M E T
rO e
t C C nB B D I B B N j A e ,
M -
N m
a r 7, 5
, x x x O F "
I T r "O, C e Pa" M E k
a e
j P r S B d N e n r 5
M 9 I
. imei rhl e 111 00 00L
- et p 1 1 O t p A eyu
' Dt>s M , D R
n O o /
k R O i O . e
_ M l r e p
i wa n
o
- c n
a
'N' y tr i s r T t t t a
/
a c s :
g e
ps l
u e B. :
d n pn M "
C m.
p o
r t
s i
v t yao i
" r . p u i il s
" o a
. o e t an t i g i c nue l
a c. n r e asm r ,
a r uii
.M . i e i
. r V QVD n u t
. C e D - A - - -
BG 1 2 M 8 3 1
3 1
M
W M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M m e
3 .
S$"**"
INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN m.. HAQ 20102 3 l r. 21
_ @C l l"***Uer11kon 8 ' ** "'**""*'
'"'"** Ge n e ra t o r C . O . T y pe OR/ORD Ai r Receiver ( '**
- a )
p.m.: / attriwi.. : g,'" ' M, y,, += i t ir u w.re n..pe.i n t. s. ore. *y;;[*-
L ;* * - , ,
141 Sheet metal supplier:
- Material properties 1001 Supplier's Spec. Supplier Material
- Metallurgical analysis 100', Internat. Standards Inspectit a Certificat
- Batch No. 1001 National Standards Agency BilC Supply Spec.
After production:
AGT 30 680
- Compression strength 1001 x 00C Spec. ACT 30 230 Supplier Test Report
- Visual quality of welds 100% x Purchase Order
- X-Ray of welds 1001 x BBC Grawing Inspectior-
- Identification of batch 1001 x Internat. Standards Agency no. on sheet metal and Specification of the flanges Inspection Agency
- Dimensions 1001 x I
l 142 At receiving:
- Supplier's Test Repnrt 1001 x Purchase Order
- Quantity 1001 x OBC Orawing AFA-Q** RlR
- Visual quality of welds AOL 1.5 x BBC Spec. AGT 30 230
- Dimensions AOL 1.r x AGT 30 680
- Gasket seats AOL 1.5 x i (Continued on page 22) l
M -
M M 2 2
o g l
M .
E . R
- . I R l 2
0 )
M 1 0
2 J*
t Q
A * . Q Q H * . - -
M '#
~
. A F
A A
F A
u 2
1 M 2 0
3 3 N A
. T G
M L P
u g nr A
H i,
ie .
T n wdc
)
o are S d r O ',
D M E T
t n C oC p
S o BhB D C
(
BSB N ,
A ,
M .
N ev j; r r x x x x x x O i -
i; I
T e : t C R l-M F r
P i S A N 5 55 5 5 5 M 3 I 1 1 1 1 1 1
_ L LL L L L
_ O QO O OO
_ A AA A A A M O R
i f
d D i n n / t a o R r h k O . e l M i l
r e C
a n
c T p
y .,
i u
d ns ap i n
o t
r e
s irma t n s t l /
e i s a B. i ot e e M ! l
- C d i s p gl n s ir e t eg m na i
- r . u cncn o i n l t o . n eoai c t r n e t
- u. i pif p ne a k
, l r
a ,.
t n naua st rr r e
it ax l e s a
M c n e
e i
C
(
o I cSW t
f A
P e C G s G e **
2 3 M "
- 8: 4 1
4 1
6 m
_g g
~
_g 3 en a
g r .
l t
r o
M .
p e
R R
I E R 0 t
_ s 2
Q e M 0 1
0 2
a T r
Q e
- 0 A
I i
l -
I c . p A M .
1 5
p u
F A
S m
W d s
- r .
ac Q N d e r e
_W A np
- . aS d L u t g g r P n O i,
S. 's in i T n t rw w e aea a s S o nir r a E rl D O h E T ep t pC C r B
c u
nub D ISB B P N ,
A ,, x x =
E ~
N r e ;
g ,
x ==x O l 1 o y T o - ,
C C E E P i r
l A d
- S e N n r e
- E ) i i
mei rhl et p 1
0 0
t p 1
- eyu
- Dbs ,
N l
. 8' E D R
s n O n o /
o i h k R i
O . e s l c n E /e r
e p
w n
n o
n a
r l e
m "l
y i i s a i u t t
' T. c s e t
/ g pt a gr l
u e
" D. .
d t n pat sno
- E
- C r
r o
p s
u i
i v t il yaoal ip cdat e ncR o .
o e t at rie t i. g i c nunomnt m.. l a
r
- i n r a
e r
asit rns uiaoeoe
- QVPMT CT
.E C e
n e D r
u V
t A - - - - - - -
B, G
_. B **
2
=
" 1 5
- E " i: 5 1
1
W W M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M i
i i
I i
l I
l o D '
O ^
B_EC l ***'** l #"~derlikon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN s. . HAQ 20102 E l r. 24 3 ' ** "*"***
"*" Ge ne ra t o r C . B . T yp e OR/ OR D High Pressure Bottles * **s )
2;- i.,.m ,. . / m,im i. ;--Mar ,, - ii i, u. .. . ...,.... . . . . .g. .
161 Af ter production s
- Visual appearance 3 x Purchase Order 'iup p l i e r Test Report
- Dimensions x Internat. Standards Inspectior' l - Heat No. of sheet metal x National Standards Agency
- Compression strength x BBC Orawing
- Certification stamp \ 1001 x BBC Spec. HAGT 30 227
- Surface x
- Identification x
- Transport protection j x
162 At receiving:
- Test Reports 1001 x Purchase Order AFA-0 RIR
- Quantity 1001 x BBC Orawing op
- Visual appearance 1001 x DBC Spec. HAGT 30 227 Supplier
- Dimensions AOL 1.5
- of the
- Bottle Thread AOL 1.5 "
Compr. Air
- Surface AOL 1.5 =
Plant
- 4 e
a e
M M
S i.
'. n g
r .
l t
r _
M o p
e a . R E g _
t
) s .
M 2 0
1 A"
' T e
0 2
r r 4
. e e Q " . i i 0 M A I
I l
p p
l p
p A
F
' u u A p
" S S M n a
c e
l p P S M. $ .
N . t s
t s r A . e e e L i T T d s r P s O ir s T
u 'r 'r e S - e e s M E T
i l
p i
l p
h a
c g
p p r'g u u u D S S P N r o
M ^
A s s
x x a = x x N er 3, O p y -
I m
T n 7, x C C -
E r P i S A d e
N n r
-M
- I i
mei rhl e 1, 0
0 1
0 0
n et p 1 1 i t p eyu
" Db s )
)
n
_ o s .
_ k i t n M d l
r e 1 n
a i w n
- t s a e
c n
i o
s
' P n o i e p a n
n i s t t y e r e r . t t n t g a m i / c s e l : a e i l
u e a g r t d M "
A d
i-d o
t i
m p n o i n o l s o a o g p t p a
' e r s h i v s v c n
" s .
. p u s t i e l i
' s o a e r d a t t l e u. g i e r c p e u n n
^ r .
, n r r e e m t s i u M p m w i
r V a
f o
O p r o a i a o C R V P M C C o
D u
- B e
t A - - - - -
B, B **
- t 1 2 M "
8; 7 1
7 1
M M
i!; l
M M M M M M M M M M M M ~S M M M M U m *
- Eh
, r.dec i l"'l*'**lTe71tkon -
i t.e INS P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN s. - HA0 20 102 E is t e, sign.d m e. .
l Pa**21 Generator C.B. Tyne DP/ORD Rapid replenishina valve a) 8"'- i ,.ei a p.t.: / atirimoi.. s. t.at j,"C ' **, , ,,,, wis e, stamere s.. ..i m a . s.e.e s. *g3'-
204 During assembly:
- Cleanliness X Shop order c
- Greasing , ,
o X. Drawing
- Valve seat for damaget. .5 Ya X Specification AG 30021 AFA-0 Process car
- Gaskets
)> e
@ X Checklist HAFA 411035 1
- - Sequence of assembly E X
- Bolt to rqu es . X
- Protection against corrosion X Shop order
- Nominal voltape solenoid coils _
X Specification AG 3002- ,
l h
8 6
M M M M M M M M E M M M M M l
l n <
~
(
l BBC l *l"** l "Yrlikon INS P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN s. . IRQ 20102 E l,. 27
""*** Ge n e ra t o r C . B . T y p e OR / OR D Extinction Chamber * **m * )
8 **!-
, i , it ,.i / attris.i sei j,"*,",3;' *", ', ;, ,,, w= : , si.w.ra e.., .ini. a .,s. ag .
214 During assembly AFA-0
- Cleanliness x Shop Order
- Correct asaembly x he st HAFA 411398 Checklist I - Greasing ' Roving x Specification i Inspection x HANT 30042
- - Sliding surfaces j l - Gaskets 1 x
- Contact adjustment x
- Bolt to rq ues x
- Adjustments x
- Air pressure test x l
l l
- I
) )
M 0 .
2 ig -
.c g -
p a l
n M e
. i t
o
- - E
.r c
c ep a pm O sa 2
0 1
a nt I S
_ 0 2 .
_ a
. m
_ Q i..
- A
. Q
- H .
c ., -
. A u..
a
. F
. A .
s w
1 3
8 1
- 1 4
. 3 N a 4
- r. A F
M A.
l P
s i A H
ir t
- a s
T S tw gi nl E r ik T o wc t ae a rh D l DC N o A s ,
I
- L, x x x , x x x N t n
e i IO r f T r u
[ x C C a
j E
P y n S v 1, i .
e 0 vn N a 0 oo 3 I H 1 ri yyc t
- t. l l e s t t p
. rrs
'aan
- 'i D
R n O s o / t k R r e i
a W l r
D e w
- i. p d
n a
d i
u f
os
'a p y
t t
s r -
y f
o s g
s ye r
-- T a l g s f g t g s l
/ b s ns e o n i n s m s i g u i ci e W --
B.
C s.
s e
s i n e
n g rn q e pi s.
r c o ns o tt k
c r if t
n e
r o i
. a l n s ee i c ar re l nc e ea l
, l t
a t
e.
p g
n a a e e ai t d t l
al t el l ct p nn m W c r
e n
e i
i D
r u
l C
r.
t l u o l o o oo o P g B C r B C c C e G s .
c 7
4
.
- 2 p
r 8 2 m
m M
M 9.
't i
r
- l n
o t t a
i s s
- t i i P c l l E - ep k k t e pm c c
) sa e e .
2 0
- a
- nt h h 1 ' I S C C 0
2 .
i.
Q
- i.-
A *" 0 Q I
I . - -
e
.- A A
- ' a F F -
'* A A s "
W a
c6 N r e0 p6 A a
- S L t s
4 P n2 r r ir o2 e e i i d d T t
- tT g r gr S + cG n O nO W E T
eA i pf s
n l
w p a n r h i
wp ao rh I D S OS D
N ,
A . I O.
N s :
r L i x x x x x x u O
I o ,
t T s T x C
M E i
s e
l, l
- r P R o o i
S i t t N gc gc I
ne 1 ne 1 M i i p vs 0
0 i p vs an 0
0 a
- i. on 1 1 RI RI M D R s O l l
/
n R o .
e r k D .
M ?r i
l e p sl y S R
yf l o e y i r :
nb O b
'd T i y om T mg
. i. l S i e S en l
/ b R sss I ssi B. . m O sns e S sss M "
C r
,. s s
e T S
I eeec nm i i t a n
E R
eas n
i t rg es
- o . a S l dct T l ct n
- t E n es I nesi l a . g R al ri B ar k O r .
, n eirs R erer e O M C n
e i
. i r
u E
R I
l ooe CCCR S E
l ora CCPr i D W - - - - R - - - -
Q '"G '
4 3
M "
- i; 2 e
~
a
_M
_ i! j
m m m m m m M M M M m m m M M M m M M i
i
.m j ^
$ ^
BBC l **"" l '"'*'6erlikon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN s. . IIAQ 20102 E l,. 50
""*' G e n e ra t o r C . B . I fpe OR/ORD "
2 Resistor Chamber ' ** *a )
y 8 ** v ,. cia p.m.s / asi.twi.. h i... j'"C
, " *",
- r g,, wtair si.aa.re
"'**".,."".ini.
- s. . a.c.re. aeg*-
244 Unit assembly:
- Cleanliness of perts 3 x Drawing AFA-Q Inspection
- Greasing x Checklist HAFA 411834 S t arnp
- Bolt torques 100% or x Roving
- Bolt locking u I n t.p e c t i in
- Air gap of armature as x
- Completeness ; required ,
9 e h
ll l i ,1 M
M 1
M
- 3 *
{
}
r
- l n
o M .
s, i
t c
~ E
. ep s pm
) sa 2 a nt 0 "
M 1 0
2 I S i e n
Q A " i.. Q H " .,
' A M "
- a
. F A
s 8
M d0 n1 a
0 3 A N
k r
a a
41 234023 70000333 68668888 i n2 o
Q M . L P l c
o t
s ts t
s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 tA cH e
ss 44444444 pn O an gi s a T
w nl A nl S l ik F I p E o wc A
.M T t r
n ae H rh DC es ee t
o sT D C N ,,
A s. ,
M - N l e
v
- l x x
- x , x O a i I
T V
l j[
C o "
M E P t r
j r
S n o' o i d N C r t e ogc r M $ I u
a
%i p 0 vs ne m
a sa t 0 1 onsm RI a M D n R s o O t k / r h i
l R . a D . p M u.- ep w i
i f
" tr o g s s t
-- y t a : s k y s e n e s c l T. / l s u i t e o b e q k n E' - e. l i
B. m. m n g r c e e B
- C p e i n o r t
. s l i l u e e
~ r i
. s n s s l l o s. a a a t s p o
, l t .
, e e l e m r a . t l r o r o t r .
n E c e n
i U
n C G D P C C
o e_ e s t 4
5
" 8; 2 E
p m -
ll1l i
W M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M i
l 3 - g ,
~
BBC l ""' * $" l '" Oerlii on
, iN S P E CT 10 N AND TEST PLAN s. . HAQ 20102 E l p. 32 I ' ** '" ' * * " ' " *
**** Gene ra t o r C . B . T ype OR/ORO Complete Breaker Pole * **d )
8"? :=, is ,.i.e / attes sei g
- q,;,r, ,,,, wise, si. .,a a..,. i.i. so .. . g i.
275 Final assembly:
- Cleanliness , x Shop Order AFA-0 Checklist Drawings
- GreasinE x Checklist HAFA 411672
- Nechanical adjustment Roving x Test Spec.
Inspection
- Resistors
- Capacitors ,
x
- Bolt torques x
- Bolt locking , x
- Wiring 1001 x
- Control voltage 1001 v
- Air pressure test 1001 x
- Water pressure test 1001 x
- Completeness 1001 0
t 6
l m
_W m
W
- 3 3
'I 1
1 r
- l W
- t rn oo pi t
s n E
- et i
) " R c l 2 a 8 epk t pmc m 0 1
0 2
ssa s ent hs T I C Q e .
G Ht I '
m "
=
r R
Q A
s "
- m. 2 7
6 1
1 4
Q
- 6 N " c 5 A m L A
P 3
a r
S e
p r .
0 2"
F A
H t e sd c
e T t
s T
- erg p G S
- i W T E
l e
ton S A epw poa s i
t l
k c
e o yh r e h D P T SD T C m ~
N e
n a *',
w x x x x x x x x x x x e
OI G r '7
'C a T C
E t
e e I"
" x x x x x x P l p
S m 1 N o 0 m I C t
a.
0 1
h
" N -
m l
a tn D c r e R i o e e m n o
O t n t r r t n / s a a u u s i o R : e h l e s s u t k D t e t c o d s s j a M i l
r e m
. s e
c n r m e
i s o p r n r r a e e d e
r e
p le p i T a o l a t o p p
'd y t r
r f f f d e g c i k v o )
" t a e a o o e v e t g g c l d
" T. n e n e a n l p n n o a t e l /
i p o t t p y r o e m i i l v c u M '
B.
C s.p t
u o
p i n a t es e a ml m t n s l
g e t a t i t
a n n u n s b g s e o p l l d
i t
a n
i t
n r R r t o t i o O C o o g o n
" o l
a a sr s a i c n d c t a u p c r n n o t
i g u p ut u t p e t m p . . t e i C. C
~ l a s.
n s e jn j n m m n m a r n n n l r x (
r M e n
s i i r do d o a i o o r i i i o o r
u V P A c A C D T C C T A M M C S W A i u C e D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
S G E '"
- 6 7
M "
- 8; 2 W
m ll lIll i
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M i
m
) ~
Q ~
sac l : - l"" " 0erlikon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN e. . HAQ 20107 E l r.,.y
""*" Generator C.B. Type OR/DRO Cumplete Greaker Pole a)
- g- i ai .. / u m .. .. l ryT;,,,, u m, n . .,. ...-.m. . . , . . .g p.
276 Routine Test (Cont'd.1
- Min. Control voltage 5 x Same as page 32 AQ-R Test Report
- Pneumatic tripping x {nspection 2 tamp
- Voltage drop x
- Insulation x
- Tightness of x Circuit breaker Enclosure Cooling circuit > 100*6
- Pressure test x
- Overpressure operation x
- Final Inspection x
- Operation of air cooler x
- Direction of rotation
- of rootor
- Motor insulation .> x i
277 Before shipment:
- Completeness 1001 x Shop Order AFA-0 Oelivery Sli '
- Visual appearance 1001 x Internal Order Inspection Gtamp After packing:
- Packing 1001 x Shnp Order KST Packing List
- Case markings 1001 x Packing Instructions I
5 3
3 _
g r
- _
l t t r r
. ot o t a p s p s r
e ei e i
- E
) c. R l R l s k k a t c t c 2 s 0
- s e e 1 '
- eh e h 0 T : T '
2 i
- Q n r A " a.
e H i R R
" ., l - -
" a
. p p
0 Q A A s
- u
'" s .,a e
r 1 a 0 d 9 5 n 1 3 a 1 4 t . 4 2 4 N A
s w
u Sc l p e rA eF r
e r
e X
G L . aS sd A d d sA t
n rg P
s osnO grH O n r g H.
On er i i t i i c T
is t 'r w e aeasi s ew sa ewe sap S w niral ar arS E rl Oh k hO hO T
ep c c c c t t pC r e rC rC s nub uh uB uB e D I SBPC PO PBT N t ,
A 6
i n x x x x
- x
- N U ** ,
O gn !'
I T i l
! x x C o j E o P C S d N e '
I n r '0
$ t a
t.
i mei rhl e 1 0
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 s et p 1 1 1 1
- t p _
eyu T*
3' Db s g
n D t i n R r nr o O o ou k / p i s i
l R e ;
t a k r O . e R t ae e .
t.
- : c s rm e
e g
'O e m n t n t a t )
" p a o n a s T e pf a d y tr i s e t r e n oo t e
t t t m s a T e i l u
_ " T. a c s p e : e n b nl t ro n l / a e i t g p s i a oanev i B. & h n p t C icec t
- C
- m. o t
s e i y a 'r u ti mul n
' p r s r v t e o l gart d o o
" r . p u o u i i l i R o nl t ssr C
" o a o t s e t a l r i ucunt (
t i g i s c n u p g t rsejan c
l a ,. n r r e e a s p n n i nl d ro
- r e :
=
i r V a
i o
P r r u i u Q V S i
r C o WI EAtC n u r u
- C e O - P -
t A - - - D -
B, G
_ B ** - 1 2 6 7 8 8 8
- 3; 2 2 2
m
$ .^ $ ~
BBC l *"""* l '"decli kon INS P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN u.. HAQ 20102 E l r.n.36
"**** Ger.e ra to r C . B . T yp e OR/ORD Cooling Unit (Cont'd.) "*E')
_ty- , ii poi. / attris. is t..: l"['"",33,, water si.ad.re s.. .a t. a .c .u . .g*g * -
286 - Control Cabinet (Cont'd) Same as page 34 AQ-R Test Report Limiting switches x Locking 1001 x Flow control j x Motor connection / x
- Cooling System Mechanical filter T x De-ionisation filter x Valves x Tightness of heat ex- ,
changer g Th e rmome t e r 100% x Thermal rating x Pump controls x Control valve operatf or x T he rmos ta t setting j x Pressure test / x 287 Prior to shipping release:
- Visual appearance x Shop Order AQ-R Gelivery Sli >
- Compl9teness x Drawing
- Adjustments 1001 x ,
- Lockings x
- Transport protection s f x After packing: ,
- Packing 1001 x Shnp Order KST Packing list
- Case Markings 100*. x Packing Instructions I
h
M m' M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M BBC l '" l "*'oerlikon INS P ECTION AND TEST PLAN s. . n u 20102 E l Pac 37
"**** Gen e ra t o r C . B . T yp e OR/ ORD Measuring Unit ***f )
3;"- i p is pt. / attra wi.. sei.ai ("l*;"",76,, *a tt er si aa.ra s..p su. s. .. *ggi-291 During production: Determined Supplier's Spec. 3upplier
- Various tests by the Internat. Standards supplier 292 At receiving:
q - Quantity 1001 x Purchase Order
- Visual appearance 1001 x BHC Orawing AQ-R a
296 During Routine Test
- Visual appearance 3 x Test Spec.HAGX 2435 AQ-R Test Report
- Tightness x
- Thermometer
- 1001
- Flow monitor x
- Flow metering x
- Temperature monitor s x 297 Prior to shipping release:
- Completeness 1001 x Shnp Order AQ-R l)elivery Sli '
- Visual appearance 100% x Orawing *
- T ran spo rt protection 1001 x After packing:
- Packing 1001 x Shop Order KST 'acking List
- Case markings 1001 x Packing Instructions
m @
^
$ ^
sac l art- l '""'Derl iko n IN S P ECTIO N AND TEST PLAN s. . lu.Q 20102 E l ,.,, 30 8 '*" "'**"'***
"**'** Ge n e ra t o r C . B . T ype OR/OR D Distributor Unit '" 'a )
8;g- , ,. int / attrswi h t.a t l"".T ",Ui%,
- 8"r ma'"* 'a ra* * *1
- 8""** *1UI'
- 301 During production: De t e rmi ned Internat. Standards by the Supplier's Spec. Supplier
- Various tests supplier BBC Orawing Checklist Checklist HAFA 411901 302 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 x Purchase Order AQ-R
- Visual appearance 1001 x HBC Orawing 306 During Routine Test:
- Visual appearance 1001 x Test Spec. HAGX 2335 AQ-R Test Report
- Tightness 1001 x
- Operation 1001 x 307 Prior to shipping release:
- Completeness 1001 x Shop Order AQ-R Delivery Sli i
- Visual appearance 1001 x ilBC Orawing
- Transport protection 1001 x Af ter packing:
- Packing 1 r,0 *. x Shop Order KST Packing List
- Case markings a 0 0 ** x Packing Instructionc l
M M
y; -
'[
M l r
g i t t l s r S i o L M .
a w
p e r y
g r E s
= R e v i n
t i k
) s l c
_ 2 0
E*
e e a h M 2 1
0 a
T D '
m r Q "' i. e A = i R R R H ' , l - - - T
. p Q Q Q S M ' s
- s S
p u
A A A K 5 s s 3 n M d r
a .
3 2 i t
o X c
$ N A
e r.
a n.
d c ne ap r
e G
A u
r tS d H t m L P
s t
i r
e S
t sn
. 'r w i
g O
r e
c e
d r
e d
rn eI s
T aea sg p rg rg S aw nir an S O n O n E rl D hi i i T ep cw t pw pk M D t
n a
t pC nub I SB ra ur PO T s
N ,
A n g o
M - N i
s r
a x x x x !
x x x 4 x n
- O I a **
T p
- x x C E =,,
l" E
M P S d N e 11 111 11*. 11 I n r 00 000 000 00 i
mei e 00 1 1 000 1 1 1 000 1 1 1 00 1 1 M :
t rhl et p p
eyu
- Db s e
s M n o
D R
O a
e n k / l o i R : e i l
r D . e t e r et n : c s c cc e n n e n g ne M "o p
y i
r tt i
o s
a r
a T
e a
r a l i
n p
at ro ar s
g
" T. a t c
t s : e n e e p sep g n
l /
u e g p i p v i ep n i B. d t n p t p e n npt i k
- C a
t., o i ya u asl s ear k r M - r s v t o e t o c ga r . p u i il R l nd o el p a nm s o s
. o e t a at i t l as pun p i t g c nu g uh u k e i.. i n sgq r msa r cs I
a n r e as
- m. r e
. i r V a r ui QV i iii r VTL o oir i CVT e aa t PC u u r M c n e D -
t A - - D - - - P - - -
f A - -
e G s '"
- 7
- 1 1
2 1
6 1
7 1
- 8; 3 3
" 3 3 M .
M M
d_ .
4 9
.m M
- i
_ 0 4
J a[
M -
l p
}
a n n o o i
M s, i
t c
t c
n E
)
e
. ep pm ep pm 2
h sa sa 0 "
" nt nt h I S I S M 1 0
2 i n
4 i.. R R A .
H '# ,
. Q A
Q A
m s s
W 9 N A
a r.
e.
L i W P T
s ty t
d r
e rg d
r e
rg S iw On On E pw i
pw i
m T D
t e
A b %,
a x xx x x x x x x x W n N O
I C
l U,
7 o !,
T r T, t
C
- n j" ,
E o W P S
C 1
N 1 0 0 9
I 0 0
. 1 1 W "
s i
e e
W k i
n o
D R
O
/
e c
n s
e t t g
a l
r R a a l e O . y r el eo gv
. l a rp )
O i a ne e b e u d W "*
"* T p
y wi t
t a
r m
eh s c l
h c
sm sa ec r l r
e v oi t g l n vt oc in t a at i e
n u
st l
/
ai c pf a a l s t B. i n - wyt o V grsui n
" C i., e s aisg nesss o W "
5 8
t r
o s i.
r r
l weng P epsnin g u rrh ck otki n ipene o t onir i a t r .hll t
C
(
l a ,. n s acgoc a e n gii r pii oo n e i i
r s eiil o eGMTBL l
o OMTCC n s W C B, G e D u r P- - - - - I - - - - -
B '" '
- 4 3
" 8;
=
3 W _
W m
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
^. $ ^
$ ^
INS P E CTIO N AND TEST PLAN s. . luQ 20102 E 41 E_E,C l "'1"*" l #"*6erlikon l r..
""*' Generator C.B. Type OR/ORD Control Cabinet (Cont'd.) "** a* )
3;"- ,. cia.. p.m.: / asirimoi Es t.a t l"""** ! * **,8, ,, wit t, st..a.re a..,...i n i. s .rs. *g;gt .
335 During assembly:
- Cleanliness x Shop Order AFA-Q Checklist
- Correct assembly Roving x Orawing
- Gasket seats Inspection x Checklist HAFA 411835
- Pressure test x
- Wiring x 336 During Routine Test:
- Electrical controls > x Orawing AQ-R Test Report
- Pressure switch adjustm. x Test Spec. AG 20 007 .:h e ck li s t
- Pneumatic interlocking x
- Solenoid valve x
- Control relais >1001 x
- Tightness x
- Wiring x
- Pneumati'c control x
- Insulation x
- General condition s x j 337 Prior to shipping release:
t l - Visual appearance 1001 x Shop Order AFA-Q ilelivery .Sli '
- Completeness 1001 x Orawing
- Lockings 1001 x After packing:
- Packing 1001 x Shop Order KST 'acking List
- Case markings 1001 x Packing Instructions l
h
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M l
3 -
9 ~
B_B,C l """ l "*" Der 11 kon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN n. . HA4 20102 8 l,. 42 3 * ** '***""**
'"**** Gen e ra t o r C . B . Ty pe DR/ OR D Compressed Air Plant *** 'a )
8g'- i.,.et s.. p.m. / at tra ws.. set.at CC'7,L wtit staao.re e..p . i . s .re, ag3t.
341 During production: Determined Internat. Standards by the Purchase Order Supplier
- Various tests supplier BBC Orawing 342 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 x Purchase Order AFA-Q RIR
- Visual appearance 1001 x HOC Orawing
- Connecting dimensions 1001 v Shop Order
- Control Voltage AOL 1.5 x 345 Final assembly:
- Pressure pipe 3ssembly x Shop Order AFA-Q
- Wiring x Drawin.
- Component assembly 100*. x
- All bolts tight x
- Tightness of pipe fittir 7, s x t 8
I I
e E
- .e
% OS
- ?'
e I
.s a e m L (/) .-
0 J
$ G >
3 W L M M 3 C T
- > .C-I
- *** A N O m - U o .g
- w -
- T 0 -S o w c Q
O I
3 .
= a. m. H y $ o o o
- < < g I C N
C C
4-e z ; ~ g I. <
a 1
p O
i
.1 7
L 2
C t'
F O
< t L
m t
L C ra -
L "m
a -*{ L ti l L M L M N C '
C C C C C (AJ C -- -- .C.
I p w L' c,u C C 7 L L L a3 C S L G Ca C U E "
O & TCO MC CC Z
I 4
=
C_ <
C.
~
b.
p
,8 x x x x n' x x x x x I b o
y CL W
3;
~ast z
=
E C CCC CC C e C CCC CC E L; se g e e- e c- e e I
I m e C C > P ta 't C C M C C T X C C We G1 C j N E C L - C I
u 2 W C - C - _
t C e O C3 L TM O 2 tn E U U T j C O h M C (D C - U L C Tv 3 > U @ 9 - L C m 3 - a 4 o C m eL u -
C mQ O E C I
- * *** O C CD C C
- T C C -
C U in f C C# -- 4 s -
E
- , U
- M O O T fil m 31 0 L .m L e S fn L (n C) e C U M "2 I* L e W 3 e "a C C c) - c e C
-E
,q C , H fn C Cea a m C en 3 M En
- L CI C 3 C 4 Q)
I
~
C G3 L G3 GM L L U En
(
L "{
e M
T L -- G-=-* O E tti C O+ L W T 9
- U>> +2 CL U Q) C 13CIH -
L Ut #
C 3 L 9 0 0 0 D 1 0 0 4 ia-
< 9 9 El
- w ~
I te w n m
O' t'i ("
l I
I
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M S O BBC l "'"," *a l """'Oe rlik on INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN s.. IE4 20102 8 l ,. 4 4
"""' Generator C.B. Type DR/ORO **
Complete C.H. Installation "'**""
"*J )
2 0 r cia.. posat / attraws.. Es t.a t l,C "", M n,,,, water st aa.ra a..,...i n i . n.cora. asyt.
368 Prior to site erection:
- Completeness 1001 x Shop Order Erection Field E recti :n
- Visual appearance x Orawing Personnel Repnrt During field erection:
- Various tests 1001 x Orasings Instruction Manual for Field ErHction and Operation Commissinnine Tests:
Control Cabinet and C.H's
- Assembly complete As per x Instruction Manual Erection / Field Erect i n
- Opening and closing Inutruction x for Field Frection Commiss. Report pressure of reducing minual and Operation Personnel valves
- Test Report
- Opening and closing x pressure of safety valvi s
- General operational tes* x
- C.B. timing x
- Synchronisation of ,
pneumatic controls
- Air consumption x
- Adjustment nf p r5t s s u re x switch IContinued) k
_ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . .m _ . _ _ _ _ . _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ . ___ __. ___ . . . _ . _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ - . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . ._ _
M M O M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
~
) i BBC l 8' '*" ** l'"'"'oerlikon INS P E CTION AND TEST PLAN w.. IIAQ 20102 S l t...B
,,w, , ii w t..s tcn.4 Generator C.B.Tyne DR/090 Complete C.D. Installation (Cont'd.1 a..
a )
1;"- i..,.e i t pot.: / acermt E s t.a u j,""7;'/"",U , % , +atter staaaare n e*,on.s .t . swore. *)g{'-
368 Commissirning Tests (Cont's 1
- In te rlock ing for As per x same as on page 43 Crection/ riald Erecti n pneumatic control Inatruction Commisu. Report
- Min. tripping pressure Manual Personnel of 3ph. group x fest Report
- Synchronisation x
- Pressure Test x
- Final Inspection x Conling Unit:
- Assembly complete x
- Tightness x
- Coolant distribution w
- Adjustmen- of water fint x
- Min. intake pressure x
- Pressure drop -3 t the mechanical filter x
- Operation of fault in- x dicator
- Cooling unit controls x
- Final inspection n Compressed Air Plant:
- Assembly complete x Instruction Manual Erection / rield E rect i n Commiss.
- Tightness x CH-A 072 196 ?eport
- Pncumatic operation , x Personnel
- Electrical operation 7 x
, .l a e
i -
m _
m
'm l
(
4 i
e a
e r
a U
' a r
c R
I t
S p
m a
C s
s 8 . e
) n R
^a t c 2 s n m
4 0
1 "
- e r T 'l 0
2 t
n r Q
- i.. e Q Q A
- i - R -
I m A I
l A -
a
. p F Q F
- p A A A
' u a
" S 4 4 0 0 M d s
r 0
0 2
0 0
2 a
d c T i N A
a r.
aa ner ape r
e T
M A
M A
m L P
t s
a er t Sd S r g sO n i
O d
r H c
H c
T n
i t . 'r e w e e e p
s g
= aes a sgp S #
nia r anS S n O
U E el hi t i T r p- cwt t w t pr C ras s a nuu B ure e D
r D I SP B PDT T N h ,
A
'm c ,
t , x x x x x x x x x x x x i
N w O S 7 I "
g T n "P,
C "
W E P
i h
t r
l" e
S a d c I N E e 5 c. . 5
. e I n r 111 1 1 1 111 i t *.*.
W O :
i mei r hl e 00 00LLLL000 1 1 QOQO1 1 1 000 p1Q t 0 0A 00 00 1 1 sa et p AAAA s1 n s
t p r e
- eyu i h
- T Db s F W n o
D R
O l
C y
n o
s k / K e i g i R F g t f n 8 l
r O . C a e a o i m "o e e p
y i
w ir t i n
o d
n a s t
l o
v c
n a
r t
oe rc r
n o:
ih t
s a
c T t a t t a f o t c
" c s : r e of ct f l /
u e g o p s ui s o B. i d e n e p nnl d w n m "
- C r
n i.,
o r i s p
v r u t
i v v i i r t
oyag mt i l i n
ool i iu stP e os r
pg n
i o
s n
yy t t ii
- o . D o e O dt at nc/k t s t
t i g i c enueeeeh o gi e no l
a c. n r r e r t asvpmrsr nh m ar r ,
. i o a r ot a u i i yii ut it i uo m C B, G e
n e
i D
r u
t M
o V
t A M o
RQVRTDDPS rr ua D e O
QP B '" '
- 1 2 3 d 9 9 9 3;
m "
- 3 3 3 e
m m
l l
l l
l
~
e O l
BBC l ","** l "'' Oe r li k o n INS P ECT IO N AND TEST PLAN n. . fu.y 20102 s l r.. 47
** ""**~'"*"
"*"** Ge ne ra tn r C . B . T ype DR/ORO Earthing Switch (Cont'd.) * ** 'a )
n.c ra.
y ,.c i t . poi . / attriwi.. s.t e j a" C ',"", * ', ,, wit te staaa.ra s .. ,... t . i . aggi.
394 Sub-Assembly
- Correct assembly Roving x 0 awing AQ-A
- Greasing Inspection x M<in u f . Spec.
- Stroke 100*. x Test Spec. HAMT 20006 AQ-R Tust Stamp
- Latching force 1001 x
- Closing force 1001 x
- Difference of forces 1001 x 395 During assembly:
- Creasing Roving x Shop Order AQ-A Checklist
- Cleanliness Inspection x Orawing HAMT 110346
- Position indicator 1001 x Test Spec. HACT 30364
- Chain slackness 100. x Chucklist HAFA 411637
- Olstance of switching 100* x element
- Wiring 1001 x
- All bolts tight 1001 x
- Locking 100'e x s
396 Ouring Routine Test:
- Rated motor voltage t x 9 hop Order AQ-R Test Repor?
- Chain slackness x Drawing
- Position indicator = Test Spec. HAMT 20005
- Stroke , x
- Torque 10 T. ,
- Closing time x
- Opening time .I x f r n n t ' rt ,1 6
- - - . . - - ~ - . - - + - . - . . - _ - - - _ - - . . -- - - - . - . - - - - - - - . - - - . . - . - - - - . - - . . . _ . . . . _ ._
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 1
~
)
00C l ' " l " Oerlikon INS P E CTIO N AND TEST PLAN
- s. . 11AQ 20102 E l ,..,3 8 l ' ** "****"';""
""*" Genera to r C .B . T ype OR/ORD Earthing Swite.h (Cont'd.) *** h )
H a t, 8;*?- i p.et t p.t.: / at triws.. s e t.a t l,"" P , .,, j pall ty Stem.rd Responet D te E.cor$a Routine Test (Cont'd.)
- Operating current '
x Same as on page 46 AQ-R Test Report
- Voltage drop x
- Interlocking 1001 =
- Dielectric Test [ x i
- Wiring ) x 397 Prior to shipping release:
- Completeness 100*. x Shon Order AFA-0 nelivery Sli
- Visual appearance 1001 x Internal Order
- Transport protectinn 1001 x Af ter pack ing:
- Packing 1001 x Shnp Order KST Packing List
- Case markings 1001 x Packing Instruction 398 At site:
- Rated motor voltae.e T
- Erection Orawing Erection Field Erecti .n
- Operating time x Personnel Report
- Overlapping t i rre f x Instruction Manual
- Interlocking . 100*.
- CH - A 105 156 Iest Report
- Position indicator !' =
- Water pressure test x
- Pressure test, enclosure x t 4
M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M
~ -
g -
BBC l*1"**l"'*'oerlikon INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN s. liAQ 20102 s lr..49
"""*' Ge n e ra t o r C . B . T y p e OR / OR D Control Cabinet * ** ' a )
!"y :=,. cts potet / atirtwi.. h t.at l"*!** """,7l, ,,,, W WuaaN mma. han. ygp 405 During ma..ufacture
- Cubicle dimensions Determined Purchase Order Supplier
- Assembly of components by the BOC Orawing ,
supplier
- Location of components 100*. x Schematic Diagram Supplier and dials / indicators
- Waring 1001 x Internat.9tandards
- Markings 1001 x Supplier's Spec.
- Wiring Hipot 1001 x 402 At receiving:
- Quantity 1001 x Purchase Order
- Visual appearance 100*. x 00C Orawing AFA-Q RIR
- Paint colour 1001 x
- Connecting dimensions AOL 1.5 x 406 During Routine Test:
- Function. Adjustments 1001 x Internal Order Test Report
- Wiring 1001 x Shop Order AQ-R Test Stamp
- Wiring Hipot 100% x Drawing l - Markings 100% =
407 Before shloment:
- Completeniss x
- Transport protection 1001 x 9 hop Order AQ-R llelivery Sli +
- Packing x Internal Order FST 'ackine, List
- Case markines x! Packint Instructinns I
l
4 i
C ...-,q.t,,,,. f's!.g.,,,', t9 . . ., g J , .
l L'. c- si: a>;c_uu. .;.. ...3.-.
, c, c c. .
i l Type DR 33 sc 17':D D Type DR 33 u 1750 D g, Type DR 33 v 1750 D j .a Type DR 33 t 1750 D j
t I' is
- u
- Instructions for erection Publication No CH-A 039156 E and Operation l
. 'l l L Contents i
q page
.i
[J A General 2 8 Group headings 3
~
! p C Principle 18 j _y l D Erection 33 i
.] , E Starting operation 39 j- F Maintorance 47
"*~*" ""o "'
Iei <j'> H Spare parts 113 i
Appendix 129 l
IJi Inl l Ir.
l
,m_
Ir7.h i 5..
Ib .
I
a
!I i
e, i
i i n i U
!I F 'l i
M 1 w i .
a l5 i
3
.i iI D Il ig a 2 f, 1
i g
W ]
.2 f3
- B iI ii B IMPORTANT NOTICE i
The bolts fixing the train electrical connections to the gene-l rator breaker must be treated with sil1 Cone grease DC55M (Dow l Corning Corporation), or an equivalent conttCt grease, be fo re ,
they are fastened. '
i I All other bolts / screws in the breaker must be treated with Molykote paste before f astening.
3 Any surplus Molykote must be removed from all Contact points b because it acts as an insulator!
I .
e I
i O
i U
a ..
Contents 0
A. General 2
l W O. Grouo heodincs l 3 !
B.1 Breaker enclosure 4 B.2 Extinction chomber with isolator contact 6 ,
8.3 Heavy current isolator 0; 8 8.4 Control unit 10 B.4.1 Mcster control unit 12 8.4.2 Chcrging cnd interlock unit 13 8.5 Control cabinet 14 B.6 Resistor 16 C. P rinciole 18 C.1 Cicsing operction 18 C.2 Cpening operation 27 us C. E .1 On-load open 32 D. E rection 33 D.1 Unpccking cnd storage prior to erection 33 W D.2 Erection of one pole 33 D.3 Erection of control cabinet 33 D.4 Erection of breaker grcup 33 D.4.1 Compressed cir connections 34 D.4.1.1 Fitting of tube unions 35 W D.4.1.2 Fitting of cooling water hoses 36 D.4.2 Electrical connections 37 D.5 Checks on erection 38 l E. Stortino operation 39 l
- 1. General servicing l 39 l 2. Pressurizing the breaker poles 39
- 3. Checking safety valves 41 3.1 Safety volve 2472 en low-pressure receiver 2001 41 3.2 Sofety volve 2753 ( chamber end ) 41 3.3 Safety volve in compressed air station 42 4 Checking electric blocking 42 4
- 5. Checking pneumatic blocking
, 1 43 l 6. Checking minimum closing cnd coening pressure 43
- 7. Triol switching operations '
43 7.1 Electrically controlled trial switching at blockinq ond operating pressure 43
I ..
j 7.1.1 Opening 43 9
i 7.1.2 Closing Pneumatically controlled trial switching 43 44
'd 8.
- 9. Checking enforced simultaneous action 44
- 10. Checking for leaks 45
- 11. Moosuring air consumption of each polo 46 Finol checks 46 1 12.
F. Maintenance 47 General 47 F.1 F .1.1 Cleoning and greosing 47 F.2 Routine inspection 48 Overhauls 51 F.3 F.3.1 Overhaul of components exposed to arcing 51 U 4
F.3.1.1 Ov.srhaul with breaking currents 11 kA 52 Overhout with breaking currents 14 kA 52 F.3.1.2 l
- 1. Checking ccmmutation gap 52 1.1 Removing cover assembly 7047 52 y 1.2 Removing resistor chamoers 7360 52 j 1.3 Removing domaing resistor assembly 7100 53 1.4 Removing enclosure panels 53 1.5 Opening exhaust housing 5185/5187 55 1.6 Measuring commutation gap 55
- 2. Checking fit of arc extinction head 5117 56
- 3. Replacing ports of resistor chambers 57 3.1 Asrembly 57 F.3.1 3 Overhaul with breaking currents of f 10 kA and 124 kA 58 F . 3.' .4 Overhout ofter every severe short-circuit opemtion 58 F .4 Major overhaul 59
- 1. Preparation for major overhaul 59
- 2. Servicing resistor chamber ossembly 7351 60 -
2.1 Dismantling extinction chamber Jacket 61 2.2 Assembling resistor chamber Inspecting resistor chamber volves 7420 61 62
)j 3.
4 Removing extinction chamber with isolator contact 63
- 5. Dismontling extinction chamber with isolator contact 65 {0 5.1 Dismontling isolator contact 5470/5480 . 65 5.1.1 Replacing contact finger 5331 66 5.2 Dismantling contact body with ring 5180/5280 66 5.2.1 Replacing contact ring 5283 69 5.2.2 Checking compression spring 5102 70 7 1
70 h 5.2.3 Inspecting contact coge ossembly 5220 5.2.4 Assembling contact body with ring 5180/5280 70
's . 3 Disnontling exhaust housing 5185/51E7 with prossure shell 5113 72 i L
') . 4 Refitting assemolics 73 7
f
- 6. Removing isolator 74 E- 6.1 Inspecting closing contrut volve 6030 74 6.2 Lif ting isolator from breaker enclosure 74 F 6.3 Complete dismontling of isolator 75 W 6.3.1 Servicing contact tube ossembly 6300 76 6.3.2 Servicing contact tube ossembly 6600 76 I 6.3.3 Reassembling isolator 78 7 Inspecting control unit 2000 78 7.1 Generti checks on control unit 78 -
7.2 Distruntiing master control unit 78 7.2.1 Complete dismontling of master control unit 2510 81 I 7.3 Disrtuntling isolator volve "Open" and "Close" 82 7.3.1 Complete disrrentling of isolator volves 85 7.4 Checks on charging and interlock unit 85 7.5 Inspecting equalizing-volve control unit 2810 85 7.S Removing extinction chamber volve 2820 85 7.6.1 Complete dismontling of extinction chamber volve 86 7.7 Dismontling rupid replenishing volve 2900 86 7.7.1 Replacing coils "Open" 89 7.7.2 Dismontling rupid replenishing volve 90 7.8 Inspecting duct eosing 2422 or d equalizing volve 2880 92
- 8. General ossembly and adjustment -
94 8.1 Assembly procedure 94 8.2 Adjustments 96
- 9. Assembly instructions with LP receiver ossembly 2800 not fitted 97
- 10. Cooling connections 98
- 11. Checks on control cabinet 100 11.1 Cleaning filter 100 11.2 Adjustment of low-pressure pressure switch 8410 101 l
i 1 11.3 Adjustment of servo blocking volve 8370 103 11.4 Replacing ports of control volve 8390 104 _
11.5 ' Inspecting replenishing volve 8320 104 11.5.1 Crunging magnet 104 11.6 Adjustment of high-pressure switches 8814. 8815 106 l-. 12. Version of breaker pole type DR 36 t 1750 O with transverse cooling 106 12.1 Removing air cooler from breaker 109 ID 1O
I :
~
31 4 a; G, T rouble-shoo ting $$$
G.1 Air lecks G.2 Incorrect performance of switching operations 112 M
!e H. Secre cor ts 113
.p.e~ i x E
. -g B
B B
D~
B D
Di i B:
I D
r-i
\
i i
- n. i y
p Ig ~
B D
S Warning !
Before undoing the air connection 2790 (Fig. 74) it is essential to read the framed instructions on page 59.
I a
B B
0 l
0 10 i
En Yu I
= -
(ienerator circuit breaker DR 36 c.c 1750 D, DR 36 u 1750 D, DR 36 v 1750 O l L I .s. Geneml <
l y
Is ;
The single pnose, metal-clod pole of the generotor circuit breaker DR 36 sc 1750 O is on oirtlost type breaker whicn contains no oil and is naturully coolod. It operutes at a constantly maintained ,,
pressure of 29,2 bor ( cpprox. 423 psig ) and has been designed for indoor use, recuires o mini- (
mum of space, and con be directly incorporuted into generator bus-bars ( open or enclosed types ).
I j The breaker pole consists of breaker enclosure, control unit, exhaust, supporting insulators, ex-tinction chamber with isolotor Contact, heavy Current isolator and resistor.
The conception of the types OR 36 u 1750 0 ond OR 36 v 1750 O is similar, the only difference being the additional, self-regulating, water cooling system of the live ports ( incorporuted are 4
l extinction chamber and heavy current isolator or breaker enclosure ).
E r i.
Signification of type-code: OR 36 se or u or v 1750 0 Series i Insulation according to IEC recommendations (kV)
Roted current 11 kA Roted current 24 RA Roted current 36 RA Code for 1-chomber power circuit breaker Constant-pressure type Coreful adherence to the following " Instructions for crection and operttion" is essential to ensure o reliable service.
Il '
l' art nurrbers marked cheod of first slant belong to type OR 36 sc 1750 D, those of ter to type OR v
i i u 1750 D ond those of ter second slant to type OR 36 v 1750 D.
I
{ %re port nurreers are marked thus * ( see chaptor H. Spore por ts ).
l .
[
I i
l I' 8. Group headings Fig.1, page 3 Pole of generator circuit breaker type OR 36 sc 1750 O in unit group orrengement, without control ccbinet end water cooling system.
.gL .
t ..
i Unit group Components Page L __
l
'/ Tools and Jigs 0001 - 0099 57, 58, 61, 67, 69 70, 78, 80, 91, 93 i ~I 1000 Brecker enclosur e 1001 - 1999 4... 5 2000 Control unit 2001 - 2999 10... 13 3000 Exhaust 3001 - 3999 6... 7 2 ~-.- 4000 Supporting insulator 4001 - 4999 6... 7, 8. . . 9 5000 Extinction chamber with isolator contact 5001 - 5999 6... 7 i1 6000 Heavy current isolator 6001 - 0999 8... 9
__ 7000 Resistor 7001 - 7999 16... 17 8000 Control ccbinet 8001 - 8999 14... 15 9000 Water cooling systen 9001 - 9999 98.. 100, 106... 110 I
- I -
~
W l.F-(I l
t a
I
- x I )n.
, 1,8 -
3,.c 8 -
i 1, ; - .
I l
- .y
{ .
l I s . d,. d l I
\ , ,. - -
~
A
- n. r
. . . . . w/ l 1 b.# -
,_ q.
- I
~
5 a
f** f%:- 'l .
. J. a
, ' .( i .
- i> .-f l l A )2 ,'
t- %*
- - ~h, n S .e* _~,>.__? '
l 8 . ,- .
84 - ,.--
I I
g .-m-b l 8 b* _ _ . . . , y CC
",t 33
>g I
1
. O
.' f g< i n, i * ;- .
gI o 9 ' 'i"_
I { s
-) -
i he ~
E , .- )
l l-re a .
i 4 & .
- * 'e F
i / cz, 1 -l
Q
,. . _ swe4====
I ~~
[. 4 I
I! .
gi *c .
.g 9t i .f 1 -
i 2% .WJ I
~
e i
.. , p. e , g 6 .
. ' 4 ..
^ '-j 'nu,1
'(.
N '
c .. % ;
- -* 'C' , [ 'N '.
I
- w.,
, s - .. . . . . . .
"p' _,
, a e.m -.=e-m= . . mme -w.
Ae *
[ =
m s=~
g i , , , > >
i ,
I
- I l -
w I
l 1 Brecker enclosure m
l l
I Fig. L, page 4 - BreoNer enclosure with details y
0 The main structure of the breaker enclosure is the welded-cluminium frume 1340/1350/1360. This contains and supports the interrupting chamber with isolator contoct 5000 and isolator 6000 with ~
liJ the aid of nine supporting insulators 4000 ( cf. fig.1, page 3 ). The four current-carrying cor-ner crennels 1145, 1146, 1356, 1357/1145, 1146, 1358, 1359/1361 - 1364, togetner with the two end rings 1061, 1062/1161, 1162/1261, 1262, form the supporting structure for the breaker pole.
Tho corner chonnels are copoble of corrying the current flowing in the walls in the opposite direc-tion to the breaker current. This con ottoin almost the full gensrutor current. It prevents the pro-ducticn of eddy currents in steel parts of the building and ensures the other breaker poles are not influenced in any way. The two end rings ocn be connected to the metol enclosure of the generttor busbor by moons of flexible strups. The point of connection is covered with on oirtight bellows.
Bottom cover 1343, top cover 1210 and tne two side panels 10gO cnd 1110 fit tignt against the wel-I dsd structure. It is thus possible to opply a slignt positive pressure of max. O,02 bor ( opprox.
O.3 osig ) to the interior of the enclosure if there is serious risk of contamination. The top cover olso serves os o food-bearing support for the resistor unit group 7000 ( see fig.1, page 3 ). Two H
circular windows 1106 ore,incorportted in the sides of the enclosure so that the position e8 the isolator con be checked.
The breaker enclosure is fixed to two sturdy feet 1341 and 1342 by means of hex-bolts M 16 1039 insulated by insulating tubes 1031 ond insulating discs 1032 ( see detail "x" ), and insuloted from the feet, and hence from the foundation, by bearing rtils 1022. The contrml unit 2000 is suspend-ed between the feet ( cf. fig.1, page 3 ).
I The adjustable bearing disc 1015 enables the extinction chamber with isolator contact to be support-sd by o supporting insulator.
Air lines ord electrical leads from the control cabinet 8000 are brought to the foot 1341 at the chamoer end.
The breaker pole con be slung f rtm ring bolts 1043 for carrying by crune. m
{
E l
l e-6 I
F I
I I
i.i-- _- --
[
c . >
g ; j -
- ., ; ~ ~ ~Mg b f
Q $ b - _=- ' =N*. Q f- 4 . E I 0'
~ .? -'
1 ~
C ./'/9 7\f -
)
-g, #
th.J NQ
- fu.
= [x ,.
w/;..
e ,
a
/ . , , '
t g t,
. a,, e. ._%,
l : -
~
" c-Gl, d.
%' a .
w .w q __
? -
=
,j r& t
% s
_ ner-e~f.je .1 . 1 3 l
Id.*r 3 g*_.d O E a
k: y -- -
B
__. Yl ,
~~
y hy ___
_ . . . - = = , E
. _ ~ ~- . . _s_
._ ., E "S
- ~:8 t.
=
R g s: - ~
//
< = e E a+ - E L $ E n i_W % 3 t -
n . . .
u &
t N
ewJ s
i
~9 8 u
- U-2 i zc e == 'k a
! i i ...
.L - . .9- .se--
- a. Vf* a
-r ,. i , ,, ,
.. ~ _.- .r.. ._,.,...f', .b g:
- q . .- .
j g.., ,_ Q, , ,
... / . ,
~
(X
.r
=carr s .j .,
j o t * ._-.- -.
- t l .c B - - -
. 3 b;l s
.=
..,. l
- /l] -
a , .
J~ , . .. t i .. I.
S., ! + l h
. _ - - . _ . . - ,, a f .N W .
,f ' I,, . _
_.1_._: $ -- - - -
u m, s I A f Lg^m Lf . .,
o i hp% -],'n }
a i
=t . .. .
I .. o &
s
~' = -
i .
O ,,....
i
. .I I.i.
b .
- h. { s
-' {- ,
m .<+ n
,, l - .
. l %.yll s.
.i <
c ss I n e 3, g g-r, ; . .; ,
r I 9 ! 1
- i . i en L p - . . y t I w M r~
4 n '
l i
.u, sr
. , ,I o .
~.
, ~C. o. '.n
+- - + -
\.!
- 4 L-i l ' 9-g ,
o 3 :C'
, ,I ,93 g
~
/ ;.
l . s. / .*p > . [
~ -
g.
s l. ,
.3
' i }qq
- ..f i t_;1_ =
2 M I
_._'J I .~ ~. . . . ! : _'. [$ry , ~, -
M-y
)
a 3 , ._= .
g e _t X..'J % , i
{ 2%
~
\ } ,
E -} I
D A 36 sc , u . v 1750 0 1310 Strup assembly I 1000 Breaker enclosure 1341 1342 Foot assembly Foot assembly 1014 L-gesket 1343 Bottom cover ossembly 1015 Adjustcble bearing disc 1022 Bearing roll I 1026 1027 Holding brucket Holding brucket DA 36 sc 1750 D .
1029 Tube 1061 End ring 1062 End ring 1031 Insulating tut,e I 1032 1034 1035 Insulating disc Nut Special washer 17/50 mm 1145 1146 Corner channel Corner channel I-
- 1037 1038 O-ring seal Screwed union EWE S-15 1340 1356 Frume Corner channel
~
i I 1039 1043 Hex-bolt M 16 x 190/44 mm Eye bolt 1357 Comer channel 1044 Set screw M 10 DA 36 u 1750 0 1048 Spring washer 17/34 mm I 1090 Side panel right 1145 1146 Comer channel Corner channel I 1104 1106 Spring washer 10,5/22 mm Inspection wincow 1161 1162 End ring End ring 1110 Side panel left 1112 Hex-bolt M 10 x 35/26 mm 1350 Frame 1358 Corner chonnel 1120 Strup assembly 1359 Corner channel
.I 1122 Nut 1123 Set screw M 10 DA 36 v 1750 0 1135 Holding brucket 1136 Holding brucket 1261 End ring
.I 1137 Holding brucket 1262 End ring 1138 Holding brucket 1360 Frtme 1210 Top cover assembly 1361 Corner channel I 1225
- 1226 Cover O-ring seal 1362 1363 Comer channel Corner channel 1364 Corner channel I
l
g
'g ,
{
L.
Extinction cirmber with isolator contact I 8.2 7 L
Fig. 3, page 7 I Longitudinal section showing exhaust 3000, supporting insufotors 4010 ond 2080, control - and resistor - gecr, arcing contact assembly 5190 and contact cage ossembly 5220 in open and clos-y ji ed positions.
I The extinction chamber with isob tor contact consists essentially of the extinction chamber 5900/
5950 with its two concentricolly arranged contact systems, the exhaust housing 5185/5187, the A isolator contact 5470/5480 with intermediate housing and ring 5490/5510 and finger corrier os-I sembly 5330/5390. It is supported by four insulators 4010 and one exhaust insulator 4080, and insulated to corth. The supporting ins,.lators also oct as compers for mechanical switening shocks 1P iL I and partly as air ducts.
The two contact systems armnged concentricolly comprise, on the one her.d the moving contact 1
I cage ossembly 5220 with the individually sprung contact fingers 5224 ( see fig. 57, page 71 ),
I commutating ring 5111 and contact body 5180/5280 and, on the other, the moving are contact assembly 5190 with screwfitted arc extinction head 51'7 and nozzle 5119.
F The extinction chomoer not only cuenches the a re during breaking operttions but also commutotes the current during closing, thereby preventing orcings in the isolator 6000 ( see chapter B.3, page 8 ).
The compressed air in the extinction chamber serves as o means of operuting the extinction contact I and contact cage, and also os a cuenching medium when the breaker opens. The drive rrechanism is actuated by the chamber volve 2820 ( see fig. 7, page 10 ). 1
{
I The contact cage carries the service current and during the switching process transfers it to the extinction contact, the head and nozzle of which are of erosion-resistant rroterial. During opening
and closing, the extinction contact is open only briefly. Compressed air then flows through the 'r nozzle in the exhoust housing, and from here thrVugh exPoust 30C0 and hood assembly 7047 tn the 2
atmosphere. The large exhaust volume octs as on efficient silencer. The exhaust gases are cleon-I ed in a filter box in the exhaust housing and do not come in contact with the inside of the breaker enclosure. They therefore connot contaminate the enclosure.
t
<r The breaker pole is connected to the generttor busbors with flexible links vio the octogonal hign- m voltage terminal arrangement on the exhoust housing, I
5 e
i D R 36 se , u , v 1750 0 7000 Resisto r ,
1 2000 Contret unit u 7009 Ring contact assembly 2588 Hex-bolt M 10 x 35/26 rrrn 7020 Bushing contact 2737 Actuating the 7023 Pin ,
u 2796 Guide piece
" 7030 Bushing connector
- 2847 Ring sool
- 2849 O-ring seol 7047 Hood assembly l
- 7069 O-ring seal I
D 3C00 Exhaust 3026 Pin OR 36 se 1750 0
- 3029 O-ring seal 1 3033 Ring spring 5180 Contact body with ring 5185 Exhoust housing 4000 Supporting insulator 5330 Finger corrier assembly Ij
- 4010 Supporting insulator 5470 5490 Isolator contact InterTnediate housing with ring 4071 Hex-bolt M 16 x 50/38 mm
- 4C80 Exhoust insulator 4C85 Bearing 5900 Extinction chamber 10 5000 Extincti:n crumber with isolator contcct 5106 Adapter ring
- 5117 Arc extinction head 5187 Exhoust housing '
- 5119 Nozzle
- 5166 Trupping electrode 5280 Contact body with ring 5178 Cover 53go Finger corrier assembly
- 5189 Smoll duct 5190 An: contact assembly 5480 Isolator contact 5220 Contact cage ossembly 5510 Interrnediate housing with ring 5901 Mttx2 ting cosing 5950 Extinction chameer u
E l C . (* l' '; $ ; ; ;
- h i3 $E
! I l
l i 1adibullTJN !
l
[ g!
k(fMDQ 6n5 Rafi i!
i sl r# I!'
4' ./
l d-i
((U-[
!l i I _ _ ._.
. 0- ~- ~
T f
$)
ij ElY' -.-.g(_ - ,
}" .-.
k[h{l0ilihb
! Lp( 4 ,j { g ^jl ~ ~ ~( , ,h'
[ N ## _.% j 9l _ p p\ ~,- t g\g~- i ;f b. l :: C i 1
,3 -._ _.- -
[j N>sN 1 S h E b Cd --.--- l h
! i Y-ge_ v s l 'g !t y7 - - -$ ,, o ,
I
% s c '
I k)
'q N h l ' l g
s 4
, Pk 5 t < i; 2 + M. g 'h 5 \ h e- , 3
_L - l h _ .. _ ,_ . . _ _.-- .
._{
M( -Nb : i
; kh;$'q 4rx \ % kn" h sr ,
e\
] TN--Ch
{
.J-----' , l!!'i!
I' i / W/ j r ; i up ~7 J 0/
/ E \
Y-& N :
)
F---" i ny l!;if..< , f / l- l
-f h i- N t )
L g i 7 l A < l \[
-tre\_ > ' 1g y l _.! r - ---"* --"
Nn l f- , c
, N m w- rx ' -, : l sq----,
g. E E 7pf ,
-7 j5 " .-e#jj _- # t=9 /# h_b L.L u _....
- l. 7 Di .v 0 ,,! \' 'k, ,,
4{.k, , sN N 1 ; /4 ;gA 3 -.,
.i. q- /
4 N I l
.Ns +l+ +4-i4 44- - + - + - F il l l .
I 1 i , 3
;O* ? ~,
f ?' y : E U *, 1 I 1 7 L t 4
1
.3 Heavy current isolator 7 3
I 7 Li Fig. 4, page 8 I !solator of CR-CRO 36 se - View showing mpporting insulators 4010 ond 4020, tubular contact assembly 6300 in open and closed positions. 4 I Fig. 5, page 9
!solotor of DR-ORD 36 u, v - View showing supporting insulators 4010 and 4020, tubutor contact assembly 6600 in open and closed positions.
I The heavy current isolator for brooker types OR-ORD 36 se and OR-DRO 36 u, v consists essen-1 tiolly of the fixed finger corrier ossembly 6150/6160 with contact fingers 6151, the sliding tubular contact assembly 6300/6600, the comper cosing ossembly 6130, the cylinder base assembly 6000/ 6220, cylinder cover ossembly 6060, piston 6101 and guide rullers 6004 I The isolator is supported by four insulators 4010 ond 4020, and insulated to earth. The suoporting insulators are cle.o used in port for conveying air within the isolator and at the some time oct os switching-shock obsorbers. _l __ The tubular contact assembly is actuated by compresseo air and is firmly held mechanically in its L end positions by means of rucking cor* ridges 6061. When at rest the operating mechanism is at ot-mospheric pressure. Two guide rollers ensure that the tubular contact assembly is maintained in correct clignment. The tubular contact assembly actuctos the auxiliary switch and two limit switches 2661 by way of on insulating rod assembly 2740 ( see chapter B.4 Control ). I The contact fingers mounted in the finger corrier ossembly are pressed individually ogainst the tubutor con'.cct assembly by springs. Since the contoct fingers and tubular contact assembly are permanently in contact, they are protected against erosion, and current transfer round the whole j circumference is assured under all conditions. I The generntor busbors are connected to the octogonal connection on the isolator cosing with ring COO 1/6007 I I I I F
r , I I i I,l 1 8i o o , o . 53 5
!5 l, i 1 I
3 i gs. i.s
~
5 8 u ;- e, ,3 i 7 ;--o o x I
\ \ MHHilllII II II ll \ \\ \\ \\ \\\\\M c4 l
i
\ D.n ~. l * , Y d . \ f i l 0 :
e E O ' [ O I '
. . . s; ~ ~
Q o , I
.h H N ,
e e l I -
.);~_;
x ~ !! i
,,g,j
[1_ _ - w I I \ o
' 8 -
t-V I 2 . [ - l I\ 07 l i I o go 8sE
>>b l i b i I
_. i __ .'.._w._ ! . . _ .. ! _ _ _i _ . ___ .___ _ . ' _ . . j _. , 5
- -e e e .
4 1
Ports list to Fig. 4, page 8 - Isolator sc Ports list to Fig. 5, page 9 - Isolator u, v , OR 36 se , u , v 1750 D l-- g 2000 Control unit 2466 Air line *6088 Centring bush -
*6176 O-ring seal j 4000 Supporting insulator assembly '6177 Dock-up ring '4010 Supporting irisulator 6178 Connecting flonge *4020 Supporting insulutor 4071 Hex-bolt M 16 x 50/38 mm DR 36 3c 1750 0 4085 Bearing 6001 Isolator casing with ring 6080 Cylinder base ossembly 6000 Isolator se, u, v . , 6150 Finger corrier ossembly 6004 Guido roller 6300 Tubular contact assembly N '60C0 Split pin A 3 x 25 mm 600g Castle nut M 10 6014 Bearing bracket 6007 Isolator cosing with ring - 6017 Spring washer 10,5/22 mm 6160 Finger corrier assembly 6027 Shim 6220 Cylinder base cssembly 6030 Closing control volve 6600 Tubular contact assembly 6031 Hex-bolt M 10 x 40/26 mm '6041 Delay volve 604S Spring washer g _2 e.-_, , e . 6,,2e _
g . 4
4moe. y y
= ,
( f l I L t r' E 3 l
.r..i n .. & a i
_- -- p i e. i s l
\ \ ][iWHilllllll ll ll \\ \\ U \\ \\ u \\W l Y
h $ i 8 e ..4 , g;I - o t
'+> +- _ /\ l Y
(. ' ' L
+l _
_ .3 Ibg c[J z.,((Tod_ i o- !
; g o e a
I -,
; rs 3 -- ,_ s, lj-- 7--~
l J i l
' I g! \ , /
l
** -i 5 y I ; ~ ; ;^ ; 'N >
g4l l l i
\ 'd,f .. . . _ l ,J -
i ,
' s s a. a t. . ,) ) s _ > w u_ ,
55 ! i i,
--,l1 ri . ,
3 g J E E U' n w v i v I y r. 9
?
k L I.4 Control unit E s. l Fig. 6, page 10 - Front view ( isolator 6000 on right ) 3 Fig. 7, page 10 - Recr view ( isolator 6000 on lef t ) I The control system of a breaker pole of types OR 36 sc, u, v 1750 O consists basically of the 5 1 I low-pressure receiver ossembly 2000, the equalizing-valve control unit 2810, the equalizing volve 2880, the extinction chamber volve 2820, the charging and interlock unit 2830, the auxil-T d a Iory switch combination 2750 or 2760 ( os ordered ), the terminal box 2460, the rupid replenish-ing volve 2900 and the electrical are compressed-air connections. I The food-bearing part of the contrul unit is the low-pressure receiver ossembly 2000, which is suspended between the two feet 1341 and 1342. On it are mounted the rnostor control unit 2510
]
M ( standard model ), both isolator valves 2040, 2050, the equalizing-valve control unit 2810, safe-ty volve 2473 and equalizing volve 2880 and also rapid replenishing volve 2900. The low-pressure r%ceiver osssTibly 2800 is connected via the equalizing volve 2880 to the extinction cNmber with isolator contact 5000 ( cf. also part C. , Principle ). Corypressed-air connecting 1.nes poss frtm
- the low-pressure receiver ossembly 2800 to the two resistor chamber receivers 7400 or resistor cNmber ve ives 7420 ( ef. B.6, page 16 ).
I The rupid reg lenishing volve 2900 comprises the high-pressure i eceiver 2902 with solenoid volve
~
l I 2907 and is ;oined via the duct cosing 2422 to the extinction chamber isolator contact 5000. Mounted on the brecker enclosure 1000 are the terminal box 2460, auxiliary switch 2750 or 2760 ( os ordered ) and the limit-switch combination 2770. The two end position indicators 2772 for the isolator 6000 are octuated via the insulating red 2681 The air lines for LP oir supply, for LP indicotion, for air-operuted "Open", for the air supply f;r air-opertted "Open", for HP supply on( for HP ind: cation are brVught together in foot 1341, . while all electrical leads are taken to terminal box 2460. The low pressure receiver 2001 contains the compressed air needed to opertte the breaker pole. For nornul opening and closing, comoressed air ir ;wn only frvm the low-pressure receiver 2801, while if interrupting a short circuit or with a C-O secuence, odditional air is I druwn from the high-pressure part. The pressure in the extinction chamber 5900/5950 will then briefly rise above the opr.ating pressure of 29,2 bor ( opprox. 423 psig ). The high-prussure volume is so orrtng rd that witn a short-circuit disconnection or o C-O the pres-ture in the high-pressure rrceiver 29C2 becomes to the pressure in the extinction chamber 5900/5950. Tha rupid replenishing volve 2900 has no measuring or regulatir79 function. I :
E Ports list to fig. 6, page 10 - Front view
. Ports list to fig. 7, page 10 - Rear view 1000 Brecker enclosure 2756 Hose connection ( resistor chemoer volve) 1341 Foot assembly 2757 Hose connection ( isolator crivo 1342 Foot assembly "Open" )
2758 Hose connection ( isofotor domping , 2000 Contrul unit "Closo" ) 2760 Auxiliary switch combination 2010 Orifice inse et 3/4" 2761 Hose ( vent isolator volve "Close" )
- 2013 Orifice 2762 Hose connection ( isolator comping "Open* )
2040 Isolator volve "Close" 2050 Isolator volve "Open" 2770 Limit switch combination 2772 End position indicator 2C55 Water druin plug
, 2000 LP receiver ossembly 2210 2-way celoy volve for adjusting 2001 LP receiver I ~ *2313
- 2317 switching time log isolator "Close" Volve disc Stop ( 4 x d 5 mm )
2810 Equalizing-volve control unit 2820 Extinction chamber volve 2830 Charging and interlock unit I 2460 Terminal box 2472 LP safety volve 2880 Equalizing volve 2510 Master control m.!t 2900 Rapid replenishing vc sve 2681 Insulating red 2902 HP receiver - 2753 Scfety volve ( Chamber end ) 2907 Solenoid volve 2754 Hose connection ( isolator "Close" ) 2908 Silencer I I I I 11
i B.4.1 Master contrul unit i l
?
Fig. 8, page 13 - Moster control unit 2510 ( stondord model ) witn compressed-air connections 1 k Six different moster control units are obtainable, depending on requirements: y l I b
- 1. Master control unit 2490 with 1 single sole-II. Master contC unit 2510 with 1 twin sole-
'I M O 2590 GPEN -g noid volve 2590 with connection for air-ope- O noid volve 2610 witn g l M ~ 26?O COEN g Connection for cir-ope-
,I & Ji rated "Coen" and 1 single solenoid volve rated "Coen" and 1 single solenoid volve /~
p 2% CL Es' 2160 with screw plug. // { - 2160 2160 with screw plug. I CLosE,# 3, I til. Master control unit 2520 witn 1 twin sole-D CFEN -g noid volve 2010 with IV. Moster control unit 2120 with 2 single sole-
& noid volves 2590 with - 200 & y connection for air-oce- -h 2590 0#EN -% connections for cir-I 2520 O //
I roted "Ceen" and 1 twin solenoid volve 2120 O
%' - oceroted "Coen" and "Close" .
{-2270 clost./ 2220 with screw plug. // I
- 2*90 CLME-#
V. Moster control unit 2130 with 1 twin sole-VI. Master control unit 2150 with 2 twin sole-O noid volve 2010 with O noid volves 2610 with ( 2610 OPEN - g connection for cir-ope-I I O 2130 M' roted "Ceen" qnd 1 single solercid volve
-% -26t0 OPEN %
O 2150 Y Connections for air-l coeruted O ,,// O l "Close" . "Coen" and
}/
I % - 2590 CLDcti 2590 with connection for -% -26i0 CLosE./ cir-operuted "Close" . O . i The main components of a master control unit are tne two master control volves "Open" 2530 ond "Close" 2540, the twin control volve 2492, the two twin control volves 2560 and 2580, and the li ' solenoid volves. Both rrester control volves are mounted on the base plate 2491 ond fixed to the low-pressure receiver by three hex-bolts M 16 2257 ( fig. 8 ). The purpose of the moster control units on the brooker poles is to open the copropriate master con-trol volves in response to o command from the control cabinet or control panel, and to keep them open until the required switching cperution has been comoleted. The incomirg corrmonds con be of severti different kinds: Electrical vio the coils of the solenoid volves, or pneumatic via the open ' tripping interlocks on the master control volves ( cf. Chapter C, page 18 ). The commands con be brief or prolonged, simultaneous or in rtpid scQuence Regardless of how the commends are gi I ven, the moster control unit oiways posses them on to the breaker pole in such o way that swit-- Ching operttions whiCn have begun are Continued until Completed. I Irdicotion signals from the master contrVI unit, botn electrical and pneumatic, are possed to the supervis 3ry instruments housed in the control cocinet. ' I'?
i 4 8.4.2 Charging and interlock unit i q Fig. 9, page 13 s Exorrole of o charging and interlock unit 2830 with pneumatic tripping interlock "Open"- 2480 1
*2480 Tripping interlock "Open" 2626 Tubing *2570 Recharging volve "Open" 2614 Com disc
- 2650 Rechorging volve "Close" 2624 Top cover 2625 Tubing 2839 Base plate When the breaker is in the open position ( tubular contact assemblies of isolators retructt,d and locked ), tripping interlock "Open" 2480 blocks any unwanted pneumatic command to open.
The two master control volves "Open" or "Close" are reset to the Closed position by the two re-charging volves "Open" 2570 or "Close" 2650. Tripping interlock and recharging volves are oc-tuoted mechanically by insulating rod assembly 2740 and com disc 2614. Ports list to fig. '8, page 13 - Master control unit 2510 ( standard model ) 2257 Hex-bolt M 16 x 70/38 mm 2530 Master control volve "Open" 1 2310 2-way celay volve for setting of 2540 Master control volve "Close" isolator "Open" switching delay
+2313 Valve disc ~
2560 Twin control volve
- 2316 Stop ( 2 x /1,5 mm )
2580 Twin control volve 2491 Base plate 2492 Twin contrut volve 2810 Trunsfer volve - Control unit 2495 Air line 2497 Air line 2819 Filter 2509 Screw plug DK G 1/4" *2947 Air filter s
--I 'F ? % 4 . m 4
i
\, > \
L. -b,
, x_
W . 9 I -
\
I.J /
., ~ $ 6 94 ,
E- - 3 i #"* er g, [ #4 s, O. s .L . , b - . - r
~i . \.
i
/.
s
'{ ,
4 I l
'. W 2 e a .e- :
L (. --
~ '
0 0 I 5 .' 5 9 5-' ' .i N, I
,, a 7 -A /
I n i y.- t rs . 1 f .. i L. l ' ,0 !
.' h s II N, s M)
- j l j_ -
N
..(,,33>.<
l L.. A n t.; b1iy e r3W.k g
\ ! \'\g I '
l y1,~ o
\,'
ft
).,-
s-
.l .
ae l.,L1 e 1'4{*.-
/ : : : : :
t I
~
I e,--- I k
. .. s ~ ~
O
*,,-Iii ~ . A 2 ~ ~ ; , .y gg- c. , ' '
l1
, ?i* ...~
99 s
3 C, b
.5 Control cabinet
{ Fig.10, page #4 - Frume with instrumentation for a 3-pole group ( standard version ) The control cabinet contains instruments nnd equipment for monitoring, controlling, indicating and metering the switching operVtiens. The multi-pole pressure switch 8410 blocks the electrical control commands it the pressure in the low-pressure receivers 2801 is insufficient ( see section C..poge 18 ). It incorporttes eight . com-operuted micro-switches which block the control commands or control the electro-pneumatic replenishing volve 8320. The delay relay 8822 octuated by the pressure switch controls the re-plenishing volve with the old of on cuxiliary contactor 8823, and menitors the operuting pressure. The pressure in the low-pressure receivers con be read from pressure gouge 8123. The two bourdon-tube switches 8814 and 8815 monitor high pressure and block the contrVI com-mands if Ce pressure is too low. The pressure is indicated by pressure gouge 8831 Normal air troke-up ( e.g. following breaker operution, venting or pressure loss ) is initiated by means of ouxillory contactor 8823 as soon as the pressure falls by opprox. 0.5 bor ( coprox. 7 psig ) bolow tne nominal pressure. In the event of further pressure reduction to 21,8 bor ( cpprox. 316 psig ) or 28,7 bor ( coprox. 416 psig ) ( depending on whether operution is C - O y or O ) tne magret of the auxiliary contactor is energized, voltage is opplied to the magnet of the b replenishing volve and make-up begins een the operating pressure of 22,4 bor or 29,2 bor j I opprux. 325 psig or 423 psig ) ( ofter C - O or O operation ) has been reached, a prwssure-(switch contact releases the auxiliary contactor, which in turn interrup , plenishing volve, whereupon the volve closes and the make-up process is thus terminated. The make-up procedure is os described above if leckage from the breaker occurs or the pressure a dret s very briefly. At the some time the delay relay 8822 is energized. Make-up for o possible "Close-Open" operution takes a certain time "x". The time-lag relay with delayed p%-up is set to time "x" plus safety margin. When this time has elopsed, a delay-relay contact interrupts ac-tuotion of the reducing and replenishing volve. At the some time on alorm circuit is closed. Fur-l ther pressure loss is thus prevented. Wen starting oporttion, button 8184 on the hinged ponel must be pressed until, at 0,2 to 0,3 bor ( opprox. 3 to 4.5 psig ) above the blocking pressure of 21,6 bar or 28,4 bor ( opprox. 313 3 psig or 412 psig ), automatic make-up begins cnd the receivers are fully charged. Air-operated opening con be initiated locally by hand with the aid of the button on control volve 83g0. The "Open" command given to the contrrl volve is fed by the servo blocking volve 8370 vio 3 the open-line 8855 to master control volves "Open" 2530 ( see section C.,page 18 ). The servo blocking volve prevents response to the conmond if the pressure is too low. Sstector switches 8107 and 8108, position indicator 8145 and the operations counter 8871 are mounted on instrument ponel 8870. The brecker con be closed or openec electrically from the I control cabinet by setting selector switch 8108 to " Loco and turviing selector switch 8107 to "Close" or "Open". With selector switch 8108 set to " Remote" the breaker poles con be octuated g; relectricolly from o centrni control room. An electrical command to close or open posses vio con-I - a i g ;
l l r 3 E _ J ^ c l ' a ; ana LAT* }{ 3sb:_ l "b 1 - a
,, kT e ,
4 __ y_ ~_ . - -
.== , _. ., ._ n. _. , s m .~, :- =(N* ) . _ Y ,
hr-R ,JIl Ng d W ft_maC t- ; m r, t-n :
-g3 . -o i en
~ E W-%:y^%TTI:? & 4-- n-
^ %- 'A W . ._ " !.l ; O M Q-. . f. m, Fi ! ---- . f _ .w g I.!;t Q -> ' f *! !
i if M >% ,,
-ED3EE __ h , g; Ell 3 +
I I
- : au
- : ? % .
& 2 3 ^-
p,
~
- p. ;~ f '- - -
T 17+s > c e oX L . _ , q ,;.G 7-0 E;b7'
'l N
E' I f,bp " E YH
.b =
- C nq
,- y /i c ----
B. i, J'l i hh p , hj 'l 'l a:; ' , , ,
'tE??
(fN-)Q75k h[ :_ gd
!V :1 w ,
4. f 3h[! ,
\
yg_ih 5- - - -d a rnfi
> -- o ; I --- 'NO$@$II5 S . UUU i
a ]@I ~
- a; w rw i 'gE[,,[\]!--"N ON
.j; hk l 3D: .r
_ g" i
. gym n6 i :'i=n a. 'r e ~
p
~
l~ N i p * , II IT !! 11._ __4y.. _a - 0 I'i \\ L '- lCO I J_ l r(it
!e 3mc
- E3gi!;T,idifbl- #@ca ---
; i e : : :: 2 = = 2 :. .*:
P l
tacts of the pressure switch to the Coils of the volves on the brooker poles. If the three poles oo not act in unison, i.e. If a switching command is not corried out by one or two poles of a breaker, ofter o time log on electrical "Cpen" command is sent vio delcy relays 8832 ond 8847 to the Seen coils" 2738 of the master contrmi volves "Open" and the solenoid volves. When a signol for "on-lood open" is given, the command for electrical opening is fed simultaneously to the "open coils" of the master contrut volves "Ceen" and to the "open coils" of solenoid volves 2811 ond 2go7 ( see section C..page 18 ). Incorrect operation is always fol-lowed by disconr.ection. Af ter o command to open has been given, the brecker requires o certain time to r7cke Lp the depleted cir. This time log is set on the two delay relays 8449. If a command to close is given and maintained, although a comrrund to open has been given in the meantime, by protection relays for example, the breaker obeys the first command to close and the subsequent command to open, but does not perform the still outstonding command to close. I l This must first be concelled before further commands con be given. This possibility of hunting , is prevented by tne delayed pick-up time relay 8448. The state of the breaker is posted to the position indicator 8145 by the limit switches 2772 ( see section C. , page 18 ). The number of switching operations is counted by on operations cot,nter 8871 l . I Ports list to fig.10, page 14 - Control cabinet 1 8107 Selector switch 8831 HP pressure switen , I 8108 Selector switch 8832 Delay relay 8123 LP pressure gauge 8840 HP-LP main supply line 8145 Position indicotor 8846 Stop volve 8174 Delay retoy 8849 LP supply line 8183 Auxiliary contactor 5 8184 Push button 8850 HP vent line 8853 HP return line 8320 Replenishing volve 8854 LP return line 8370 Servo blocking volve 8855 Coen-line 8390 Control volve 8856 HP pressure gauge 8410 6-pole pressure switch 8860 LP vent line 8447 Delay relay 8871 Operations counter 8448 Delay relay 8449 Delay relay 8880 HP main suoply line 8814 HP bourdon-tube switen 8890 Air supply for air operated 8815 HP bourdon-tube switch "Cpen" I
B.6 Resistor
- i l
k Fig.11, page 17 ( View of resistor unit gmup , A f Fig.12, page 17 Section through a resistor chamber 7360 {L [ T L* fL 2 The resistor unit gmup 7000 includes the following sub unit groups: domping resistor ossembly 4 as 7100, resistor chamber receiver ossembly 7400 with integrol resistor chamber volve 7420, resistor [ chamber 7360 and protective cover assembly 7047. One of the two resistor chorrbers is fitted with R M S high-resistance resorbit resistor 7201 which limits any switching overvoltages to harmloss values. I L The exhaust gases frvm the extinction chamber with isolator contact 5000 ( see fig.1, page 3 ) and P the resistor chambers escope to atmosphere through openings in the protective cover ossembly. Q m They do not come in contact with the interior of the breaker enclosure 1000. The required breaking capacity is achieved by coupling the low-resistence domping resistor 7100 in parullel with the extinction chamber 5900/5950 ( see fig. 3, page 7 ). This resistor is connec-ted and disconnected by means of the resistor chambers, which are controlled electrically and by compressed oir. A delayed-oction volve 7330 opens the resistor chambers with a defined time log a relative to the extinction chomoers. The resistor chambers carry current only during the opening process and are therefore of simple construction. They receive their command to open from the rise in current flowing ocross the low-resistance domping resistor to the solenoid coil ossembly 7375, which attructs the core 7365 as soon as the are in the extinction chamber is interrupted. Compressed air flowing from the resistor chomoer receivers into the quenching chamber jockets - 7361 of the two resistor chambers is at the some time admitted to the piston extensions 7265 and thus separutes the moving contact balls 7267 from the contact seatings 7278, and the resulting orc is extinguished. When interrupting small currents the pulse from the solenoid coil is not su'ficient, and so the opening process is performed only by compressed air. In the closed or open condition the resistor chamber receivers are et operoting pressure, the resistor chamber volves are closed and the resistor CNmbers are vented. If the resistor chom-ber volves are actuated by the master control volves "Close" 2540 or "Open" 2530, the air suoply [ from ths low-pressure receivers 2001 is blocked and at the some time air is allowed to flow from the resistor cNmber receivers into the resistor chambers. Contact ball, contact seating and erosion ring 7274 ore of erosion-resistant material. a [ l [ i te 1
Ports list to Fig.11, page 17 - Resistor unit group 1210 Top cover ossembly 7201 Resorbit resister 7206 Flexible connection 7000 Resistor 7207 Flexible connection 7001 Insulating tube ossembly
- 7330 Delay volve
' 7051 Rubber cuff 7300 Resistor chamber - .
- 7052 Rubber cuff
'7078 Hose clomp 1 A for 7052 7400 Resistor chamber receiver
- 707g Hose clamp 2 for 7051 7067 Hex nut 0,8 d M 16 7405 Water drain plug 720E 7100 Domping resistor 7420 Resistor chamber volve -
I . 7001 I. Ports list to Fig.12, page 17 - Resistor chamber ossembly 7360 p/
+7267 Contact boll ,
I 7 7268 Piston extension 7274 Erosion ring
*70; *70' +7278 Contact seating *70; 7360 Resistor chamber assembly i -'
7361 Extinction chamber jocket ',' I
*7363 Resistor chamber exhaust *7365 Core 7375 Magnet assembly 7380 Spring cop assembly l
I
-..._._aw - - _ -- ___ -_ ~__- _ __ - - . _ - 4m ,a m _ _ _g l
7 t Y I
= -.
f g e e
- s - T l
i (F' j
..% q A ,. . ; ;; - ..
e% ; I a r _..".. d ll %..: ._ f.. . l}I%] = t_. _. _
;1 W"J @J , , ;;; . .n&_
I
>3 ,A r g'l r, . 1___
il i E F ditk I W r 1
.. 5 L.,y1 , .+~w~-~.,-, , u. .1 I .- r--- E I l /
l 1 I I l f 5 u [ j$ '~~'_,1 l it i II ,
. . 2 m l 2 2 2
__i l e a px et . - ,n .
, i, t
4 l n . o
-,s -- - -. .; b -, . -- - I I t-: b i r t2 .
0 fM.. 5
- - . . . i 'j g
2
~ ij n , a /' J .? !
I I i . > i . p! - g . I i r, t E
. .. . l \ -
I gl
,,s,.--
o I ie
' i e *.
I, I C. P rinciple a T I_._ Fig.13 to 27, page 18 to 32 - Air circuit diagroms showing switching states of genenator breakers [ C A M sc, u, v 1750 o ( 3-pole ) I T
. C.1 Closing opemtion I .
Fig.13 - Breaker poles a1, c2 and o3 in "Open" position. I-
- Setting detected by limit switches 2772 and displayed on position indicotor 8145 in T control cabinet 8000. ~"'""~"~"'""'""""~'"~'"'"""'"'"' """'~'"
I" supply line 8880.
- Air fed into HP-LP main supply line 8840 passes via filter 8'i5, HP shutoff volve
{ _ 8846 and non-return volve 8847 to replenishing volve 8320. Cperating pressure hos been restored to 29,2 bor ( oppmx. 423 psig ), voltage at magnet 832$ has fallen A and main piston 8340 of replenishing volve 8320 has closed. ,y I.- -p-
- Air fed into HP main supply line 8680 flows via non-return volve 8863 to high-pressure receiver 2902 and is opplied to the closed piston of the ropid reple- ;L nishing volve 2000.
Pressure in the high-pressure circuit is monitored via the HP signoi line 8853 - by the two Bourdon-tube switches 8814 and 8815. , Pressure snown on pressure gauge 8831
- Compressed cir expanded to opertting pressure is present in LP feed line 8849 behind replenishing volve 8320 in low-pressure receiver 2001, in extinction chom-ber 5900/5950, and vio o byposs in octuator housing 5901 or.d in resistor chamber A receivers 7401 Y
I---- Pressure in the low-pressure circuit is monitored via LP signot line 8854 by means of multi-pole pressure switch 8410. { Pressure shown on pressure gauge 8123. { F Air for air-operoted "Coen" is fed through air line 8890 leading from one of the 1 _ three low-pressure receivers 2001 to control volve 8390 and servo blocking volve , 8370. Safety vo ..s 2472 operates if electromagnetic replenishing volve 8320 fails.
- - The cir line leading off before the shutoff volve 8846 incorporutes a pressure l gouge 8856. These indicate whether, and how much, pressure is present from .
the HP compressor ptort. i T
- Master control volves "Open" 2530 ond "Close" 2540 ore closed.
l { l - Isolator volves "Close" 2040 and "Open" 2050 are closed. l - Both resistor Chamber volves 7420 are closed. [
- Solenoid volves 2811, 2907 ore closed. I l - Extinction chamber volve 2820 is closed. 7 1
a - ,-_e -- .- 2 - --w- -- - - - I bM i 'l - ' ' T '. i [ _r . ,) ll
, , ,! p , t .i l Nu L I I ) , ' . . ' J . ___.-
ny .- r
? d. . b,3sG' i =F,l l
5
'! hI 1l SN L N p, J H y].7m.d,;, n a[!Q r.=.e:_
4"' u g l a i p .. g ,,U,:, . G ..k I. !,!d m$,Jj 0 f M.I. I i
~ N l. a,P , :v_ :: _:: .u -
y "_m
.i.' ,, ;- ), j. v-n ; t,i j "< - ,Eram ',h o [ t n ' s E n I M. '3 -
r 2
!!dlflli bO l$ hhj[,E ' ;- sp ,m[v,% l9 l
N
,ji bh, $'l#@! ti w~ h k_ au~_
d
.rt } c" r b %; c - -) - == q l ~~ I f-I ~ >
l$0 d:g .r... y -d l WJuly a E
$ g srMmJ j dikJ 0 h I*
- LMW M ^ %
l d f M ii g I =t i s D F l -.
] i - i." .. 9.-
y~ t .e
=l o
6, I>>il sJ{
.=, == -
r7"==o
- r i pa w -ecr o %=' '
- m. :=+.<-
-t U. $ '. f ' Y((~l *h 5' l ill f*' 1['.d!l . :={k': -m !! ,,,9. ~
j
?~ ! i ]:
- l. h N E W[b! R Ul ,,,ahQ n .
v l l l. t
. %gr- g ' ~ .0 , ~ \
on j .$* i 8
--) x 'p, ,. s ___ _ _
I. I e a I I '
! anmumme m l 1
- 1. i j i l =) 'G,d-8 e
il r
- n. .<r
~
Na u m. i.%r
' ** S 0 em 9
l ,q --A 1 - : .ut nr t*t,tt 7' ' ll
@ ~. %,, -
e r. _ ,r -.
- r . 2v .. _. 3 V s: m_ .-- _. . b, y . . . - _- _._ ___ _ _ j Y. . . ... I. 10. .
e l ~
~.
7
' b.=~n3.sI M I . -
r n_'rj is :i s_. p Q l [l n g ci. c.a.2"r?"1- -. 1 _!., . _,_ __._7:y] h.
." JJ . .t pna . .. ._: . z - nMa i i " "' e 1 h
r C ,,l eg T 3 l t , l
] E l
r
-- g: m i J gp = =-.= -! f% 'j r .{
3
-g-- , I e7 _ Lv . ,h:3:
it 4 .
- [' M . 9 L ._ . J ! 3 1 MJ r --
- i. - /'- '- . j ; ;
l I.: - <q, . - ii! g [i 9[I .=
.J 1
2 0 r
,! . . . ~. ,., :r, *1:.2 n
E . ;
.. -s l1 1 L ., . . __ . _ _J - 8 -
L - . _ . _ . _ _ - - - _ - . . _ . l
I
- Equalizing volve 2600 is open.
All low-pressure spaces are filled to opereting pressure 29,2 bor ( opprmx. 423 psig ). Safety volve 2753 is connected at chamber end. This prevents pressure in extinction chamber 5900/5950 from rising above 45,1 bor ( opprox. 654 psig ).
- Extinction contact 5190 closed, centered in nozzle 5119.
Contact coge assembly 5220 has run up to commutating ring 5111 and forms a seal ogainst nuin seal 5116.
!solator 6000 and both resistor cNmbers 7360 are ventea. .
Fig.14 An electrical command to close con be given either locally by Nnd from the control
- cabinet or from the centrol control room, provided the pressure is above the permit- .?
I, ted minimum of 28,4 bor ( opprox. 412 psig ). A local command to close con be given by setting the selector switch 8107 to "Locol" l
+
and turning selector switch 8108 to "Close". I - Set selector switch 8107 in control cabinet 8000 to "Locol". Turn selector switch 8108 to "Close".
\
f: a V i !8
' 4 Switch 8108 remains at the "Close" position only while it is hcJd by hand. , :3 E When tne selector switen is released it returns to the position "O". [
a 6
- Corrmond given to the two series-connected "Close coils" 2732 on moster contro8 volve "Close" 2540 and solenoic volve 2811. * - Both coil magnets attruct and lif t off the pistor's. - Air is relrosesd from low-pressure receiver 2801 B - Piston of master control volve "Close" 2540 and solenoid volve 2811 are a subjected to compressed air and move to position "Open". - Control air is released from low-pressure receiver 2801 - Owing to the smaller cross-section in solenoid volve 2811 the control air flows first to the two twin control volves 2596 ond presses the balls to the other end.
I This prevents the air from escoping vio the exhoust ports of master control volve "Open" 2530 and isolator volve "Open" 2050. .
- Equalizing volve 2880 is actuated via ropid relief volve 2814 - The vented equalizing volve 2680 is closed, thus interrupting the flow of air from low-pressure receiver 2001 into the extinction chamber 5900/5950 - ~ - The reteosed control air in master control volve "Close" posses first via the twin control volve 2580 to master control volve "Open" 2530. . .C i - Master control volve "Open" 2530 is locked. - Control air flows to twin control volve 2492 and 2-way delay volve 2210.
von H l from depuis I i
q c m
= = , , .
l iy _ i .
;l ., h; .u e !
au ! . o, ..
= _ = , +-=q l .i !l I
n,, lu! Id u! a-i je t< r - - - - --- - E ir r.! k 4" 4, t
.g =- 7; p q n: -
i "4 , y. q. d.,s, I g m; i
.a h,
Lt11 .%a.'.J' t . ii L 1 i
; -e Ij l
im
- n. e -o
- 7. _ . _
3 nOIp m M,.1a: h *!.. M..
- , l, E
., o - .gjff!!e '#' N, '
h l ,;
.- we v y @ = + p'gi..
W!E,I 7: EG} ~
@pl; -
o-I
-- " F[ Aj [e -j.n m A~y%, ~s e@
- a . ;i g,l l i
. p-5pdg%c, q
u 4 [es e. _ E. o '::: e6
-=J 2=q] ~
[ 0 l- r15 s , U x , . _d o.}ag. mm [- r, I k, ./ g mme h .. 2 m.I 9'
~
i< a,.
- s. b: Q
!m,usey egTec). *j a n --.. j ** %'a 'f 31:.1 l 3 r YM -r f k N . Il hl L. DI g
[ a:" ag EM , ten 4 t LO! l l ["1:i$ t l h fu:_"m 0 li
.u. x 3 1 g ,:2 L- I bji to e
I%M],Y t 3! n 1 i . m , v i iq #djb B l , ..- g pa!
+,
t pa I r- i p l
.a I:;
a( - , i l gl: I j ?.! i d{ s. F Mk j L k-[-[1, n l
- T.
a.w.es. <:sy ry==i9 L.23 M,.., -
^
mo V U- =4
.Ll Ail. , p-lill 1 -.
4J oil v cQ r La2:,_y .a l EJ --- r,
- J l g
! (/ 2 I
k-fgr l [U$ l
~
7= >h%: , l
.S_ . . -__ __ . )) - i1I *C 7 l g
imyll___.3[ . g",l l M P1 ' : ' :"; , j*[
' g.-----.--.-.za:. ,' .'"'1_ . l y~- .
l[
' ,**'i' 3t: ![{
L - i:n
v I L Fig.15 - The ball in twin control volve 2492 is pushed upwards so that the Control air cannot escope thrrugh the discharge ports to the moster control volve "Open" 2530. I - Control air flows towards twin control volve 2596, chamber volve 2820, resistor chamber volves 7420 and to 2-way delay volve 2210. 7 [
- In 2-way deoly volve 2210 the air is delayed by volve disc 2313 and stop 2317 l- *
( 4 x / 5 mm ) before possing to isolator volve "Close" 2040. Solenoid volve 2811 vents continuously via discharge ports. w I .
- Chamber volve 2800 is actuated and opens. This also interrupts the flow of supply air from the low-pressure receiver 2801 to the octuator casing 5901.
T- {
- The space behind actuating piston 5211 is vented via chamber volve 2820. - As o result of the pressure difference which now occurs, the contact cage assembly f 5220 moves to the extinction contact 5190. " - Resistor chamber volves 7420 are octuated and opened. The flow of air from the low-W pressure receiver 2801 is thus interrupted. - The compressed air stored in the resistor chamber receivers 7401 is released and ' lows into the resistor chambers 720.
_ - The ball in twin contrul volve 2506 is pushed upwords against the decreasing pres-
- sure from solenoid volve 2811 I ] - The control air now flows v.c the second twin control volve 2596 and rtpid relief volve 2814 to the eouclizing vo;ve 2880 and continues to hold tre lotter in the closed g,
position. f n L i i_ dk 1 Fig.16 - Contact cogs 3ssembly 5220 draws extinction contact 5190 to the "Open" position P by means of drug disc 5201 .I - Compressed air flows through nozzle 5119 into exhaust housing 5185/5187 and ^ from there via exhaust duct 3025 to atmosphere.
- Airis opolied to the piston of isolator volve "Close" 2040 ( which operates with a = time log ), pushing it to the open position. The air provided from the low-pressure receiver 2801 is thus released. I' - The r:ontrol air now ovoilable pushes the ball in twin contrul volve 2840 upwards and flows towards twin control volve 2596, through non-return volve 2859 and i ocolied r to the closed crurg'ng vulve "Close" 2650, and flows vio closing control volve 6030 f into the octuating space of the isolator 6000. The ball in twin control volve 2840 pre-vents the air f rom escoping into the brecker enclosure 1000 through isolator volve f
1 "Open" 2050 or the vent line.
- In porullel with this, comping oir flows into the domping cylinder 5302.
I T 1 V T T l i
l u6.Wshea apM a-. Pl
; ._ , --- g !' l, . I".' i ! ,q ,ll' ,d -
f
, o I l t; a 1t ! . . _ . _ _ . =.= ,
I, l, I I p in th! i.., H _l N..
].p r-~ [" .-
r= y
~. .Ukn E E .iG - - ~ ~ ~ .= ;I -, p S I LJ'. , Ty *I"T 7"- nU; . , C"'t ~ mI , - '>-:t ; T ~ ~r ! ! -- iH p i!! l l' .c ;i r. ?. r; _L ;- k k i i j . h l-'H p h i IU {g_ sa M" - i> ..
L F. .i a bder LN i, j.l,? y'] J j i Mc.,
.l n , r - .,
y' i( q. -Q l-E= j_jm.g llw=D:Eg k.... =- --- =hl .,.,, s n I ,e -
. es f.ii o N],' ' !l e
E bs / .,". lij';,js7' 7 L' ' m@m ,' l [ l , j _smq!j[h=n=LhC['. [. e glI m
. pr.LJgL,'.uqm n g tr-: 6. is * - & Cil }f , \ .1.. M, P r [J P."j . - lg -n ' u,i ' "1 ! ; .j - g j lulli . .i n [O=f'.=e g--i t=j d! ; F C. u L 14 '
ir1 t,:=s g l l0 WN Q . G
/.
F
= \,
MT. s m M.a.c!g. r.d.- .- 2 i WMy El e fe"r'I ; "'T,"""4-: c-].J' N m.!pO " 1, rJJ - . .; hlpl[t O b ' Q]1 i { m2 ,= , e 17 , e - e. 4 a 11 : r E 'l l .- g I G- ; 2 i j 5 1 en ' r- es - 4 J[ c" [. -'!P par he ' - i l , ,, y Q s+en kl ,tL] '
- (r= r $ ,qNsiiq d:
- e. l 3 v , .
, i. ,o o .. q. .w d ' ll s
I'" M.: k~p '
~ ' 3 I %
l\ .. ..
- 4 l
,f .e i - = = - . = .
m i l___- j q l l j o i - l_l _ q l 1 e . _ _ _g < - I
- i ff,v W e,
e J.d.,
- nl <
jn
,o. ..u. .
8! ef.,*r,*f -.YrY r+Y YeY Y g 5~;..m m.. ;I ' s g ; TZt'.42'), i v 7 J __. ._N ___. ___ j..b_f ,
'g n ,: ;T.9- -: Y b b y> f e =
7'tu :~~e .m JJ.- L;,'J 6;.J
.4.%
l l
. 4- !
u a pg
= '.b.. __
h
, _ _ _ _ ,L .al r o ,a l 3 f.
l .s li
'1'L .~;j , , (.
_ . m ---- ; j [
; . r.
[, 'lA: ~ ,
-l d - , ---*p->*- . . , ' ' -
I5i ;
'. j '. * ; .,4! - ?.
g:b aa
.I'5l '+ -' r-l6 ' -r 3....__.__..._.. 'I J *?
a *b F. t[j a I
_4-
.h . , .I $ 'A _Z ~^
c_ _ l- g ~7., , d . C,q]i i r _. r =. --
. _2 . .- g o1 { = = =
o L y:
. [-]p.
t.. ap j ;i sqJN l
.,r;j$wl ;
p ,; ll H fCQ) jL. f :*3i m . t {w,, d.m).i . . i,] M l 3 m. ; m: .! __
~
9] i p J,,1J.ll1r o,.j , u c t. r, a ..- e, 3 a .m . m x I'
, s.d, thj[jIf Llq ' -1S M Q l!l % s:i f Ur #up =
Q I. q E@@%[%[a - g- a 0 j!! 1 (j 4 lb. u u = ,j l
'Ei #2 e @ ain 0%.J w = a-p a ,Nc. Sa f & . m,- I ff:+1(([%,., 9 ~ ~kW dCIEb': 9._- , ,
g g a e :t: p
;?i$ Ar ' -
reemla P kk. s .. 2 ! hC;;;,;;;gj F
. # ass _ a 'g lJ Il p-!'; ~ ".: 1"*s ? e E
j!f ! Uf7![
.. // ! h[
H W~ .d . o U.d F i t2 f= a ^ == 'Of v.1
#"i f Uf %l l, , tf f i E = -3 t
2 >A; s l Q' E _r r i-. i - i I I r. l m l g Ng 8
-----'------]~
5 t l i i oi (( e i _ _d - 5 cW d lI . . g
'r!7y s mCer, D . Y. l t
si < . . ,mue.s .un m ;
$@.b~W 0 d U ??y- ;
i Lud 1- ce R t-=, a 0l ., i
%3P au%q ' l k
a ! I., I!g%
' .ih gh, ,
L i?L
.r--- 1 ' . ": li l . -
E lis l p_ f, ! - [ r: C -- i? - l , . jy
._ . m o t - . . _ , ~ : tn g , ; . .. I: n.--.;I$-
2
~'l' W: l ;.r.._ ; -. . - - - f j i !*l , --j " o of g
l I
- ._ __ m - m. -4 -a . . _ _ _ m __ .- e __.
I m -- ,1 - - i T. ~ r' y - ~--- - - -- -- -- l I r, n[ j t. _4 %,-lr-- p, _.as--hl =_ g 3 87 h b J 7 l ,nimu r
,m . ,_.. y. .
_L
= *ajs w nvaa ii _d -1"h[
S:N t
.iFI N..'r nir gl 8
r-k - y t _ ' l lj .. .
)
i . h l ! T-1 <CAL p. ll u.. F!0 G @"e ri. Qr M].J
; e ,
ij!j'jjii -
. il, '
l U M W=-l N ,p.,i : (iq f+ I'l!!ih ub l E
. L. 2 i, 9 ; I.t j ol r ._J $a
- g'D dif*- C- M
- In7
! kl al I
e 6 s - ! T, rjj F#.:.:'J a, ' 1 i ! _ D- _ ._ , . ,is - !
/
p" n \e g I h l en. ' i'D n ; E e g ;. s v .J ,:q i l l' ! hCal J I E N 3 e Ecin' =F 3 r
.At 1M
[-] % s li!
- :-u s ; .,,= _ - _ .
f q\~1r ~ t > 9 gy - q
\ =
fG M Mi B
@N M rMn i
e l i e, . 3' t' l
. Isl g,, -q[jS JF H ~j #6' ': a
- , wr e
.; '. ) ,,pl h t.;y i h "'
s:. .,
- 1. .,
l WO. .. $ d . # u:,i '
~
ir 9 . . w 1 i el E ' dl s m. F h i { .. J 7 i- g 0 .J $ E J c M r - l q e r , .y i l5- ;H p _t m k- " l --- 1 i!! 9, Pi :n E [, g n n ,. EI F] j f !nj! e r.W.M. , .
,'d bh c::_ :_).= .2 - . . - _ _ 2 _: =_ . - - r7 Wja 2 vm pa.l ! -,.c s J! } :: hd [ l l.
s u.a --. c
'pl .
- z. > %- '
g,;,g a,a ~ - l.%; .. l l 7- - .' , _ _=_;- j' '; j ', 3
- I .
g il
,. ] ' i__z-___.--__. l , ,, l} '
l _ _ - _ ;._ _ ) _ _ l l (g , . =----- j f ? - j d [, g
- ,c. ~u :. 1 " p -- '
g,3
- 4. ' * -
{ i ', ., a
.~ ,a : .___...._..J tia e :
I'
Fig.17 - At the some time, of ter o suitable deioy ( 30 - 33 ms ) with respect to the extinction chamber 5000/*$50, air is fed via delay volves 7330 to the piston extensions 7268, cousing th'e piston extensions 7268 to move. The piston extensions 7268 lif t off so that compressed air con flow from the supply space of the resistor chambers 7360 ond thus be opplied to the whole surface of I-I= - piston extensions 7268. Contact balls 7267 seoorute from contcet sectings 7278.
- The air flowing frtm the resistor chamber receivers 7401 is used as quenching air to -
U brook the resistor current and escopes to atmosphere via the exhaust ducts. At the some time os the piston extensions 7268 move, the space in front of the slide discs 738S is filled with comping air. .
* - The compressed air flowing frem isolator volve "Close" 2040 into the contact tube ossembly 6300/0600 causes the isolator 6000 to move to tne closed position.
Contact tube assembly 6300/6500 d;sengages frem the "Open latches", and charging volve "Open" 2570 is closed via the insulating red asserrbly 2680, which is me<.honi-
! colly covoled to the contoct tube asserrely 6300/6600. . .l' a Fig.iA - Voltage falls at the two series-connected "Close coils" 2732 of moster centrol volve 'M.
1- "Close" 2540 ond solnoid volve 2811 f**" h Solenoid volve 2811 closes. dL
- While the contact tube ossembly 6300/6600 is still moving in the close direction, in- ; y sulating rtd ossemoly 2580 initiates mechonical opening of the Chor'ging volve "Close" f I -
2650 and of air-opertted interlock "Open" 2480. Corroressed air flows vio che,rgirg volve "Close" 2650 to charging va!ve "Coen" 2570 , and via twin contrtl volve 2560 to master contrul volve "Close" 2540. I - Charging volve "Open" 2570 is loc <ed pneumatically. Master contrul volve "Close" 2540 is reset pneumatically to its initial position by , Isolator volve "Close" 2040 via charging volve "Close" 2650. Rb - Contact tube assembly 6300/0600 rurs under restruint into domping piston 5303, receives added impetus by means of c?osing contrul volve 6030 and engages the . latched closed position.
- The air linos to twin control volve 25G6, 2580, to chamber volve 2820, to isolator volve "Close" 2040 and to the resistor crumber volves 7420 are vented by way of -
g the exhaust port of moster control volve "Close" 2540.
*w .ie x .,C - Chamber volve 2820 closes. d I - Corroressed air flows from low-pressure receiver 2801 into octuator hcusing 5901 vio a bypass in chamber volve 2820.
Pressure in the low-pressure receiver 2801 falls below the value of 28,4 bor ( opprox. 412 psig ) set on pressure switch 8410. von H. g
- Voltage present at rrugnet 8325. from Magnet 8325 ottructs and lif ts piston 8350 frtm seal. d*Dui8 I - Socce round piston spring 8331 is vented vio ducts and back-pressure on r win piston 8340 is rerreved. - Main piston 8340 moves owgy f rom volve body 8321. Make-up begins until 29,2 bo r
( opprvx. 423 peig ) is reached.
8N* N = ha eNONeN N'"*% g
- 4m - _. ~
I*Il ^ ^ ~- ~' * *
- br :- I. , - - - - , - . 'q'...+m y i!l A . l ,L[ _,jo i pas
.. . ..o m != y_._-_. - .,.m 1.=_.-
I liil t ! _"m (*]U . ", M.. ,.
- r. . . .. . . .
r_ i r laIut, ri ih.
- 1. - =
10
! :h Il' l ! ! [r[.rm.p'6f ?l 1 lfik r s .
yl N[_t} j(~4] n _f e
'9 "
p2 egg jIg s -.if r I- - g q[ ,
. ,, y I ! i l IYS-~ ".dN;gbl:-l i r sh v w - t \
d - :.y-mL w . iv. < \W 1 _i w p a M W w;4., m i Len.tgr,m A ,: I;h ,;
, ' s' l ; t 's. i 1. ! g~. 1 ,6 'J ic.3 t.J iloi a M d.e_u s) i l4 = !qs , -i,! h< m.L ea zan.__; y I ,
p' p:- ,
'T ; "~-'~~* =
g =O j M C" J e ; au; p ; . j :j*f le == g p.~. . i~s ME i51 -
'l!!
j7w J
- 3p m < a ,
r o f[m .", w d-
- Is m:
h 1 I e A-m F,_ _ y ..~ . a.-- ,,t' /1l a-
.- e : ;.,~ ,t -- i W
i, i r i
.! E : { ,
f._q \Q... j amm.m. sang j I
~ , ,l i ~= =_ u s t 9
n ; , , ,_. . i -
- u. +2,
- We " = 1
.ml 8l M %i e .]; g!, emysMa la ,I, J .. .f I wr' 2L4 5 n n 54t 4 sa lu
- i. la-1, st t L, ,y. ,
l. l i. i.. I ... J 1 21 ,' 7 l l ;!i g #e !g
.at ] , .
uliQm I t ! i E sb a - _- , , W
) l 7 ! I , x _
_ h -- . g as l w: ,. ,., c J 1, t. u-- I . . .,. ~ -. .. f bl$ O*4OiY'l5- I > E.r %.r , eq. .e f-- A C V __ - -],__ g :- -
; (!..
n: b p[ f. .'.,'d, n 7 .; y gm.r 1 n w -_---m [m
='
V c_=.- F"A -e. --i! B LiiQ s&I - - g
' s =..
vj i , l h' '----- -
-] !~ ~~u 7,7 a
6/l- -- _ _ _ _ r * '. - ~
- . - . _ "2 1 . , o,l l;__.1 t yi e <+ a}
, _ _ _ ' _ . ) , ';' '
Iii
.I l ' I--' I'~ ~~ = ~'71 - l.. 't; lI!
i i t, - l j:i:? N - l 3;
I
~
N Fig.19 - Air is ccmitted to octuating piston 5211. 7
- Contact cage assembly 5220 and extinction contact 5190 move forward together until extinction contact 5190 engages nozzle 5119. , - Contact coge ossembly 5220 then moves to commutating ring 5111 - Contact coge ossembly 5220 enjages main sool 5116 and by mecns of compressed air b and spring pressure seals extinction chamber 5900/5950. - Resistor chamber volves 7420 cro closed. - Resistor chamber receivers 7401 o e filled frem low-pressure receiver 2801 I - Contact tube ossembly 6300/6600 is vented vio closing contrtl volve 6030. 1-k
[ M q l [ Fig.20 - The octuating space behind the piston of the equalizing volve 2880 is vented vio the I rrpid relief volve 2814
- Equalizing volve 2880 is reset to the "Open" position ~This causes air to be fed from the low-pressure receiver 2801 to the extinction enomber 5g00/5950. - The contact balls 7267, domced, strike against contact seating 7278, thus closing
{ the resistor chambers 7360. m
- The nominal breaker pressure of 29,2 bor ( opprox. 423 psig ) is reached. - Voltage at magnet 8325 of replenishing volve 8320 falls. - Closing spring 8329 pushes piston 8350 downwards. it , - Pressure in space of piston spring 8331 bulids up via ducts. - Main piston 8340 closes, helped by piston spring 8331.
I~ t a j
a.m- - 3 E1
.)
x.==-.- __...__._i -- I '
! ,l j .: 1 M1 -, .i i I '! la s 11 lg h-L g,,3 _'. . . _ _ _ - , _ _ _ _ _ , ,
pl o )) t ip,, li ;! " -s' [y]'
.l 7b lni y ,e L - [" - *[ s FUdij i!!' .= ~ ;l u t, t b ,i . "4' 8 t- -l il l t 4i ' <
[i . r'75 . -
; ;I .e .- ._r=3 l
fg h SM t i , L'i'q- - d; . .ii g {f .9k
~
N- t l cd, 3. .J. .l;! l , r=f_J e , , I '..%l .' j-n: p4 , l q. _ . . E j,' s j/ [
- !b,rm'j..JJ,__
n, r : -- y mn m L.,,., : I J "ai wt . g.
,l7) { d1:j ?. ~pa 3 n
I l
'ast.I,LL_kr ^ --sa n f __y 3.j j im %e ..4 l0 @i -.a " L.: d aj t
s.
.>4g i g7 '
u m o ," . gs': h.l , , -
- e --- =
f l M C p ~~
T [-
or,. yh o p 8@:.!: y'd'a i:
/
6I ll
= ny f l
H 3
- l. -@ b h I'M U ll l hH: SM'IA 4.,
Ii,"T
;u3 -s s
[ e
. f.E +?h, . . I > W !:,e <
i- n, s -- 2' I dm j '= car. ,J)l "r , d E, C. vf' h d l E_. e-- - i,
~2 s,' L 3ny a Et toi n lu = g'9w r , l . I f.___ ,
I I a i
-g..a A ;- g1;;;;;;;
o _I r- , s-:: y.. (p l, 8 ' b I C t,,r,3r m,. ;h
- q n= t_m f n - .
1 l 2 , q .
', , L g w:'_,:- M * ,2r=.1 , .,
l
- m. ; ,a , u ,e I) I-f, kr-a. kl
. n, ,. o i
h- k !
"A O ~ .r. : n. .h. .6.( w ~-k '! . a i ,,aad. [Ja .
L
- f 9 -. - -
I
,e j,~ Tg , . , ] , -l ,_
R -
! I l
- i. n gl m
s lj ' o d I! n g
'lF ! I
- i l i. -
.=
l j p
,. ;:. e n
l1
-- l '
l ~ :w
- n y C_ a l! .lli j 8 J .p i a osq, g + . // . . . . . . . +n.:
g: mr=...T:: i-w- ......... y a ~7 i q I, Sa= d U O 8' Di , V - k_ _ _ . _ . __C_______.__A 1;.y ; 5 h.
.rej j 7 m _yt 1 .. .J I a M g ki "I.J g m i o j c _. -->
i (J , ge3 m,a % ;;- _ i. _m g i e' r/, i I ll 0 !,; !! ! ' 3 [C- ,
..-:=:jQ=b_-_ ~ ~ Q :. ' :
l L~ G1
" !si g ----s a y -55 5
l L.. ' . :n' - I 5ia
, . . . ~ .-
t11
= i -
t-l :-
-' ~~ -----3_ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . .. _J ! h I '
E
r-' - - - -- y; p 1, _ . = ==. =.q g e
>i j ., l E"*! i l I. i . = -
j -
' . 1 ; ts u I . h' .,r y- --. . te m. , =-6}l Q;- y_ !!l I t"I , -' 7 - -fh a ul ;L; hi Fil - , 3 ;.- ,-
o l- g!. u:
,s r-BIO.n- h h iH c'- 'e Y :i' - r s I.f*hb t
L. '
.d hi Lh N = !? ~ nJJJ l, l!d'$ h @,ji f Dd' * - .k.5 :* M; .e 1-FP ~
g p. 4 uq"3 p3 un a n no . u, is-S.
.I s ./1 l, - .J l .
l
, slP i P:. .u r s ! 41 u I
c ,. _ i l el [ . ,;- e g_a , _r"nl . qcr -midlrt en r M ' fni i!i t i l"i i .! C
.v 11. l i ! : a.a a r"%.g
- l >
sa % E ti,- :. g j t -!! I lL
.1.. -
I (A E 1 q L --[r=] h i
;P.
i, L.L., oC;
;,J, . ,,J y-- % m -
_.e. :== : q ;q ,, ;' x
;q ei, . i; =.
l6 i
= nw t r. . .
CU 3
? 'j'. l -
o E."". ::: l U-Z9 h y=j E "a] rT,d.
. i., f [f.a. ?4. !,! .
i 0..-%. i . j;'or-'l',; ::: I _.d # L ' j e7"t a
- L..l.A==:c w?.l,o""'212 4 ;.;4 "W"I < 'L.J Jf ,'i 1. --
l i l R h. ( l ri J u = = ]=:-q e v, 8: e <d
/ r] \xrA I !! i 6e r.:e b 9 n g-,
b' l l E" == J h.h l -G el : s,"'i u._b.. s
, 4 , .e i
- n. M: .~
s 1 . : k,r.j h g ; ' o i i , 4{I,Cw
, j !j'i f- yb' Q;j4,. i i .
y li
. i -
v' ' a '
**'d { ~"
p ne f- r ,y - 1. p -
":l,! . l i
il' i p i
=; _ _
l ,, i l l j j 8 1 l 81l. i j , I i 6 l
, t l , d i - b' l i
of I l,
.! s.
g ( >= es ,.--_J u [ l
' :(
Ps Il p ij. {g fI 1: 4 l I N r~ := g-H __ . . il -d- r '
- p. g _"
~
El A' vn ';rna.nn. "Y -l I l I n - - -- in
. .rM.J,5 1 -r D ,k } . _ . . . _ ._.O. _. _. . . . . ... __ _. [i.'__
f- - - k
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ]I_ t ]
r& .' O
- m- , ;l
- CI"I -.. -- _. = _ .
;,l 1_- m. n.: , i, . ' . \j 2h . ., t ; - E.&iE n&3 p a . .._ _ 2 = _x {' f IN.; _
i f 'l j l ii i,lC0 a
._._.a
_ u.w l.. i I (.= . ; D ; ,, . _ Jl r7 :;. g.g 1 _ j E
- : - : : a - -- J ;3 i
---.a - - -
7* f p - iq q,- z. : 3- g
.! i >c- '.- , . , u:
i o - i:>:> x [ ,, _. .-. . _ _ _ . .. .r _[.' ' ". g } .I l 1 E
=--
I r
-1 Ii LL- _ _ .u =. _
[ . -[ _lJ- - j-
"~ ~ ~il --L== _. r 5=
I ren..g 4 su = = hl j = = , b /[' *" al r m=Y, y- t!! Q[D
.hmE.. i-s - : Pl ,_,3-hL '
q .g 5 l l
! I a a ra-a : i l
i n- ! y1= l[ b& 3 p1"nllpt. Ofbi
-! b- ominni A ' w 2 f< K %i ir$ i a
Il m.M:f iaP l li!lliih ! sN i
& //3 f~ : u i
I o n g [i r"C i aq jl 3
~
[6 j ) W[ fma
~
s - t : ;L l rgy m. t i , Mg !g p i
- l;, :,
SQ. m"E", .2_%- w
, 4 ,. _1 r jj,f e e : i t ' Emin M.-
{;m.; I 7 . \x o[ f 6a#*dE 'fr
; u-l c.
Fm - e-dln?->l~3;i w g (-
}
i Wl 0 }.liill!g:'.D
. - , - i
- I
- !q [-..d,
;1 1L.
Hit, H y
// ;. . JC.ra LJ v l $dk Wo) $ ;NN I i =
g
. i 1 I I I h, l 8l n, h l
[b me g e
~
c
,1 ~ eigewe a @-* [
7.))![ihl ru n , l PTE e
,.s i ! o ""' =m==F=fl,l' 4 .: i
_.; l1.I! Ii
'{,
M^ .4
/ ;
[ i.[{y]-- _ MQ:; 4"E'M rs' . . ,
- i j
p e..._=.
- =]mq!i !q,;:
j 700
- = ,
i II ]l J .o x= . ;U;-!' ' ' .
; C ,, g ' ' ~
s.- ,i - - - yi f,,,.n" , i
;;~
i
'g 7.
i' , {
'q i -3:.-. . v: '.
l m -- jlg a
,. = .
p
,t. , +L , . . . _ _ i i eu: ,
- p. .
~ ,
E [ :si wa.yr T.J ] Lff 7 a= I
C C.2 Opening operation l I Fig. 21 - Brecker poles a1, c2, c3 in " Closed" position. II C Position detected by limit switch 2772 and displayed by position indicotor 8145 in control cobinet 8000. All low-pressure spaces are filled to en operating pressure of 22,4 bor ( opprox.
" 324 psig ).
A commend to open con be given electrically or pneumatically from the control cabinet at either setting " Local" or " Remote", or from the centrol switchboard. The , command con only be given provided the opening blocking pressure is not fest than
\ 21,6 bar ( opprox. 313 psig ). N Press button on con' ol valve 8390.
E3 e Control air is released. E Air is admitted to piston in servo blocking volve 8370 cnd then released. E
- Air flows via the opened interlock "Open" 2480 to ncn-return volve 2594 and is fed e !i .
to master control volve "Open" 2530.
]O Piston of mcster control volve "Open" 2530 is actucted and moves to the "Cpen" position. E A I - Control air from low-pressure receiver 2801 is released and flows towards twin control volves 2492 end 2560.
Master control volve "Close" 2540 is locked via twin control valve 2560. The ball in twin control valve 2492 is forced downwards, preventing the control cir from escoping through the discharge ports on master control volve "Close".
~
I Control air flow towards twin control valve 2596, chamber volve 2820, resistor chamber volves 7420 and to 2-way delay valve 2310.
- - - - - In 2-way delay valve 2310 the air is delayed by volve disc 2313 and stop 2316
( 2 x d 1,5 ) before possing to isolator volve "Cpen" 2050.
- Equalizing volve 2880 is actuated vio rcpid relief volve 2814 - > Nolizing volve 2880 closes, thus interrupting mcke-up cir from low-pressure -
re eiver 2801 to extinction chamber 5900/5950.
- Chamber volve 2820 is actuoted end opens. At the some time the flow of make-up cir _ _
from low-pressure receiver 2801 to actuator housing 5901 is interrupted.
- Space behind octuating piston 5211 is vented vio opened chamber volve 2820. a.
Owing to the pressure difference thus created, contact cage ossembly 5220 commutates to the crcing contact 5190. Resistor chamber volves 7420 cre octuated ond open. Air supply from low-pressure I 3C receiver 2801 is interrupted. Compressed air stored in the resister chcmber receivers 7401 is released and *
- flows into resistor chambers 7360.
depuis n -
31 g._._._._._. _ _ . _ g j - - Li . g l rsr f LQ, 3 5 l {:va c n_ 4 i n_ o .. J g It1! !UI 1 -_ {g. k,/ L,, y h iuL. - - ~ 5 __ :i: 'e'rg~' l-j _r71_ t ,;l f ls{:j' j..
> g4 .
f-J ir g g i' a, g .Mi ~e .
O una w g ta== . timj & i . T .. l ll il i]T [' -Q ' n . -
i lDiJ' - g 7 E~7-fb r a,A
=3 i
l i I 0". I ~ FM7;h,'[$ !j p , i. .,; E i .y 4 :r.- .. _, j
- -Jj _-".. .-y. . : i 1 ir o E
[ u.. . a 6.
.1 _ ,
t,,y 1 - E
J Fig. 22 - Equalizing valve 2880 remains closed.
] - The contact cage assembly 5220 druws the extinction contact 5190 into the "Open" $
position by means of drug disc 5201
- The arc thus formed is driven by the escoping compressed air thrtugh nozzle 5119 ; ,_ into the exhoust housing 5185/5187, and extinguished. - Air is admitted to the isc iator volve "Open" 2050, which is actuated following o I time log, and the volve cpens.
l I , - The compressed air frem low-pressure receiver 2801 is released.
- The control air now ovoiloble pushes the ball in twin control volve 2840 downwards p,
f and flows towards twin contrtl valve 2596, then to non-retum volve 2861, is then applied to the closed charging volve "Open" 2570 and flows via the 3/4" orifice 2010 into the octuating space of the isolator 6000. I - The ball in twin control volve 2840 prevents the air from escoping into the breaker enclosure 1000 through the isolator volve "Close" 2040 or the vent line. g
, - In parollel with this, air is fed into the domping space of the damper cosing 6130.
I Fig. 23 - At the some tima, following a suitable delay with respect to the extinction chamber I 5000/5950, air is fed via delay volves 7330 to the piston extensions 7268, cousing y _j the piston extensions to move. h
- The piston extensions 7268 lif t off so that compressed cir con flow frtm the supply space of the resistor chambers 7360 and thus be applied to the whole surface of pi-ston extensions 7268. ~
1
- Contact balls 7267 seportte from contact seatings 7278.
I - The air flowing frem the resistor chamber receivers 7401 is used as ciuenching air to interrupt the resistor current and escopes via the exhoust ducts to atmosphere. At the some time os the piston extensions 7268 move, the space in front of the slide discs 7385 is filled with domping air.
- The compressed air flowing from the isolator volve "Open" 2050 via the 3/4" or ifice 2010 into the contact tube assembly 6300/6000 causes the isolator 6000 to move to C the open position. - Contact tube ossembly 6300/6600 disengages f rom the "Close latches", and charging
[~ l volve "Close" 2650 ond air-oporuted interlock "Coen" 2480 ore closed via the in- d l sulating rod ossembly 2680, which is coupled mechanically to the contact tube assem-bly 6300/6000. l Fig. 24 - while the contact tube ossembly 6300/6600 is still moving in the opening direfon, E o insulating red ossembly 2680 initiates mechanical opening of the charging volve 2 . "Open" 2570.
- Chorging volve "Close" 2650 is locked oneumatically. - Master control volve "Open" 2530 is reset pneumot cc ely to its initial position by i
isolator volve "Open" 2050 via charging valve "Open" 2570. g - Contact tube ossembly 6300/C600 runs comped into the comper cosing 6130, where - it is latched. I l,
g- . y 4 t l h~ I . .~ ' ~~ } l 'l li ', ==ma ;: I:I m - 'q - g
,q uu i i..4 - ;_-p i -
I l __ _=r
.J.Yn m+
l i- = l! 'l 31 a
' :j , mh t M 1 ,H 4 ; f,l . n l . f j. , j b d al P m. :ve r
rs- n n.. - .
; _ .. . x t m$
7
.s a ,u. .c ~ f, r- . ....:te = 3 ysii : ,nn 3 i+-j . j ' ,! .! ! ! hb fj bd--[ N i sel:'i4 M.!
_r, F W V& N2 l W"mU- !o 7 P A m r- w . 4 ,eH.liEm4 id 3{q[=' M 33
,I - w<j ' =='
q~ _j i
~i a~ n u : 'a 5--
l 7 i 11
, 5, {
E o _A.J.1 . 0,
- f. g
'_ - l C_..-)
l' ! I% ; i l E. ~lET" $ g r jtD:!:ved tA W'RRO L i E u.7 U 6 2, n P .
~-
A 1%M %l} E ,! [g t:.. 1% t l f ] kt;/i b 9
-urq+4-f.
_J g'E h
] , e-il Qg g,
s [*:2 li lsI p,h-cm_E".7 ue i
~
l
+rt{;y:;
I. ; i e-e4 T J:3 j l I p.. '
- - g ..J' l~
D' u l 4: l p1d! l!p.m: q: - d :i 4 --
,1 ;l q,%
l l g,"g - ' l 3 3 _ __
- .- J I o l
I , i i
--{ --
E P r h~.,j m ~ .~ c$ gl i+m. a.a.:.:=. . - . h 13,,W L.av! m!, !
,I l ye , ,_, j , ,,
E e7bT .'. 1; a z. b ,_
, _1 II !M ip ,
i 3 II tu_jsA O ! l t,,:,N.. _J I i g _; rf . ' l -- y' .
",_g._ _ c'" A g a - > wa __ 2 - - _- - %s s -l _,
g
)
l t.) , i l J p D ^s L-- , le l
.-- J' E
E l th_ _ Tl -- q J,
, ,,s o s _ _ _ _ _ l3 n. e _m j , gr - -
px: : j. ,- r, f !'] r - ".p:ua H ;u, j J t
=
I
.3 tte ' ~ ' !i ,._l i . ) i r": ?{} {g l . a --- - --r.___._-.._. 1 l
p! r------
!' l c-- -
1
-l ,l 9- _ _ . ];
l i;I
;. cn n -- a, t 1
uu n, v - p ll n ?f suL rii EL 1p-illg-
-- U!! r l M m =- : -
- Jl *,tl4s! 3 m_
. 3r-1.y !
F' Y t 1] a 1. . il I j, T d .:: _-! ~
!)J L
v g x.- ! L ,H >kj; a u u n piaj ![] l gjj y
. ;1;: ,
6 G -
-7 3 )hj .
Q l!, _ r-m ,:. _@a r--'a N71 lJi!- =C4A f;!:. L"J . I A e rnn M,E@y': U k;N i l
. s
- a. utuLs u- .L
- u. n! g,yJ ui i Qs ug, h~
I@I ' i, g ?/%g a
' 5 = r 7l d }= r ' 'd i 'H g 'j ~U ~
i
~g '
u hm b,2}Q i Cl a I bmisiii'J 8
=m- rr. . . B-
- 7 ,l r.--
. .-3 d rm raa / m,ftg<; u Tn*e .,-- ._ U ;ia - oj e 4
- m. a
.gwr M "ts~ _T d .. [! F1. ; {.]%j ghf l;' .f \ w wms t >
9 E 2 .3
- p<a !:. *
=v , I t"-'a e 5 9'
w ma' l I o' mjqI m'$1 Eim N[F= - 1 I l j_[ cr di h' 5,Lj:: 4 F. I *
} j pl. L- :g;:Uj al r.ltHi P a
J ij/ ;. [ 3 ? l M 1[; - p E_ i l _j l O l l Oi _ _E3 l '"""""" l l qts _ -
- , l e,3 0 I
ll
=
r4 ll Mes:e:d
- C 7nH i -- - n #
g' E. @e q%_ ! 7.d. ,C8, .o
- II i
_g i. 1M_a*( 4, - l R l rr y'! I d i ["E'3 'wi L' i .C'Igy-_ - - a
\. '
V tc-'-Ld! =,h,' l
~
l u.a a . , , _._ = m m I i l0t
-A -h-._
gg g: , L,
.._4--p!nt =
a rA_ u _ .1 grd _g,I - l
]. y'-: [,--__ .._~' .n _ <. - - - .n.ht{
j . l:SDl=
,.s
{gf
. . , ;a ,,3 1 .L 2 yj gj I .
I
~~
l I
~~
E' i r- I r L[_h. l- trT7_ us 1- - =,_
-]{2_. _ _ __ 11 l j uo . . . - . bin l i bli._< I'~ 7"..Il + I. ; r-,-
uul - iy i
- r. ,,
[i. . - .
- irj I-Q l*;i, ' :'}.
p O b ".' -l: g e "1 4m i W % mi
@=]
H l b f h , I
!r AJI$!gLMLAiF Phlj%- l ptp' ip"!
H Q- Jm _rm =temj
;P ! l lillliii!i f $e -T a - P="]=q = "J aI d4 JjE 3 9
l qlNr.V gbon A,,, X 4o
.n v
[j m L k~__Iw Ll4 I "" ll
.J -n l
i e N[=U ; l
*dKf2 d I '~~~
l __.m.. 1. _._
\,
gI
, lbT1.[ra 0T F l
l %j ,a L er!"$Y [C P Elf <' - i duh [ j ;y e. f
]i \x)i i - Ius t N 9 emi gj , :.
n, - I ( [' ? . & t # a. cm . At - - a gl
'm c: ._r! !%p -
kh '
;c .,/ - :-l C da 4$f $n- ]dL '
d -
\ l *.'? ! **'**-
l5WRl[i" l
~
su. Jli WQN
,N _
ll I,l I I o W N l t l El ! ! l! _ _s -- i:. ~ s ' L . i~ ig n> - l t i?=-- e h - - 1
= m[ A .,. , 8 .4. ...4 w m y 7 w.. ..v .. .n e , n n ; l e.-..
7 g : .,;,I ', h e k~. 7- _ 1**
- t;si r r, v _
il J rc . ;p ,o i I . ., Lf > O cf= P"&"1 - .=
-3l4 u p:wi rr 1.. _.3 .n: ! !l ;I E
e ___._..,4.' .; g < {
%/ i 3
- t, O R L __ = p !n ;: !
ll f 4 l' r ;, P ,p l*e , I n U ,1 .
,ru l m . m _--- u = - =-- = s.i .-
7
. . Ie , *..,_ .n . ---- -h5;g5 r;r_
g [. ...'
, .- a -I . r, ; i+
t:; B
, j ' [ . ,._ m i) :i , , . -
iI;* c 2 5 L- J L-- " :=- 2:3 _ _ . _ _ . - .___.__J I I
- The oir eines to twin control vc!ve 2596, to chamber volve 2820, to isolator volve "Open" 2050 and to the resistor chamber volves 7420 are vented vic the exhoust ports of master control volve "Open" 2530. - Chamber volve 2820 and resistor chamber scives 7420 are closed. - Compressed air flows from the low-pressure receiver 2001 into actuating housing 5901 vio o bypass in chamber volve 2820. - Pressure in the low-pressure receiver 2801 fcils below the value of 21,8 bor
( opprox. 316 psig ) set on pressure switch 8410. -
- Make-up begins. - The ball in twin contnol volve 2596 is pushed to the right ogcInst the decreasing a 83 m mmann 1 pressure of master control volve "Open" 2530, and the equalizing volve 2880 is ,
1 thus held in the closed position. E Fig. 25 - Air is admitted to actuating piston 5210. *I
- Contact coge assembly 5220 and extinction contact 5190 move fo'rword together until y extinction contact 5190 engages nozzle 5119.
i
'E [1 - Contact cage assembly 5220 moves to the commutating ring 5111, engages main seal .,L 5116 and by means of cor ,.r-essed air and spring pressure seals extinction chamber ,lNb~
5900/5950.
- Resistor chorrber receivers 7401 are filled from the low-pressure receiver 2801 - - .N The contact tube assembly 6300/6600 and the o4c lines to twin control valve 2840 and non-return volve 2954 are vented.
q - Non-return volve 2954 is closed. i Fig. 26 - The octuating space behind the piston of the equalizing volve 2880 is vented via rapid relief volve 2814
- Equalizing volve 2880 is reset to the "Open" position end make-up to the extinction i chambers 5900/5950 begins. * ] - The contact balls 7267 in the resistor chambers 7360, dompened, strike
! 5 ogainst contact seoting 7278. /_
- The nominal pressure of the breaker is reached.
4 I
- Voltage falls at magnet 8325 of replenishir 3 valve 8320. - Closing spring 8329 presses piston 8350 downwards. e, -.-
t,
-% t, , - Pressure in the space of piston spring 8331 builds up vic the ducts. 01 '
i - Main piston 8340 closes, helped by piston spring 8331 .jo 2 I i 4 von Hoct from cor depuis co
- 1
(j(. -.-. _ .---.-- ..__.. i i' pse l,
-1 r.
[
- l :
ij l p- r", t ;'J i l e,yhlp t i,
- 2. . . _ .
==
y j- l j _ . _ __ p' lij hI d in, o t . I == -o' 1 m
?..
g
' .._ ~ ~ ~ , [ [1 3 L 8 : . _, I' j 1: ' r? ?
h _ :r- r,m
~ r. L i, ' a .j > , :o! ,i i
G"E j.U; n
']-1 -- h l
i 3i r F =.I
. I -e -,A hl g
ll N
,, p!, . . -l' l)Ojll j ~
m. s o .n, u 6'. . ) La lldq. a.. #. n I l ,L
; f."1 4 U
a,..P=n i . I U i ' i alr-= m : .mmer < . . , h w% a ' I
- l. .il il }' li. 'l A' i i
*4 ) ,j3 0g p
arr.rpL"T c a.u.T N'[.l) -
' if : -~.
lj 4" %
, j i> \< 7;' n A j p .-
e
.i .,, e n .I..! ' ,
4 wv w- qi, w ,, p_ j 0 $ Uq i s qi d %:q- . -! k;aj ,', 8 l
- t. l u" }
[_I"." /' r9 i ! o' .j r%, ! . : f n -
' i o's % -. g; s__-_. l li ~}7 I dC.. R - E o
- r":-x =te'-r2 LT, m:
,R r':- '179 ;c 't . l 2 -
E
., s i : c"a. l:-: - ' .i'I hh 1 N fl !! - _ D I (I [ e* . ' !! l . La y ""3 y
o ( we au l l! g K.n. .
=P ' ,,%,1( --
h m, ug si. 4
)
l
.n , -" q r' W;Y n
t +lilj%r ...e f M N j . d @,:CJE
!, b(4?,r 4, j _,
g e' %;' l Ae il. t
-. :.. , . I ,
ll ' r= i I . i
- yl2 I I ' " " " ' " " " " '
l - l ___. _._ b i I I s. [IDR4 'i."' o
!! t ";j I- / ; %J . . .~.~c i.i,i:: g +<s/, - ~ ""' m a m :: w ::: ' L.m !
S r. CT _ . . .r_.s IC [M p d "-[ ll __ I* J j ffI l
' pl .vo !! gg=.=r a, ,m....A{l . ~. w. !m, j i h
uum %
. p w I = = _--
[ i
. f l 1.~ t:
1, r.Q:n
, ql o .
t nn__,: :- ,a.1;: n . lj i I e -.. O g a
.. ; H ~~<
i e'th, 'L - l ; ; -
- r. i l : : : g .
s
! }
r - -. --: - w}'4 .'
!. I_ . -i
- l
, . ~ . , "7( i 5' h h
- i. - m -
e',, , rg ' . L- IE .- ,_ . i !!! E I
l 1 4 J l
.2.1 On-load open 1
Fig. 27 When the signol is given for "on-load open" the Command is possed simultaneously to the three series-connected "open coils" 2738. g l l~
. - Tt o solenoid magnets of the "open coils" 2738 ottract so that the pistons of the volves are subjected to the receiver oir ond moved to the "Open" position. E t - - Control oir from the low-pressure receiver 2801 is released and flows f rom .,olenoid I volve 2811 vio the twin control volves 2596 and rcpid relief volve 2814 to the equali-zing volve 2880. }~ - Equalizing volve 2880 is closed and the flow of mcke-up cir from low-pressure re-ceiver 2001 to the extinction cnomber 5900/5950 is interrupted. - The released control air in master control volve "Cpen" 2530 blocks the master con- --
trol volve "Close" 2540 vio twin control volve 2560, and et the some time the control air flows thrtugh twin Control volve 2492. This prevents the control air from esco-ping through the exhaust ports of master control volve "Close" 2540. The compressed air from twin control volve 2492 flows to the extinction chamber volve 2820, to the resistor chamber volves 7420, to twin control volve 2596 and,
- with a time log, vic 2-wey delay volve 2310 to the isolator volve "Open" 2050.
__- - Chamber volve 2A20 is spened, and the octuating space of extinction chamber 5900/ 5950 is vented.
; - Replenishing volve 2900 is actuated vio solenoid volve 2907. Volve 2900 is moved to the "Open" position, whereupon air from the h'gh-pressure receiver 2902 is E
admitted to the extinction chamber ',000/5950 ond tha pressure rises criefly to coprox. j 35 bor ( copre.x. 507 psig ).
- The contact cage assembly 5220 enyoges the are extinction contact 5190, drawing it into the "Open" position by drow disc 5201.
The are thus formed is driven by the escoping compressed air through nozzle 5119 into the exhoust housing 5.185/5187, and extinguished.
- The equalizing alve 2880 is held in the closed position.
The functional sequence then continues in the some way as with " normal opening". 1 I f I i l 1 l r
Erection
~
Do 10 D.1 Unpacking and stomge prior to erection ID The gencrutor breakers are delivered ready for use and in the closed position, i.e. the tubu'or contact assemblies 6300/E600 of isolators 6000 are in the forward, rucked position. If o hoist is to be used, the breaker pole con be stung horizontally from the four eye bolts 1043 ( see fig. 2, i page 4 ). The wooden frume mounted under the feet also allows the pole to be moved on rollers. Weignt per polo: Type C A 35 sc 1750 D - opprox. 2710 kg ( opprox. 5975 lbs. ) T vpe OR 36 u 1750 D - approx. 2760 kg ( opprox. 6085 lbs. ) Type OR 36 v 1750 D - opprox. 2810 kg ( opprox. 6195 lbs. ) l l Weight of control cabinet 8000 - approx. 250 kg ( opprox. 551 lbs. ) If the breaker poles and con"cl cabinet are not to be put into service irrtrediately of ter unpocking, they must be stored indoors in a dry, dust-free rooin. As o protection against cirt the inside of the enclosure is protected by two dust covers over the ends which sh Id not be removed until the I flexible bruids are joined uo. Tubes and noses on the breaker poles ono 'rol cabinet a re provi-ded with end-cops which should be removed whe.n they are connected. O.2 Erection of one cole The breaker Wies must be installed horizontally. The foot 1341 of the breaker enclosure 1000 is as bolted firmly to the structurul foundation to 16,8 mko ( cpprox.121.5 f t.lbs. ) torque, while foot 1342 must be fixed as a bearing allowing movement. Tighten bolts to 2 mkp ( opprox.14.5 f t.lbs. ) torque. The bases of the feet and the corresponding bearing surfaces must be cleaned carefully I before erection, to remove dirt and any burrs. l - D.3 Erection of control cabinet 10 The control cocinet must be erected and fitted according to the appropriate diogrems, and earthed
+o the earthing plate ( see fig.10, page 14 ). - Eccn three-pole group has its own centrol ca bine t .
O.4 Erection of breaker group t The distance between pole centers con be chosen as required, depending on local circume,tonco .. To ensure easy accets, however, the distance should not be less than 1,7 m ( opprox. 5' 7" ). U I h 33
4 7 i L j ;3..).1 Compressed air connections I
, in.
- 1. The compressor plant must be so arrt2nged and provided with the necessary cleaning facilities T
that the air on arrival at the breaker poles or contrVI cabinet is free from water, oil and dust. T L
- 2. The air lines are orronged as shown in the special layout diagrums.
I 3. The air lines must be cleaned beforehond: A clean cloth ( not cotton waste ) ottoched to a wire is pulled severti times through the tube. E
; } Blowing through with compressed air is not sufficient, porticulary in the cose of pipes of relo-V.
tively forge section, f h 4 Cover the tubes with suitablo cops to prevent more dirt from entering.
- 5. Copper tubing of the dimensions stated in the druwings is recommended for the air lines.
- 6. All tubes must be connected to the breaker poles by means of flexible hoses.
I I i m l+ 4 [- f
. x s \ l I I \ !
f 'N.
~
Y s p _/ _ L:< .. l = ' f L
\
i , 2745 O b^ e e I 2746
\ w .)j 2289 * - 2288 2286 k 2287 )
i I
\
1
- E
. A -
BBCPA 166 040 Fia28 I Fig. 28 - Compressed-air connections to OR 36 sc 1750 D Y k 6 2286 Bulkheed union for low-pressure supply line ( with union nut 520 ) 2287 Bulkhcod union for high-pressure indication-signol line ( with union nut 512 ) 2288 Bulkhead union for high-pressure supply lir'e ( with union nut 512 )
- 2289 Bulkhood union for low-pressure indication-signoi line ( with union nut S12 ) .
2745 Bulkheed union for air-operuted "Open" ( with union nut 514 ) 2746 Bulkhead union for air suppiy for cir-operated "Open" ( with union nut 514 ) r ( Only on first t'recker pole of ter control ccbinet ) - I a i _
l I, a a p 7: va - " q - -a
& -m -m --
i --
*1 h !*
d ; l 1 6
= ' ^
h_. .I ", 5 (' f,
. { L,
{
II 1- i i , ..i, ,
a j
;) Ji ! '.
Ti j ' '.- - i ; . r. t . 3- .J J i in \\ ae ( .. .k; 1
- l s
l* 6 -~ l
! : n [,
j. a : t-m Jq ._ -
- g. j -'
! 't 2
w- 1 l_ -
!.sr m -
1
,g { f ,, ..___4._...-d.<A. * -* J. ,
i ,y Err T
,3 [. - . ..]s['t .._. ,'u f._ i - - b, -- ~9 . 7-e m-- (p~'\
w-l*.])- G q
.i ^'
ll; 1 ' OY 5 - (- 3bL' s . .-
'~ ] ' 'j [ '.' ' ~ - '88 3 - '
8850
- 85'80 N. -
7:P' ' --'.ll, 41 c "" '
~ . w uh' .i G G L . - L ' -- - - '8853 ' I t as90 ] }H ,"" p r ~
7 p' $~ t: .24
. l ". ! d T
(, I8854
} _. y. .r-r~- ' .p.1 7 t }, ' I. d i I 6840 I , UI D[ (.L--
j (. rd ~ }] 8855 L 6860 C.J g-
,_, , - u_ , F ig. 29 Fig. 29 - Air connections on control cabinet ( special version with second high-pressure supply line )
8840 HP/LP main supply line from compresso r 8855 Air-operated "Open" line 8849 LP supply line 8850 LP vent line 8850 HP vent line 8880 HP main supply line
, 8853 HP indication-signal line 8890 Air supply for cir-operated "Open" _
8854 LP indication-signal line 0.4.1.1 Fitting of tube unions The tube end extending into the union should be straight for a length of twice the height "h" of the union nut. The tubes and connected equipment must be so fixed that the unior,s are not subjected to any odditional stresses. Thread of union nut S 14 2645 and cutting ring S 14 must be oiled, g greased. Cut tube off square, and deburr inside and out. Oil cone of tnreaded portion 2078.
. e=2 ==
I I L
- Slide union nut and cutting ring over end of tube ( os shown ). Y I - First tighten union not gently by hand, i E 1
n . h_"- 2078 I r L r % - L, T
-r% ~= . ., __p ' ~ _Q L
__] __ -- -
=;z = m . ,4 9 s '
LJ W .-- e k I . i I 2645 2644 I I
/ g p Fig. 30 I Fig. 30 - Example of a union at the connection for air-operated "Open" Press tube against stop in inner cone of threaded portion and tighten union nut 3/4 turn.
The cutting ring then engoges the tube. Coution: The tube must not turn. I - Tighten fully by turning the union nut another 3/4 turn. Af ter tightening, release union nut and check that visible reised shoulder fills the space , in front of' cutting edge. If not, tignten again slightly. m
- When comoleting the Joint, and also ecch tirna it is undone, the union nut rrust be tinhtened v
without using undue forte ( see also instructions AGT 30'241 ). j u I D.4.1.2 Fitting of cooling water hoses . [. l In order to connect the cooling-water lines 9001 with length of 800 mm ( oporex. 2' - 7y" ) or 9019 with length occorcing to order, it is necessary to unscrew nipples 9098 or 9018 and fit the j cooling-water lines in their place. The nipples must then be screwed into the other end of the l- cooling-water lines ( see fig. 31, page 37 ). F L l'
q l
'D ? < ~
n 1/-
'~
W
, ,~ .
- j. _.- ~~ ~$/ l 4 -
_"._.______.- O
\
f-l 'N ._ g h* Qp m.
/ ^~\ '
j l ' j n. . . .
~ 1_3 Y i, r J " '1 ' 9097 i i j 9018 i ?
s' l
- o. u/ .- -\. ' -Tr ~. \.
> -J 1 g -y*
0038 c/ s L 9098 [ k i 9093 - i t i r' - O Q o 0 l j O J O l L . _ m ... E -
. . . . . .. . .' 2 ~ . NM l -
Fig. 31 - Cooling water connections on breaker pole
, 9018 Nipple 9097 Threaded bolt 9093 Earth connection 9098 Nipple D.4.2 Electrical connections The electrical control lead must be fitted flexibly to the breaker pole and control cabinet. The control cable is possed through the boring in foot 1341 and connected to the terminal box 2460
( see section B.4, page 10 ) in occordonce with the oppropriate diagrcm. Coution: the flexible links to the busbors must not be connected until offer commissionino. In the event of reverse current each foot must be earthed separately, to the machined surf 0Ces on the f 3et. In instellotions where there is no reverse Cu* rent, two aluminium rolls 1023 ore fitted ot the exhoust end, instead of the insulating rolls 1022 ( see fig. 2, page 4 ). The earth connection is then made only at the machiaed surfoce of tne foot 1341 at the exhaust end. The eqrth connections 9092 ( on the side of the pele ) and 9093 ( see fig. 31 ) on generator breakers OR ~.4 u, v 1750 O must be disconnected when the generator is being commissioned and for meosu-m ring and routine Check!ng purpcses. Dismantic the earth connections 9093 f rem the lef t-hard bolt
? ond screw them to the adjacent screwed bCit M7 F
7 I A O.5 Checks on erection 1 A
- Electrical and air connections must be tight. The correct layout of all electrical and air [1 control lines must be checked against the respective layout diograms. . Check press-fit joints and threaded unions of the cooling-water lines for tight fit and leaks. - Check for water in low-pressure receiver 2801, high-pressure receiver 2902 and resistor chamber receiver 7401. - Check dimenc un "c" at the upper and lower end of the compressed air connection.
{ The gcp should be almost uniform ( see fig. 74, page 93 ). E I i I ( [
~
T 1
. l I
I I I I E L
l E. Storting operation l Commissioning of the generutor circuit-breakers should be corried only by Brown Goveri pe rsonnel . B 1 Generel servicing LA - Remove all packing material . Remove all labels and togs. Inspect breaker poles for demoge in transit. Remove dust and dirt resulting from storuge and erection. Clean tubutor contact assemblies 6300/6600 of isolator 6000 and relubricate with silicone L2 grease DC 55M. Check whether fixed bearings are welded to the guide ruils. Check screwed earth connections. Check tnot tubing connections on breaker poles and control cobinet 8000 ore tight. Before storting operution, check that hose Connections are properly tightened ( OR 36 u, v 1750 O ). Check trut water druin plugs on low-pressure receivers 2801, hign-pressure receivers l 2901 and resistor chamber receivers 7401 are closed.
- 2. Pressurizing tne breaker poles The brooker must be filled only with dry air. Pressures are stated in bor. The following points must be observed:
Reverse transport fixing on renlenishing volve 8320 ( fig. 86 ).
- Close shutoff volve 8846 ont two discharge volves 8857, 8858 in control cabinet 8000.
Fill storuge cylinders from compressor station to nominal pressure. Wait for pressure and temperuture to settle. Pressurize high-pressure receiver 2901 to 50 bor ( opprox. 725 osig ) ( pressure gouge 8831 in control cabinet 8000 ). Check high-pressure lines and joints in the high-pressure lines for lecks; tighten if necessary.
= -
Pressurize high-pressure receiver 2901 to full pressure of 147 bor ( opprox. 2132 psig ). Switch on contrul voltage. Pressurize low-pressure receiver 2001 to 5 bor ( opprox. 72 psig ) ( pressure gauge 8123 in control cabinet ). To do this, the pressure switch 8184 in the control ccbinet must be depressed ( see fig.10 ). Check for leaks. Tighten joints in compressed-air lines if necessary. Open low-pressure discharge volve 8857 and lower pressure to 1,5 bor ( cpprox. 22 psig ). 0
5 A
^
P s t?
=r i
i fL 800'O I a t f-' ] . C. 8410 i DS
- 7}4 Q*
3
- 8815
- I 4 ?
8390 b
! ,.tus.Ai l 8123 e 8831 8856 !1 ,r-l r_-_'a_.PG -SP 8
8320h 8863 . 8845 l E8Y~ ~ ~ 8846 88 E sy l l < gh. ! 8847 L Hign pressure g! l l HP SUPN El !
--- Low pressure ~- l HP return t l i l-I S ll i 1 l
i gP sucoiy
-i 6 -I gi il t__'?'.E'Ea____ ____________._._y_q
- z. .;i e _ _ _ _ A>r coeroteo coen si 1 _. _F_9 7 l
Ii al i ai al r I y - r--- , 2 4 72 - -t llIi I
\ o 2801 /------------- -4 % _. __ c- _ . _ . _ _ . . _ _ .
I l = 3 ._._L__._______.._ _ .4 4 g
? I I = /"~~' . - . .% i a l l gi!
i
, i gl g (.....E2901. ...=J/
W lIIl 1 3 51 I l oi
*A_.__ _ C___ ________
___q i 2472 ll l F-(,_ _ { 2801 M. - lI p- f -4 I k g 1___ _f - - - - -_.._ ________ i L ,-.-.---3 7 m g l gll
" 8 '. _ I l l $l g \-- . _ _ . . . -. . . .L/
2_901_. . I l 1 { ol l g y e
,_ _L _ _____ ._ _ _I I I -. I __ _ _ _2472 l l !. h ._, l l 7 .{__ . __g 2801 -__-__ -<- _ - .-l_ J i t -E___________.___ __ _ _ _J t
E ,._.---m ; Fig 32 3 '
.... _ .. . . . _ . . . L
( 2901 .* F ik Fig. 3.'- Schematic diagram of a comper=Ssed-cir circuit a
3
=
Repeat this filling cnd emptying secuence four times. Pressurize breaker to operuting pressure. The pressure on the high-pressure side must J not fall below 2/? of its nomirul value. When this is cone, wait for obout 15 minutes before q m pressurizing further. If necessary, the breaker must be brtught up to its operuting pres-6 sure in severul stages. Pressure switch 8184 must remain depressed untif automatic re-plenishing begins. The operuting pressure hos then been recched. 9 J 2000 Control unit on brricker . 2472 LP safety volve 8846 HP shutoff volve 2801 Low-pressure receiver 8857 LP discharge volve
.< 2901 High-pressure receiver d 8858 HP discharge volve 8814 Bourdon-tube switch 8000 Contrul cabinet 8815 Bourdon-tube switch ta 8123 LP pressure gouge 8831 Pressure gauge 8320 Replenistdng valve 8845 Filter 8370 Servo blocking volve 8847 Non-return volve 8390 Control valve r3; HP pressure gauge 8410 Pressure switch 8863 Non-return volve
- 3. Checking safety volve 3.1 Safety volve 2472 on low-pressure receiver 2801 Opening pressure: 31 ,4 '
O bar ( coprox. 455 psig
- O )
+ 0,5 I Closing pressure: 29,4 bor ( cpprox. 425 psig * )
G Bridge " contact e" of pressure switch 8410, replenishing volve 8320 opens, pressure rises. If the safety volve 2472 does not oportte at *M specified opening pressure, make-up must be stopped at once. 3.2 Safety valve 2753 ( chamber end ) i Opening pressure: 45, 1
- bor ( coprox. 654 psig *
)
Closing pressure: 43,2 * ' bor ( opprox. 627 psig
- O O) l W
4 95
i
\ I L
f 3.3 Sofety volve 114 in compressed air station i 7 i + 0,5 J Cpening pressure: 161,7 0 e r( comx. 2345 psig +7) O L
. + 0,5 -
Closing pressure: 147,0 b r ( oppmx. 2132 psig +7) 0 I 4 Checking electric blocking r
)
L The LP pressure switch 8410 monitors the breaker blocking pressures. The brecker is in the "Open" position. Mcke-up to the operating pressure 29,2 bar ( cpprtx. 423 psig ) is complete. 7-
- Close shutof f volve 8846. - Slowly open LP discharge volve 8846. This gives ( values with slowly falling pressure ):
Opemting pressure 8-pole pressure switch Contact I 29,2 ba r l 423 psig 29,2 bor 423 psig Replenishing volve 8320 closes MRP (C-O) y E. 28,7 bor 415 psig Replenishing volve 8320 opens MRP1 (C-O) e 29,4 bar 412 psig Closing command is blocked MCr' c 22,4 bor 324 psig Replenishing volve 8320 closes MRP (O) f 21,8 bar 317 psig Replenishing volve 8320 opens MRP1 (O) x 21,6 bar 313 psig Ocening command is blocked MTP1 a 21,6 bar 313 psig Opening command is blocked MTP2 b 1 Reserve, cdjustable as recuired z The check must also be corried out with slowly rising pressure. The values mcy then be up to 0,3 bar ( coprox. 4.4 psig ) higher then stated in the table. The pressure switch contacts are adjusted in our factory with a precision pressure gauge. When Checking the blocking pressures, therefore, devictions frem the indicated gauge values in the control cabinet are possible within certain limits.These are stated by the manufccturer os oppmx.11 */. of the maximum scale value. Further adjustment of ony contact should be undertaken only in the case of forger devictions. 1 For adjustment of low-pressure switch 8410, see page 101. The pressure switch setting must be in cccordance with the dato plate. The two HP pressure switches ( Bourdon-tube switches ) 8814, 8815 monitor the high-pressure blocking pressures. The switches cre adjusted in our factory with the aid of a precision pressure gauge. % ben checkirg the blocking pressures, therefore, devictions with respect to the incicated gauge reading are possible. Pressurize to 147 bor ( c;pmx. 2132 psig ). Close shutoff volve 8846 and slowly open HP discharge volve 8846. This gives ( ' values with slowly folling pressure ): i . nating pressure Hign-pressure switch Contcet 11? tur 2130 p sig ( Bourdon-tube switch )
' ti ir 2000 psig Blocking Coen I MTP1 a tor 2000 psig Blocking Open II MTP2 b ,t i t' .000 psig Blocking Close MCP c i ; Re..erNc, adjm.toble os required l MT x
\ .w l- The check must be repeated with slowly rising pressure. The values con then bc up to 2,5 bor I"g ( coprox. 36.3 psig ) higher. For adjustment of HP pressure switches 8814, 8815, see page 106. The setting's of the HP pressure switches must be in occortance with the dato plate.
I L 5. Checking pneumatic blockir.g m
- Closo shutoff volve 8846 of HP-LP supply line in control cabir.et 8000. - Slowly open discharge volve 8857 in low-pressure vent line.
II According to blocking pressure stated on nomeplate of servo blocking volve 8370, blocking for air-operated "Open" takes place at 21,6 bor ( opprox. 313 psig ). With slowly rising pressure, blocking ceases again at 0,8 bor ( coprox.12 psig ) above this stated value. For adjustment of servo blocking volve 8370, see page 103.
- 6. Checking minimum closing and opening pressures Determine the minimum pressure at which the tubular contact assembly 6300/Cf00 of isolator 6000 still runs fully into the "Close" or "Open" and locks there. Determine minimum pressure for o CO.
7 Trici switching operutions 7.1 Electrically controlled triol switching at blocking and operuting pressure ( table, page 42 ) j 7.1.1 Opening ( fig. 33 ) Measure opening time "t 1" from control command to "Open" coils of master control volve "Cpen" 2530 and solenoid volve 2811 ( see part C. Principle ) until seporution of orcing contact 5190 ( ), using a Favag recorder, for example. Measure delay time "t 2" f rom seporution of arcing contact 5190 to separution of tubular contact w asserrbly 6300/6600 (- - -). Check blast time "t 3" f rom separution of orcing contact 5190 to closure of orcing contact 5190. Check pneumatic delay "t 4" from separution of orCing Contact 5190 to seporution of contacts - in both resistor chambers 7360 (-- -). 7.1.2 Closing ( fig. 34 ) 1 Measure close time "t 5" from control command to "Close" coils of moster control volve "Close" 2540 ond solenoid volve 2811 ( see port C. Principle ) until closure of orcing contact 5190 ( ). Measure delay time "t 6" f rom scoorntion of orcing contact 5190 until seporution of contacts in both W resistor chambers 7300 (---). Measure closing time "t 7" from control command to coils until separution of tubular contact os-sembiy 6300/e600 (---). 5 Measure Closing time "t 8" f rom contrul command to Coils until separation of orcing contact 5190. Check blast time "t 9" between separution and clot,ure of orcing contact 5190. m 4>
A a Check opening dc!ay "t Open celay". Tns coening celay is set on the two tirre relays Se* 7(- -) , s g and ie. 350 milliseconds, i.e. during tnis t.me the pressure in the breaker poles must rise above E ' the blocking pressure, sa that eDoning Con take place. L '
. f l lat.nction contcct C ' . ' Close ; ; i O Open I
C { Resistor chamber ~~9 r-*~ Close O 7 i j R4 (exhaust end) l -- j ' Open j Resistor chamber C +4 r-- - Close * (isolator end) OI lqf---- d Open -
~ Contact tube C H-, ' ( Close $
O k---- Open L latinction contact C Cose O y! , Open Resistor chamber C - - - -
-- Close 34 (exhoust end) 0 -- --d Open Resi tor chamber C - - - ' - -- Cose
{ (isolator end )
-Contact tube O
C 0 f
-d f
Open Cose Open leinction contact C Cose O }
, Open y i Resistor chamber C P -- p-- Cose j" f-- l - -
i g (exhaust end) O -- j Open Resistor chamber C q r-- - Cose I (isolator end) O L------ J Open ' i I
-Contact tube C - --+ -+ - m Close O ,, I, L-- - - - - --- - Op en 4--+4 +. i 'AA M % f? r t
Fig ? '. i Y 1 Fig. 33 - Opening opemtion
- 8. Pneumatically controlled triol switcning
( T
)
l Measure uniformity of action of the three poles at opertting pressure in response to en cir- J el operuted "Open" control comrrend. The command is given vio control volve 839C in Control l l cabinet 8000. m 4 4 3
- 9. Checking enforced simultaneous cction r.s If the three ooles do not opernto simultoncou 'v, the poles open following a time log. The time
{ l, logs are measured at the cperating pressure. To do this, interrvot the electrical Close or'd I j Oron leads, according to the following combinations in any sequence, and in between carry eut nn cocninq or closing operation:
- 1. Polo N; g
- 2. Pole S; 3. r> ole T ; 4. l'olo R + S ; 6. Pole S + T.
t
- 5. Pole R + T ;
d
)
- m W
C Cose Extincton contact l a O ' Open Resister chamber C ~~m r--- Oose O L-----J Cpen R+ (exhaust end) i Resastor chamber C -q l r- - - Cose (isolator end ) O i Open f - -- - -- J
-Contact fube C , ! m - -- ---- Cose 0 -- -
Open i I i l I lxhnetion contact C Cose l O Open - Resister chanter C ---- 1 r- - Close 9(exhoust end) O i --- -I Open Resistor chamber C - f- !
-W r- - Close (isolator end ) O H Open C l .- - - - - - - - Cose I -Contact tube l O , Open ~ Extinction contact C Cose O . , Open Resister chamber C --H i I r -- Cose 3 (exhaust end) O 3 F-- -- --- i Open Resistor chamber C -- -j i r- - Cose (isolator end) OI L-- - - =-i Open ~ Contact tube L f H -- - --!- - Cose O -- -
8 Open Delay relay 8449 Cr - y.,
- Close O Open t8 f 6 l.
1 i+ . - 4_
7 _d i 'e__ I . t9 _
1 4 I t5 3l L tOpen ,_ Fiq 34 a Fig. 34 - Closing operation
- 1. With Close leads interrupted:
Switching command - three-pole close. The poles not interrupted must close, and then open again of ter the delay time.
- 2. With Open leads interrupted:
, Switching command - three-pole open. The poles not interrupted must open, and otter the delay time the interrupted polt.s must open.
4 1
- 10. Checking for leaks All joints in compressed air lines on breaker poles and control cobinet, and also the r
supporting insulator flanges must be brushed with 5000 solution, approx.1/.3 neutrul soap and 2/3 water. Permissible loss f mm breaker: Max. 0,5 bor ( oporox. 7 psig ) in 10 hours. Permissible loss f rom enclo .ure: 0,001 - 0,005 bar ( opprox. 0.01 - 0.07 psig ) in 5 minutes.
\ To check the enclosure for leik*, the breaker pole must be under service pressure and
I , J l e ,tly enclosed. Seal off ends of breaker pole with plates and admit cir until pressure is ').N borll ,
' wprox. O.3 psig ).
n
- 11. Measuring air consumption of each pol.c =
l p.. fore and of ter switching, the pressure gouge reading must not be taken until the receiver air n i c, regoined the ambient temperature ( o few minutes ). 7
.h =
Iculate air consumption as follows: ' W W 1 Opemtion Close or normal Cpen Air consumption = pressure drop LP x brecker pole volume LP I . JOperation short-circuit Open ,d Air consumption = pressure drop LP x breaker pole volume LP
+ pressure drop HP x HP receiver volume 5 Operation C - O -
Air consumption = oressure drop LP x breaker pole volume LP
+ pressure dmp LP x breaker pole volume LP + pressure dmp HP x HP receiver volume I
Inititol pressure Air consumption in litres
- pe ru tion ( bor ) Brecker pole vol. LP = 484 litres ( cpprox.17.1 cuf t )
HP receiver volume = 10 litres ( operox. O.35 cuf t ) lose 29,2 ( opprox. 423 psig ) 2500 - 2900 ( opt rox. 88.5 - 102.5 cuf t ) - B een 02,4 ( opprox. 325 psig ) 2000 - 2400 ( opprox. 70.5 - 84.5 cuft ) c on short-c . 22,4/35 ( opprox. 325/5C8 psig ) 2800 - 3000 ( opprox. 99 - 106 cuf t )
~ ' -0 29,2 ( coprox. 423 osig ) 5500 - 5800 ( oport x .194 - 205 cuf t ) ^
i '. Final checks 'N' E : Gem 3ve oil measuring leads and testing equipment. Connect flexible connections for reverse current and main current. All contact surfaces I) - of aluminium are to be treated er' the following manner immediately prior 'o fitting: Emave oxide film with wire brush. First grease brush or contact surface lightly with 7 "ilicone greose DC 55M. Always complete trootmt'nt of one surface before storting on
.= '
the next. Contact surfaces to be joined must be bolted togetner immediately of ter treot- ' 7 o'ent, and the joint covered with contact gre,ne. Wherwver the joints crc disconnected ., k.a the contact surfaces must be trecto.1 qqqin in the rrvmner described. Old grease must be Mr efully removed beforehand. NI
.ilvoroil rontact surfaces rnir.t tw c Iv. inn t bef 3r, tittin 1 ornl trn:ted with silicone grr'ose <
3 .. ._. i f
]
a F0 Maintenance l Before beginning any work, the breaker must be in the "Cpen" position, isolated frrm the network i Idp and earthed, the cor,t ci voltage must be interruoted and the comprr ssed air vented. The tubular contact assemblies 6300/6600 move back to the rocked "Coen" position when on electrical command { is initiated f rom the centrol switchboord or the control cabinet, or by pressing the button on the contrti volve 8390 in the control cobinet ( selector switch 8108 to "Locol" setting ). The position of the tubular contact assemblies con be checkeo through the inspection windcw. 11CG in the two sice pcnols 1C90 ond 1110. - To release the compressed air, first close of f the oir supply frtm the Compressor plort. This is done by closing the shutoff valve 8846 in the main supply line ( see fig.10, pcge 14 )- Then slowly open the croin volves 8857 and 8858 in the low ond high-pressure vent lines 6860 and 8850 ( see fig.10, page 14 ), so that the air receivers and extinction chambers depressurize. W This coplies also to all maintenance work where the water flow ir one or more poles of the gene-W rotor breckers OR 36 u 1750 O or OR 36 v 1750 O has to be disconnected. F.1 General The following descriptions and illustrttions provide the necessory instructions for dismontling, I checking, treating, adjusting and reassembling of components. B F.1.1 Cleaning and grecsing Cleoning is to be done with a clean, lint-free cloth. Pure petrol is to be used only in tre cose of i severe contamination wnere o cloth alons is nct sufficiert, such as scoling. In the cose of hollows, e.g. cir lines, supporting insulators, etc. the cloth should be pulled througn ( severti times ) with the aid of a wire. Protect ports from further dirt. Recssemble only ports which are cry ord clean. I l
, , ,, , , , i i i _s o /ii i/ - ~ , s . . , s , s s s s \ , ,
s - s
@lI ,'. . j's r ~
s i lubricant reserves sxs s s s s ,s
/
s s s Fig. 35 l'D Silicone grease DC 55M is to be used as lubricant for all sliding surfaces, sliding seals, contact points, guide rings and rubber seals, and also for ossociated surfaces subjected to sliding move-ment during assembly. Contact surfaces are denoted "x", sliding surfaces and bearing surfaces af are rmrked "y". Use Loctite type A as the sealin) or.d bonding agent ( see instructions AM 30'016 ). 1-I .
i 3 < 7 6 J m e Ports rrorked with on "L" are to be treated with LoClite type A. F i 1
- Check that sealing rings and grooves are meticulously cleon round their whole k circumference. y 9 Apply grease eventy round whole circumference of sools and seal recesses to improve cualit/ of seal when under pressure.
[ Friction surfaces of sliding scols should wherever possible be prVvided with excess . lubricant round the whole circumference ( fig. 35 ). ' P Silicone graose DC 55M and silicone oil DC 330 Fluid are obtainable from the rnonufacturer: [ Dow Corning Corporution, Midland, Michigon, USA. T E For assembly of Crrneto unions, see section D.4.1.1, page 35. # F.2 Routine inspection f E
?
This is corried out during shutdowns ono maintenance periods. 'U On water-cooled pole check press-fit fittings and threaded unions for good fit and leaks. l Check that contact points of high-voltogo connections are tight. If the ccnnections have to be broken for any reason, before reassembling troot the contact surfocos os described on page -
- 46. Max torcue = 16,8 mko ( coprox.121.5 ft.lbs. ). ,
L Check lines and connections on the breaker poles and between breaker poles and control Cobinet. E j- a Aemove water druin plugs 2Cg5 ( see fig. 7, page 10 ), 2942 ( see f'ig. 70, page 88 ) and 7405 ( see fig.11, page 17 ) and check receivers for water. Condensation indicates that 4 the corroressed air supply system is not correctly adjusted ( check this system ). T. Check connections on auxiliary switch 2290 and terTninal box 2460. L F: i F Check contact fingers 5331 in finger carrier ossembly 5330/5390 ( see fig. 36, page 4g ) E l A
/ for wear, and if necessory grease the bearing r-urfaces. Greasing instructions, see page 47 ?
3 Check centrir.; bush 6008 ft woor and replace if necessary. Tighten cheesehead screws A I M 10 6091 to o torque of 4,5 %, ( coprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ) ( see fig. 62, page 77 ). P f Cht:ck tubular contact assembly 63CO/0600 for wear, and lubricate witn silicone grease DC 55M if necessary. F
, 1
9 J 9 h O h. U .- .
' r. .
5317 I 4 , g ', [ ., k t
/ t - 5330 L. -
f ; I N L ,,
! %. }'
r n.l' m s ' m}
, A M L- ~ - . ! l '\ ~l i ! ~~. )
l J. L i
.s *2W -w,; + ~ . . + 5331 g m ,. * %- s/ \. \, ..- . . ./ . / $1. . * ~ ,
u l IJ I; G g 1 ._. JETS - Fig. 36 - Finger corrier assembly 5330 as seen through the inspection window in side panel 1090 0 5317 Hex-bolt M 10 x 65/26 mm
- 5331 Contact finger 5330 Finger corrier assembly
- Clean contacts 2293 and 2294 of auxiliary switch 2290 ( sae fig. O, page 10 ) as necessary - ( see fig. 37, page 50 ).
Parts list to fig. 37, page 50 - Auxiliary switch 2290 22e3 c_t i - 2m, e -e , _ _, g , I i r,
L ~ T ~ i ~ I J t i I ' i - IM i O ' V I
* :5 (
l7
%, O
- i li.[#- })* -
- l. .
p h .a n t i , l - 1 E - l' [' hb 1 I 4<- y g'- - - I flR$- a n 1,3;: 3-s, . 5 170 L5 'c:;dW (b' F ;L uj uu
'L l n . a Fiq 37
- t' Fig. 37 - Auxiliary switch 2290
'r I
!I ! 3 g :: I ! g i I I I I I
m g~ F.3 Overhauls 3, a i l Fi These overtx2uls include the inspections mentioned in section F.2 " Routine inspection". i " F.3.1 Overhaul of components exposed to arcing
}
A replacement of parts is necessary af ter the following switching cycles: In . 1 Isolator cycle = C-O Break- Nozzle A rc ex- T rupp- Srnall Exhoust Silver Contact Contact Exhaust O ing tinction ing elec- duct cover plated ring co rrie r duct current head trede assemb- contact with
! ly finger ring (OA)en 5119 5117 5166 5189 5360 5224 5183 5191 3025 5 1 2000 2000 4000 - - - - - -
3 4 2000 2000 2000 - - - - - - t 10 500 500 500 - - 500 1000 500 - 1 24 300 300 300 1000 - 300 1000 300 1000 8 1 150 30 30 30 30 3 3 30 3 3
,3 ..-
Mecho- 2000 2000 - - 2000 2000 nical 4000 - visual visual visuol visual 111 kA % heck; check; check; check; event. event. even*. event. 2000 2000 2000 2000
"; mo re more more more t
w F M 1 Isolator cycle = C-O 5 Break- Commu- Contact Contact A doo- MC-la- Lomino- Resis-ing to ting ball sea ting ter mellor tions L for current ring ring contact chorrber IOpen exhoust
~
(kA) 5111 7267 7278 7256 7252 7284 7363 i 1 - 2000 2000 2000 - - -
; 4 2000 2000 2000 2000 -
4000 10 500 500 500 500 500 4000
, 7 24 300 300 300 300 "AO -
4000 I i 5 150 3 100 100 100 500 - 4000 Mecho- 2C00 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 nical visuoi visual visual visual ail kA check; check; check; check;
, event, event. event. event.
2000 2000 2000 2000 more more mo re more 4
I
," F . 3.1.1 Overhaul with breaking currents 61 kA I '7 i 1
Accorcing to section F.4 " Major overhaul" o major overNul hos to be corried out of ter 2000 9 1 mcchonicol switching Cycles. Replace all components referred to in column "Brecking current
- 1 kA" of schedule. h i
T F.3.1.2 Overhaul with breaking currents 5 4 kA 1 i Af ter 2000 switching cycles with = 4 kA, inspect and/or replace nozzle 5119, orc extinction head " 5117, tropping electrode 5106 and parts of the resistor chamcers. At the some time check the com-1 mutation gap and fit of orc extinction head. = l 1 To check commutation gap [ I 1.1 i To remove cover assembly 7C47 w Loosen hex-bolts M 10 7054 and withdmw cops 7048 on the insulating tube osserrbly 7001 f rom the cover. 4
!I l n . i ~ ',,il ~~ M I
7047-~- -
, , - 7o e /- /
7048-7064-D,
! f--. =-~ ~7001 \
6 8 1
.g 4 o . .. -
I 7049 ' , 1 Fig 38 I Fig. 38 - Fixing of cops 7048 f. I - Aemove hex-bolts M 10 1103 fixing the cover assembly to the breaker enclosure 1000. Dismantle two covers 7049 ( see fig. 38 ). Place hoist slings naund ucper portion of cover asserrbly and lif t f rom breaker enclosure.
,.2 7o _ .,.s,s,o _ s7 , I Reicace flexibio connectionc 7076 ( fig. 40 ), 72co and 7207 between resistor cnombers and !
ownino resi. tnc azemeiy 7100 ( c00 fig.11, nogc 17 ).
I I 7003 1 / 7001
- f. 7002 3 N h
I r
-s x \
N, N
~
7066 7003 7420 8 '
/
I h ,
/ 'm4 .
x n
h i 736'+ 7066 N x \ 's 5* 7004 .-
N
\
N
\'
rig 39 Fig. 39 - !.1sulating tube ossembly 7001 I - Unscrew hex-bolts M 6 7066 on resistor chambers and resistor chamber volves 7420, screw flange 7003 to insulating tuce 7002 witn adjusting nuts 7004 and take out insulating tube ossemo-ly 7001 ( see fig. 39 ). Dismontle resistor chamber screening 7071, loosen hex-bolt M 10 7371 on tne right-nond resistor chorrber, release and unscrew resorbit resistor 7201 from coove supporting memeer 7074 Release cheese head screw 7077 and remove supporting member. _ E * - Undo flexible connection 7076 on both resistor Chambers and unscrew hex nuts M 10 7072. Raise both resistor chorrbers about 50 mm ( opprox. 2" ), release hex-bolt 7075 cnd lif t re-I sistor chambers from cover plate ossembly 1210 ( see fig. 40 ). I 1.3 To remove domping resistor ossembly 7100 ( see fig.11, page 17 ) Release four hex nuts M 16 7067 and lif t off domping resistor with hoist. 1.4 To remove enclosure panels I If access to the sides is sufficiently easy, it is recommended that the side panels should be re-moved.
?
[ r4, I L I 7371 7073 l b JEl- ' ' . I v_q - l l{__li i l - E 8 i ! b li I ! )
- I 7201 l
' 7 1 /-
I i 7360 1 I i I 15t1 Et iN. 1. eJ % i 4 ( l 7072 l I 7071 $ 7 9 7076 7077
'" A J g j ! ;4 x
7075 GL==fM' gl2h \ i 5 07063 IfT,=. =; ' h g Fig 40
) , >I Fig. 40 . Dismontling resistor crumber 7360 - f Aeleoso hex-bolts M 10 1112 and remove four straps 1120 with four holding bruckets 1138 s
from breaker enclosure. Loosen set screws M 10 1123 suf ficiently on both sice panels 1090, t 1110 ond take off holding brucket 1136. Lif t out side panels. Take out two strup ossemblies 1310 with holding bruckets 1135, 1137 frem the top of the breaker enclosure ( ;ce fig. 2, page 4 ). Release hex-bolts M 10 3034 and drew off sealing disc assembly 3027 ( see fig. 41 ). ? i Remove ring spring 3033, washers and bolt 3025; remove bolt 7023 and drew out bush!.y contact 7020 from contact ring ossembly 7000; ur screw hex-bolt M 10 2588 ( see fig. 3, 3 .ge 7 > . 1 8 .
l I 1 l I I I I : 3025
@;~ ~G I - / / /
7047
~
hN w NE arp l 3034
* ~
d I i Wu Fig.41 I. Fig. 41 - Sealing disc assembly 3027 If there is not enough rtom at the sides, it is possible to remove oniy cover plate ossembly 1210. Aport frtm the operutions described above, cover 1225 must also be released ( see fig. 2, ooge 4 ) so that hex-bolt M 10 2588 con then be removed through this hole. Lif t off cover plate assembly 1210. I 1.5 To open exhaust housing 5185/5187 ( see fig. 58, page 73 ) Release hex-bolts M 10 5150, 5159 and lift exhaust cover ossembly 5360 and exhaust duct 3025 from exnoust housing. - t w 1.6 To check commutation gap ( see fig. 44, page 57 ) Remove two hex nuts M 10 5155. Slide largo duct 5192 ond small duct 5189 to cover 5178. Only replace tropping electrode if severely eroded. f l - Pres. urize extinction chamber 5900/5950 to about 2 bor ( coprox. 29 psig ) by bridging con-tact "e' ot pressure switch 8410 in the control cocinet. Press feeler gauge against orcing contact 5190 ond trcpping electrode and read off dimension "A". 8
l i L Vent extinction chamber. Remove hex-bolts M 10 5139 and 5141 and take off two broces 5167, retaining ring 5121 and a i no zz f e . A V a
. o, . . -
L g# eW
- I h e
-N ,, f 1 A ; - ~ r m * ,\
h x .e ~ \ : m (% . Typ
- e s-s ;y y -, .- p , _,-s- -
y . 1 ;K
\ .,g.
xy E . . ..
~
f .. --
'5121 I ,L " ti ' , -- . . , .: . d 5139 "
l, l l .% -
- f. _ _ . .-...J
. .. en, e "
Fig. 42 \I l Fig. 42. - Removing retaining ring 5121 d E - Pressurize extinction chc2mber to about 2 bor ( coprox. 29 psig ) by bridging contact "e" ot Y [ pressure switch 8410 in the control cabinet. This pressure causes the orcing contact 5190 to move against commutating ring 5111 Press feeler gouge against orcing contact and * 'eping electrode and read off dimension "B". 6 i The difference between "A" and "B" is the commutation gap, and should be 5,610,6 mm ~ ( opprox. O.22" t 0.02" ). If the difference is sntaller than that stated, the nozzle must be machined by this amount on { surface *x" ( otso the contact surface ).
}
3 r g 2. To check fit of are extinction hood 5117 ( see fig. 45, page 58 )
}
To work on the orc extinction head, remove the nozzle. First check the torque needed to loosen ? the arc extinction head, using contact tool 0005. 1 l Fit yoke 0008 to are extinction head so that the two pins 0035 engage in ths, notes in the ex-
- tinction heod.
Push retaining socket 0007 over the shaf t of the yoke until the pins 0036 engage in the holes T .w 6 i 1
iU in the contact corrier with ring 5191. Make sure these pins engage os nearly as possible at right ongles to those of the yoke so that the holder for the roteining barrel 0000 welced to the retaining socket is located inside the opening in the exhoust housing 5105/5187 Fit torque wrench 0000 ond retaining barrel and moosure loosening torque. Remove the orc cxtinction hood old machine off cny projection. 0 - Before ossembly, clean and grease contact surfaces "x" on arc extinction hood and on disc
) 5199 ( see chapter F.1.1, page 47 ),
t i Fit orc extinction hood and tighton with contact tool 0005. Torque = 45 mkp ( opprox. 325.5 it.lbs. ). Clean and grease contact surface "x" on the nozzle before roossembling ( see chapter F.1.1, g page 47 ). Fit nozzle and retaining ring 5121. Tighten hex-bolts M 10 5139 to 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t. lbs. ) ( see fig. 44, page 57 ). Check trupping electrode 5166 for erosion and screw in. t i .e wm m
....._. " \\ ~ = .\.'
{ Q .r-kL.- . 7
- 1
~
b
/- k, :.
s
' f,. y J /l 3 \ k
[A. - ' l j W :&% : l Fig 43 Fig. 43 - Removing nozzle 5119
- 3. To replace ports of resistor chambers ( see chapter F.4, page 59 )
3.1 Assembly Attach the two braces 5167 only ioosely with bolts M 10 5141 Slide the large and small duct over the tropping electrode, support on the nozzse, odjust bruces and tighton to 4,5 mko ( oppron . 32.5 f t.lbs ) with hex-bolts M 10 5141. Fit nuts M 10 5155.
f t e 3 != .
&a4;x ; % .s .
l e
@p!/' I / .
3 .i** .l
.l 1
lI.
. I i i
k,lj j.I - 1 Jll E
- d. . _ . _ . _ i 5
l' ,A
/' ,
O i Ij E [; 3 f. r-
I o 9 0 8 v- R - - +- [~ . -- , u_ _ ~, i
. ... . _ . . _ . _ . ., _. )
[ i , f ~ '
'~
_/ x ,
', s s s , / '
I g g .
, \ l i / / l l I l 1 I I I I I I I ,
l 4 f.__ _ _-L _1,;- - - - - w--._ -
, r- -
i i _~ i i i p ' - 1I e s ' '- ~ a i i e _ _: _! _.s.=u,L_.ii_:
, i- lr l , .+._--A =- ,_,._.J.-l . \m-c-i-'+ 5l , i! -s l .q-w . tr m - Ed-:$
[9a
~ 's l ,;3 - T s )
6 3
! rf_^_ _'.' A 'N " -/ - - ~ ; i (- i ', 1 / :
- F-q i '-J -
L_
'. , 7 .- . ,
i j s sg i O.. J 7_7_-,,; h, ,. - s 4 i .l 3 l l y w w . . . - - _ _
}
f M'
~ '
h l i , [ ' - i s r 3 I l (
),/.
b l e
/ .g f '_/
e t m ',, 1 .%} //i }
- - L .
( N: _ . I L
, s' i \, . / / /_, , , t :
f 1 N 'i DM l t I1 I i i (.i ,,J h.i el? I l
\_ .
I i i ,,,,,... i I i ! 6 61 I t , I l i - -- {l i i i .Migjl: 1 mn r"" I I \
. i ;
I l s'no[ rip l l l l
*&.iidrli j_. _
l I i i I t l
} -a___ g; I .[o . .h}
a'
- 'J #f '
e l i f i
! - i L .. .j . I ;
g
. I
I Place exhaust cover ossembly 5360 together with exhaust duct 3025 on exhaust housing 5185/ I J U 5187 and bolt down. Torque for hex-bolts M 10 5158 and 5159 = 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.Ibs. ) ( see fig. 58, page 73 ).
~
I - Ploce cover p:ote ossembly 1210 in position. Fit studs 3025 and secure. Centre bushing contact 7020 in contact ring assemblies 7009 and fit studs 7023. Fix bushing connection 7030 ( see fig. 3, page 7 ). [ 5
- Slide sealing disc assembly 3027 over exhoust duct and fix with hex-bolts M 10 3034 at a dis-tance "o" = 12711 mm ( opprox. 5" 10.04" ) ( see fig. 41, page 55 ). y Mount bracket 1135, fit two strop assemblies 1310 with bruckets 1137, fit hex-bolts M 10 1112 [
I,
~
ond set screws M 10 1123 ( ve fiO. 2, page 4 ).
- With hoist, locate domping resistor t.asembly 7100 in cover plate assembly; four studs determine 3 the position. Tighten hex nuts M 16 7067. - Lower resistor cNmber 7360 in cover plate ossembly, fix flexible connections 7076 throuch y slot with bolt 7075 ond then Ic,cate chambers on fixed studs. Tighten hex nuts M 10 7072 to j I 2,3 mkp ( opprox.16.5 f t.lbs. ) terque. Fit supporting member 7074 and bolt to resortait resistor. A ttach brace 7073 and fix to resistor cNmber, place screen 7071 in position and j fix. Torque for hex-bolts M 10 7371 - 2,3 mko ( opprox.16.5 ft.lbs. ) ( see fig. 40, page 54 ). 5 - Join up all flexible c5nroctions.
N , - - Fit insulating tubr assembt?es 7001 complete with cops 7048. For this, turn the adjusting nuts g 7004 manually until flanges 7003 are in position on the end faces and con be fixed with hex-bolts M 6 7006 ( see flg. 39, page 53 ), i
- Position hood assembly 7047 on breaker enclosure, using hoist. Fix cover plates 7049, 'fix the two cops with hex-bolts M 10 7064 ( fig. 38 ).
l
- Fit side panels 1090 and 1110. Mount holding bruckets 1136. Bolt the four strup assemblies 1120 l
to brecker enclosure. Fit bruckets 1138 and fix with set screws M 10 1123. f L \ . I.3.1.3 Overhaul with breaking currents of 510 RA and 5 24 kA 7 For this maintenance work, first dismontle the extinction chamber 5900/5950. E - P
- First remove extinction chamber volve 2820 and actuating tube 2737. -
r
- Secure extinction chamber 5900/5950 with hoist and slings. f - Release extinction chamber 5900/5950 f rom exhoust insulator 4080. ? - Release bolts M 10 5005, 5009, slide extinction chamber 5900/5950 about 150 - 200 mm
( opprox. 5.9" - 7.9" ) towards exhaust insulator 4080 and then corefully lif t out ( fig. 51 ). I - Instructions for ossembly in chapter F.4 "Mojor overnoul". l.3.1.4 Overhaul of ter every severe short-circuit operution Af ter ever / switching operution on a severe short circuit the parts listed in the toole on page 51 , must be inspected and reploced if necessary. Instructions, see chapter F.4, " Major overhaul". I
F.4 Major ovorhaul A ma.'or overhaul is to be carried out af ter opprox. 2003 mcchonical CO switching cycles or af t-er six yeare. The overhaul includes the maintenance work described in section F.2. Af ter 6 years in service, replaco all seals, plastic parts ( guide rings, etc. ) and the cooling hoses. The following instructions are given in the sequence of a complete overhaul of a breaker pole. In the case of only minor servicing, only dismantle the parts as necessary. The appropriato I procedure is explained in the following text. If an assembly is dismantled further than intended, rruke sure that symmetrical components do not become interchanged. Note the markings when re-assembling. In generul it is advisable to use new securing devices ( lock washers, etc. ) when . I reassembling the parts. For a major overtuul it is also advisable, though not absolutely essen-tial, to remove the breaker pole from the busbar. The major overhaul described here relates to se case where the breaker is removed from the bus %r.
- 1. Preparution for major overtuul
- Set breaker poles to "Open" position.
Close shutoff volve 8846 in main supply line. Slowly open discharge volves 8857, 8858 in the vent lines and release compressed air. Disconnect breaker pole from network and earth live parts. Disconnect contrul voltage. I - Shut off water supply to DR 36 u 1750 D or DR 36 v 1750 D. Remove bellows from both end-rings and dismantle reverse and main current connections. Disconnect air connections on foot assembly 1341, earth connections and anchor bolts on fixed and expansion bearings. I Disconnect water lines from DR 36 u 1750 D or DR 36 v 1750 D.
- Lift t. eoker pole from busbar with hoist. - Remove side panels.
I I warnino! ( see fig. 64, page 79 ) Before separating compressed-air connection 2790 from the extinction chamber with isolator con-I tact 5000, b'e sure to secure the low-pressure receiver assembly 2900 so that it cannot tip over. The procedure is as follows:
- 1. Remove hex-bolt M 20 1347 from bottom cover 1343,
- 2. Undo hex-nuts 2519 and screw threaded stud 2004 through hole in bottom cover.
- 3. Make up U-section brucket ( drilled ), place brtcket over stud and secure with hex-nut 2519.
I - Place second centring bush 6008 ( see fig. 62, page 77 ) over domping piston ( see fig. 52, page 66 ) connect compressed-air cylinder to connection for isolator "Close" 2754 ( see fig. 7, page 10 ) and pressurize to about 4,8 bar ( opprox. 70 psig ) so that tubular Contact assem%I* 6300/6600 moves f ror i the rucked position. I - To disrn Je hood assembly 7047 and resistor chamber assemblies 7360 ( see page 52 ). 59
1 - l I L To dismantle domping resistor ossembly 7100 ( see page 53 ). To dismontle too cover assembly 1210 ( see ooge 53 ).
}
I 2. Work on resistor Chamber assembly 7360 ( see fig. 46, page 63 ) T l l - Remove connecting piece 7243 and delay volve 7330. Replace O-ring seal 7301. Undo unions and removc pico 7376. [ Remo"e eight hex-bolts M 10 7371 and lif t off extinction chamber jocket 7361 Heu o d remove contact ball 7267 I 1emove volve seating 7242 and replace two 0-ring seals 7302. Cleon volve seating and trect inside circumference *y" with silicone grease DC 55M. {.. l - Release retaining disc 7261, take out seal insert 7259 and 0-ring 72tS9, knock out pin 7251 and with spanner 0056 unscrew piston extension 7268 from rod assembly. Fit new corn-gated spring 7296 ond guide ring 7294 Undo two hex-bolts M 10 7372. I - Pull down connecting flenge 7367 from red ossembly. Undo hex-bolt M 6 7369, remove g striker ring 7368 ond fit new one, fixing with hex-bolt M 6. Torcue = 1,0 mkp ( cpprox. 7.2 ft.lbs. ). Fit new corrugated spring 7295 ond guide ring 7293. Inspect standard compression spring 7306 and replace if necessary.
- Strip core 7365.
Take off magnet assembly 7375 ond dismontle MC-contact f aminations 7252. Inspect faminations for wear, brecks and play in the mognet bore and replace if necessary. Lubricate magnet bore "x" with silicone grease DC 55M. I - Slide retaining ring 7364 from rod ossembly and replace wiper 7248. 8 Remove four socket head screws M 6 7392. Coution: Flete 7334 is under spring pressure! Reptoce guide ring 73g6 and corrugated spring 7397. Inspect corroression springs 7254, 730S and 7391 for comoge. Replace insulating disc 7389. I - Fit red assembly 7394. Lubricate surfaces "y" with silicone grease DC 55M; slide retaining ring, wiper, MC-contact lerninctions and magnet on nad ossembly. Fit new core on rod as',embly. 1 Fit compression sMing, spacers 7366 and connecting flonge. Secure spring cop assembly 7360 I and connecting flonge witn hex-bolts M 10 7372. Torque 2,3 mko ( cpprox.16.5 ft. lbs. ). - Screw piston extension on rod assembly, tighten witn spanner 0056, then secure with Loctite type A and drive in new pin 7251. Rep!cce seal insert 7259 and O-ring 7269.
,x ,.to,n.ng d,sc 72e1 and secure with centre punen.
3 I - Slide on volve seating. Treat thread of contact ball with Loctite type A ( see instructions AM 30'016 ), mount odeptor ring 7256 and contact ball and tighten contact ball to o torque of - 4.5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ), holding rod assembly with wrench. Contact ball and odcoter ring must always be replaced at the some th .. l 00 1
i - 2.1 To dismontle extinction cnomber jocket 7361
- Remove hex-nuts M 10 7312 and hex-bolts M 10 7316 ond 7317. - Take off resistor chamber exhaust 7363 cnd spacer 7298. - Withdruw contact corrier 7362 and contact red as:cmbly 7277 f rom extinction crumber locket. - Place contact seat 7278 in vice and undo it with spanner from behind. - Remove cover bush 7279 ond compression spring 7307. Incoect spring and replace if necessa ry. - Druw contact rod assembly f rom contact corrier. Fit new domper disc 7283 and two new guide rings 7292. Contact sect and lominations 7284 must be reploCed at the some time. - Lubricate bore of contact corrier with silicone greose DC 55M. - Fit lominations with new protective sleeves 7297. Insert contact rod in bore ^ ' .ontact
] corrier, place compression spring and cover bush 7279 on contact red.
- Treat thread of contact seat with Loctite type A and screw to contact rod. Torque 16,8 mko
( opprox.121.5 f t.lbs. ).
- Fit laminations, clamping blocks 7285, clamping shoes 7291 and hex-nuts. - Insert contact corrier in extinction chamber jocket and fix with hex-bolt M 10 7317. Torque + 4,5 mkp ( cepmx. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). - - Fit two discs 7286, spacer 7298 and resistor chamber exhaust and fix with hex-nuts M 10 J 7312. Tort;ue 4,5 mko ( cpprox. 32.5 ft.lbs. ).
I 2.2 To reassemble resistor chamber
- Insert volve seat 7242 in extinction chamber jocket 7361 and fosten with hex-bolts M 10 7371.
J, Torque 2,3 mkp ( opprox.16.5 f t.lbs. ) ( tignten bolts evenly, twice round the circumference ). To fit the lominations the extinction chamber Jocket must be seoomted from the connecting flonge 7367
; - Fit delay volve 7330 and tube 7376.
1 Ports list to fig. 46, page 61 - Aesistor chamber asserrely 7360 dismontled F
- 7063 O-ring seal 7268 Piston extension .
I 72a2 Volve seat
- 7269 O-ring 7243 Connecting piece 7277 Contact red assembly
- 7248 Wiper
- 7278 Contact sect
- 7251 Locking pin CS 4 x 22 mm 7279 Cover bush
- 7252 MC contact famination
- 7283 Domping disc
.I *7254 Compression spring
- 7284 Lamination
- 7259 Seal insert 7285 Clomping block 7251 Retaining disc 7286 Disc
- 7266 Adapter ring 7291 Clamoing shoe
- 7267 Contact ball
- 7292 Guido ring
a l
..e ,o ~ ,
- 3 b
. b. b. E. E bE I f
C O) CI3 C3 , l ~ j .
.- Y ,
l l RiMGTd u-F .- __ . i pic 'l l ;i ;
- yi n ,
- l
!j ji t lilIl i
l i i ; l uin,11
- a. o i : HIll .i e, p.i % .s
.. _ m ,,n I
v g .
]j ;7 ~gew i @cE -
a LJ -e p
-g4 y
0 i l .L iTi Lu ._. .
.7 i
s N l I l
; ! F== -
8 l [. l l
! -[ !
h . 2 I -{ P I l I O I l l E _ d -- FTn C 2 - 1 5 '? C] i
. = = -
1 : = l 1 i,_ - u c ,;;g 4',e 'd 1 A I a s v H /,%r il i . l' j .i i g L gN' 5:.'/ LM2 IT e 'g m nMr
."E n;;ca '/ /
J
/ =w,, a : * ,/F-. e, l ,,
e . ,, E .' ' V ' NN' 'l
- h
.. 1 n - -. , 'a l I
- I p
. L,Lg'q) c. m ; E fg & i bb $
g__ s. m I i n cza ] x it . 73 2
\ //
[\
/ / \ \ \
l E 2 i ,' , e gy e.N w I khi E l l t e + e l 3 I E I a A. 5 4
; == ,
- I & t ' 44 l $ w
-_j-- T: Q6C@S00 :~l a g
w T Q/,f
/. -
ug Y
'j l
k_/_4 y n
;l " + CD)Ie- \La Q- ,i \ _
{.,._! _ _ _ . _ _ N... e E l- Q ' ll I il l __ __ l g--- i g 1 L l
l I ' I h. I I
~
- e n
p'w
~_ = 7 ~~~'~. == . ~ . ' ' ' = - .
g .
- I I
\ . x .\ .
b,
. i.
t7- [ lMi *
~, , ; f. s--
E '__i,/, i g i
- ' l_ k ?d/
- f. ,'W 7'/r
.I
- C3
/ c 02'
(
- D' D
~ ~~- ~
5 E K
! .~ !
l l d i
'xc s ! a3 \v $--
NxxMs A i
.~v ;-
I N'N 's' hu. m s a,- I : k i W-h3 l , i I
- m I t
- 7293 Guide ring !
*7294 Guide ring 7364 Retaining ring
- 7295 Corrugated spring
- 7365 Core Corrugated spring 7366 Spacer 2
I
- e7297 7296 Protective sleeve 7367 Connscting flange 7298 Space r
- 7368 Striker ring I 7299 Shim 7369 Hex-bolt M 6 x 20 mm
- 7301 0-ring seal 7371 Hex-bolt M 10 x 190/25 mm
*7302 7372
~ 0-ring seal H3x-bolt M M x 160/25 mm
- 7305 Standard compression spring 7375 Magnet asserr5ly
- 7306 Standard compression spring 7376 Tube
- 7307 Stendard compression spring 7380 Spring cop assembly 7312 Hex nut M 10 7384 Plate 7316 Hex-bolt M 10 x 80/26 mm
- 7389 Insulating disc 1 I 7317
- 7330 Hex-bolt M 10 x 55/26 mm Delayed-oction volve
- 7391 7392 Compression spring Socket head screw M 6 x 10 mm g
7361 Quenching chamber Jocket
- 7394 Rod assembly 7362 Contact corrier
- 7396 Guide ring
- 7363 Resistor chamber exhoust
- 7397 Corrugated spring
- 3. Te service resistor chamber volves 7420 ( see t g. 47, page 62 ) 8
- Disconnect unions. - Release hex-bolts M 10 7413 and separate resistor chamber volves f rom resistor chamber receiver 7401. Check receiver for condensation. j )
I Remove hex-bolts M 10.7438, 7439 and lift of f cover 7422. Be careful, the volve is under
- I spring pressure.
f
- Dismontle resistor chamber volve completely. - Fit new seal 7424 and ring seal 7433.
I Secure costle nut M 10 7441 with new split pin 7442 ( bend over without sharp edges ). - Inspect stordord compression spring 7426 for demoge. Change corrugated spring 7428 ond guide ring 7429.
- Change ring seals *Komma" 7431 and 7432; note positions of ring seals. - Clean housing 7421 and piston 7423 and treat sliding surfaces "y" with silicone grease DC 55M. Before reassembling, check movement of piston. Piston must not stick. - Replace cover. Tighten hex-bolts M 10 7438, 7439 and costle nut M 10 to 4,5 mkp ( opprox.
32.5 f t. lbs. ). Cleon surfaces between resistor chamber volve and resister chamber receiver, fit new stop 7403 and ring seat 7404 and bolt on volve. Torque for hex-bolts M 10 7413 - 4,5 mko ( opprox, a 32.5 f t.lbs. ). I i-
I Ports list to fig. 47, r .ne 62 - Resistor chamber valve 7420 cismantled I 7401
- 7403 Resistor chamcer receiver S top
- 7426
- 7428 Compression spring Corr %goted spring
- 7404 Ring seol
- 7429 Guide ring 7405 Water drein plug
- 7431 Ring seal "Kommo" 7413 Hex-bolt M 10 x 40 mm
- 7432 Ring seal "Komma" I 7420 7421 Resistor chorrber volve Housing
- 7433 7438 Ring seal Hex-bolt M 10 x 100/26 mm 7422 Cover 7439 Hex-bolt M 10 x 40 rnrn ,
7423 Piston 7441 Castle nut M 10
- 7424 S eal
- 7442 Split pin A 3 x 25 rrrn I 4. To remove extinction chamber with isolator contact
- Druw out exhaust duct 3025 and removing ring seal 3028. - Undo socket head screws M 10 3006 at either end of exhaust housing 5185/5187 and remove ring flanges 3004 and exhaust domes 3003. Lubricate new ring seals 3005 with silicone I grease DC 55M and fit into grooves ( see fig. 51, page 65 ).
l l I V - y% mg t q ,s,' ' ~T W r 4_ I s I
~ %~
A-
% f ,'
4085 f~s. -- A ,N. f I E~'s
\[ '1 L 4
I ' J. i
'f l y r ' i ff. , ' s ~
v s.-
.. .mq ' ,., } ' ,
I
-4, #N ' ,'2462 I
L Fig 48 Fig. 48 - Aemoving a supporting insutator I - Secure extinction chamber with isolator contact by means of hoist. Undo two bearings 4065 from upper corner channels, undo hex-bolts M 16 2462 and slide upper supporting insulo-tors obliquely vowards ( see fig. 48 ). I Irrno rtan t : Using a depth gauge on the corner channel, measure and note down the protruding length of adjustinr1 screws 1044 ( see fig. 75 ).
e i il -
~ ,'[,, . . . .. 0 - a '. .- ', 1 ' ,, f, ' , # ,.'3 t . SO ' ; '
l ,
\ )w *t lf'9- t t
l 1 i s . l I
. , t )
d l
~ j;,
n
.! i
. t ... }
,\ . ~ f' '*. *. ., e p .' . l k l3 2461 g N# ' ~
l 4080 y_ .h 3- - - /_ '"*' s' / - l Fig.43 l Fig. 49 - Fixing and supporting extinction or load chamber I il , 1- #
- ! 5 gd / [
2<s2
- .e2 f-r_ ,2794
- 4 j /*
'). . , y. - ) '
2789 i ...- , 4 I r ' t 3 IL-2795 i s
'N l , N N ;
I . ; 1 l / r l
.. / ,
i s' / i 'i Fig 50 h s. Fig. 50 - Pressure shell 2795
- neicese hex-ooits M 1c 2ect to fi to e noust insuiator ..cao ( see fig. 49 ).
5 64
1 Imnortant: Place compression tool 0056 ( fig. 74 ) between both fionges of pressure shall 2795 ( fig. 50 ) and tighten tool 0056.
- Undo four hex-bolts M 20 2789 and he (-bolts M 16 2462 on the two lower supporting insulators ( fig. 50 ), lif t extinction chamber with isolator contact 5000 from breaker enclosure 1000 and place vertically on exhoust housins.
- 5. To dismontle extinction chamber with isolator contact 's see fig. 31 )
Release tension bolts 50G5 and hex-bolts M 10 5009 and lif t isolator contact 5470/5480
~
from extinction chamber 5900/5950.
- Undo four hex-bolts M 10 5144 and lift contact body with ring 5180/5280 from pressure shell 5113.
1 Ports list to fig. 51, page 65 - Extinction chamber with isolator contact dismantled into unit groups 3003 Exhoust dome 5144 Hox-bolt M 10 x 65/26 mm 3004 Ring flange 5180 Contact body with ring - sc -
- 3005 Ring seal 5185 Exhoust housing - sc -
3006 Socket head screw M 10 x60/26 mm 5187 Exhaust housing - u, v -
*3025 Exhoust duct 5280 Contact body with ring - u, y -
- 3028 O-ring seal 5470 Isolator contact - se - ,
5005 Tension bolt 5480 Isolator contact - u, v - 5009 Hex-bolt M 10 x 55/26 mm 5900 Extinction chamber - sc - 5113 Pressure shell 5950 Extinction chamber - u, v - 5.1 To dismantle isolator contact 5470/5480 ( see fig. 52 )
- Undo four hex-bolts M 10 5317 and disrruntie finger corrier ossembly 5330/5390. - Undo six hex-bolts M 16 5319 and remove corroer cylinder 5302. - Unscrew four hex-bolts M 10 5316 ond take off ring 5305 with striker disc 5308.
Remove damper piston 5303 f rom domcor cylinder 5302. Do not alter setting of set screw 5309!
- Inspect compression spring 5304 and replace if necessary. - Fit new ring seal 5313.
IntrVduce damper cylinder into hole in housing and fix. Coution: Hole in housing must be in line witn domper cylinder. Torquo for hex-bolts M 16 5319 = 16,8 mko ( opprox.121.5 f t.Ibs. ).
- Cleon surfaces "y" in domper cylinder and lubricate with silicone grease DC 55M. - Fit new corrugated springs 5314, 5315 and c; :de rings 5306, 5307 on damper piston. Note position of guido ring 53071 )
~
l 1 I - i I e I
- c. &
I f r-f I 3 itma 3 h I i! ' f, {7 l F
'} 'u o
Jp 8 p e + l e -
- W1 I x een L ._. , "'
p i h- f
,.7 f% .
I \ I . ja i e a r i!I d-- I l l m m i e I I
- I hI I e
!i i i I
a ,
- di l l g til ,
1,-- , a lo A l 1 1 I I , F, y I g r'
.a.
I i I O \ S-m
!< I V I I ~ - -- .
I l H
.iiiii I . i! i, 4
HI ei i i i it i IIei i , i ca I %l----, A'
.g -
y , x
-J --dt
_ [g g I I
'~
E 4____.4 I r x ! v ( ,
@{ ~--.~ '
I
. - A- __ . .__ .
l .d-- I (~ . . l
\
4- - 4
+. j + ... ! g g g I s - === - -
l o, t l
. . 2 I
3 3
; 7 l.
I - l .
. m = ? . ~
s, f ' l i
- : I \\ \\ \\\\\\%
T, - t I @l1Hlllllllll ll ll g l
~
l r
. l a - ,, , . ,
r ,, , r2 e < a
/
I w I g
' / [ l ) i '. e n a. -
3 ^n g *l j/. 9 y /
\, ,1 ,.-- - / c , , , , 'I a
l- l
, l / g , ,
7 l l '
/ ' /? Us / ! $
l ! I a i,
$ ?
l I 1_ s i l [ l g u!. zj i
- i 1 E l g vt _ u l ., .
i , ,,
' _ -- - 1 .. ; ' l / //, \ \I i ?, / .. 8 l . / / / ,
I a / / ,/ w a
~
i////ll I e m m
/ / =
j p/
/ c:] , l ci,a /-
E __~ -- 4 E I ~ -
~ -
1 l N: ! ' I . I - I
i
- Check movemsnt of dompsr piston. - Fit now striker disc in ring and tighten with hex-bolts M 10 5316. Torque 4,5 mko ( oppmx. l 32.5 f t.lbs. ). Torque for hex-bolts M 10 5317 - 1 mko ( opprox. 7.2 f t.lbs. ).
I 5 .1.1 To replace contact fingers 5331 ( only if badly worn ) l
- Remove cheese head screws M 6 5337 and retaining ring 5336/5721. - Replace contact fingers 5331 and also 42 finger guides 5335. , - Place finger corrier 5334 with new contact fingers and finger guides over the base plate 0012 of assembly Jig 0011 and centre with centring device 0013, tighten hondwheel 0016 and thus press contact fingers 5331 into finger corrier 5334; mount retaining ring and screw in four cheese head screws with washers 5338. Check that each contact finger con be moved easily. >
Lubricate surfaces "y" with silicone grease DC 55M ( fig. 53 ). Ports list to flg. 52, page 66 - Isolator contact dismontled 5302 Domper cylinder Dorrper piston
- 5313 Ring seal l I
- 5303 5304 Compression spring
- 5314 Corrugated spring 5305 Ring
- 5315 Corrugated spring l
- 5300 Guide ring 5316 Hex-bolt M 10 x 25 mm
- 5307 Guide ring 5317 Hex-bolt M 10 x 65/26 rrrn Striker disc 5319 Hex-bolt M 10 x 65/38 mm )
I*5308 5309 Set screw for adjusting isolator
- 5321 Locking disc domping "Close" 5330 Finger corrier assembly - sc -
5311 Hex-nut 5390 Finger corrier ossembly - u, v - 5.2 To dismantle completely contact body with ring 5180/5280 ( see fig. 54, page 68 )
- Remove six hex-bolts M 10 5138 f rom contact body with ring and take off actuating casing 5901 1~
Clean surface "y" in octuating housing and lubricate with silicone grease DC 55M. Cleon hole for connecting tube 2737 ( see fig. 3, page 7 ) and fit new O-ring seal 5072.
- Undo hex-bolts M 10 5145 and take comper ossembly 5160 off octuating piston with tube 5210. - Knock out pin 5215. - Undo nut 5203, take off dished springs 5205 and drug disc 5201.
9 i
- Replace O-ring seal and red seol 5234 - Druw out orcing contact 5190 f mm contact body. - Remove arc extinction head 5117 with contact tool 0005 ( see fig. 45, pogo 58 ).
lI lI ! I L
l 4 h i. l'.
. I m%
Y $ Y i I t l t I _.L . ' .\ _ _ .n**; - . 45_~z '\ T , ., f .. . I { r.+ - ..~,'%. l; ^
- r e,-
I I
.w.1 . ., .,t -s %a,5
' ' t. . . -g -g n j! '
\ ~ 'h l 1 .i.
lh
,I l
l e t 1 t Ir . I s \ [l, %* ' I *y -4 i I '. 1, ,1 .
/\. -
i 1 e, . ,. ' h ; i g N
- x \ ! -
/
- - - . . . .. - . ko..f . lf l . . . . I. 1 - -
lI - x _ _ - _ - . _
) +
g N i
~
k I - 4 l' F i F--
- I I
i l _,-SV.
- l- $ c . . , . . .: .
T 1 e- -
' * ,,,"/ '
,. l\.w .'* ,,,
- f.o b
I 1 { f; __ . ... . _ o0 I L_ I , I .
I. i l s = = s - -- -- g,. T
/
_ -l i td. 7" m. . . ,i I 2 m
! !n rrr- m .
l ~
- n i
l
't' l
l i I __ s* flinl ll' i l l i m I i 3
- n. l i
--g ll!
Il
;l 1 I 4 E_d9,HP i 'l !j l -
e% i i 3 : - I i I l s i ~j ~ m : 1l j
? i Fj ? r lf ' [-i-- - I l! ! '
- - s i , w u.- .
e
- - d K4H j b-!
lij i I R, l\ l LLI I lI l I =. I \l r ~r L 12 '! Iil' i v[,I //p i\c, ___,
. I: :\ k t llI i - !9.FThY :
lI ! l
,y y/ q <m:.7, Ns L & .
C
;i --; ,
7= /
/ ~m \ ;
E g b - a T Rid I_\k fim j ,p !! o 5_ J ; i ,' s:e ,- I_ r .i :t tx
~ ~ : ct s : .s.1 - ~ ~ * ;, l jl \'~I l* ' #l c , ,c nI1 ~
r y, cx . . Eym,lU . .i 3 i.. .Tl l l l U Li r 1\l.u
-Q 's l6 5
3
~~ ~ h !!
t , _. . . . . ... ... aj . l I
} - Toko off contact corrier with ring 5191, inspect silvered coating for wear and reptoco if necessary. Replace dished springs 5206 and ring seal 5198. - Reossemble ports. Noto position of dished springs. Lubricate surface "x' with silicone groose DC 55M ond tighten ore extinction head to a torque of 45 mkp ( opprox. 325.5 f t.lbs. ).
I - Replace ring seal "Komma" 5124 Undo locking screws M 10 5146, 5147 and remove contact cage assembly 5220 from contact body with ring. Take off adopter rings 5106.
- Take off sealing bush 5105. Fit new ring seal 5128.
E 5.2.1 To replace contact ring 5283 ( will be done by service station ) I i
- With end-milling cutter, flotten contact ring in one place to within a few tenths of a millime-tre ( opprox. 0.01" ) over diameter of contact body, so that contact ring opens up and comes free. - Before pressing on a new contact ring the contact surfaces must be treated in occordance with instructions AG 30'114 I Ports list to fig. 54, page 68 - Contact body with ring 5180/5280 completely dismontled
- 5072 0-ring seal Seoling bush I
5105 Adopter ring
- 5191 Contact corrier with ring 5106 5107 Shim 5194 Tie red 5108 Shim 5195 Piston
- 5198 Ring seal Ring seal "Komma" I
- 5124
*5125 *5120 Ring seal "Komma" Ring seal 5201 5202 Drug disc Spring guide *5133 Guide ring 5203 Nut
- 5136 Corrugated spring
- 5205 Dished spring A 63/31 rrrn Hex-bolt M 10 x 150/32 mm
- 5206 Dished spring A 50/25,4 mm 5138 I
5145 Hex-bolt M 10 x 40/26 mm 5146 Locking screw M 10 x 30 rrrn
- 5209 O-ring seal Locking screw M 10 x 30 mm 5210 Actuating piston with tube 5147 Washer 10,5/21 mm
- 5215 Locking pin CS 4 x 32 mm 5156 5160 Domper assembly 5220 Contact cage assembly Recoil disc I 5163 5100 Contact body with ring - sc -
- 5234 5237 Rod seal Locking ring A DO 5200 Contact body with ring - u, v -
*5182 Guide ring
- 5283 Contact ring 5901 Actuator housing 5190 Arcing contact
I
;= I I
I a i l J
, a l ! I ~
l l -q H --h.-l 2-
. i_ m r- I g - / ; '// . y l l/7 J l j :;4 l % ( l 8 i7 I I o L.i f u i p r i v ;j l y/
li
'l 1
I l
'-Wyg't e -
i$ps ,my l , 1 l - i I i i l l I n : l l e8. ! \ g \ ,- l l l N l
4 4
/ w f
s , x
/
3 _- _ __ - .------_----w, 1 i
,{
_ _ _1% '
- p %"__ _ ~%i pgv / .
2s x ll N C i)'f ,. ,
'l" s
i. lli l . lj 'x \ -~ ' . ij x-
- i. -
xv
-l l1 _.' x g k s
ll TsV'f-Il s ,- s I ~ I, I lI \s f 7 ,/
- ,f -
7 3 , l j' f l J i E i 1 ll - J l I il l il l ll I
~
i 7 1l1 ii _ /r.i)i 4 '# s < r s 6 LL L
+._ ! Q lcr_ _% - s:s}j'\j-:!
g,
! 5 5 -
W i
3 J 5.2.2 To check compression spring 5102 ( fig. 55 ) ] 4
- Remove compression spring with the aid of spring ossembly tool 0020. Pass the tool through tube 5212 and screw plate 0025 to thread until it meets the octuating piston with tube 5210.
I I g Screw the compression tool 0021 ogainst retaining disc 5103, so ttut the compression spring is tensioned. Insert a screwdriver or similar implement in the slot in the tube and press out the locking ring halves 5104. Loosen compression tool 0021 again until spring is relieved. Inspect the spring, and replace if necessary. I b-3
- Withdraw the octuating piston with tube frem contact body with ring, clean and lubricate with silicono grease DC 55M. - Fit new guide ring 5132 and corrugated spring 5135. - Insert actuating piston with tube into contact body. - Attach spring assembly tool 0020, fit plate 0025 and te.ision the spring with compression tool 0021. Place locking ring halves 5104 in position and slocken off spring until retaining disc engages locking ring holves. - Remove ossembly tools.
I I l I 5.2.3 To inspect contact cage assembly 5220 ( 'ig. 57 )
- Remove retaining ring 5227. Use ocsembly jig 0001 for this ( fig. 56 ).
1 3
- Dismontle contact fingers 5224 and 50 finger guides 5223. - Clean contact cage 5221.
I - Place contact ccge in holder 0002 of assembly Jig 0001 and insert new contact fingers and finger guides. Eoch time fit two opposing packs of five fingers into se Jig. t I - Screw clamping plate 0003 on holder. i Fit retaining ring 5227. I
- Check that each contact finger, when pressed, springs back to its original position. ,, - Grease surfaces "y" on the contact fingers. - Grease surface "y" in contact cage.
t 5.2.4 To reassemble contact body with ring 5180/5260 ( fig. 54 )
- Insert scoling bush 5105 and fasten with countersunk sc*ews. Coution: On no account must the screws protrude. d I - Secure screws with Centre punch.
j.
I I E 5221 5227 *5224 9 I EW/4W4Q%fLW y } T - o -b I A ! l l E-t I _ _ _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . - - . _ _ _ . . - - - - - - . 5 I -
, . ;*d {
45223 ;s l , %'A
' s v
E ll b I 0 l AA Fig 57 Fig. 57 - Contact cage assemoly 5220 5 - Lubricate surface "y" in sealing bush with silicone greose DC 55M. l
- Replace "Kommo" ring seal 5124 and guide ring 5182.
! - Grease surfaces "y" on contact body with ring.
- Fit new guide ring 5133 and corrugated spring 5135 and place in actuating piston with tube 5210. - Introduce arcing contact 5190.
i I Slide drug oisc 5201, dishec springs 5205 cnd spring guido on tension rod 51g4 Tighten nut 5203 to 10,8 mko ( coprox.121.5 ft.lbs. ). Coution: Holes for !ccking pin 5215 must be in line.
- Orive in locking pin end secure at both ends with centre punch. '
g - Screw odapter ring 5106 to actuating pirton with tube 5210. Torque for locking screws M 10 5147 - 4,5 mko ( coprox. 32.5 ft.lbs. ). Do not forget shims 5108. l 1 Slide contact cage ossembly on contact body with ring cnd screw to odopter ring with locking screws M 10 5146. Note position of washers $156 ond shims 5107. The unused side of the i shims should be against the screw head. Torque for locking screws M 10 5146 = 4,5 rrxp ( coprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). k. t Fix damper assemoly 5160 to actuating piston with tube by means of hex-bolts M 10 5145. Torque 4,5 mko ( coprox. 32.5 f t.!bs. ). Do not fit ectuator housino 5901 vet. ' I 1 5.3 To dismantle exhaust housing 5185/5187 with pressure shell 5113 ( fig. 58 ) Remove 72 hex-botts M 10 5142, 5143 and lif t off mounting ring 5115, ring fienge 5112 and a pressure shell. Replace rii, .ects 5129 cnd rruin seal 5116. Check corrmutating ring Q111 ond replace if necessary. Take off ducts. Inspect nozzle 5119 and replace if necessary. Change tropping electrode 5166 if necessary. I Undo hex-bolts M 10 5158, 5159 cnd lif t off e> heust cover 5360. ReplOCe exhaust Cover 5360 if exhcust filter is damaged. I - Replace ring seal 5367 g g g g 32.5 f t.Ibs. ), for hex-bolts M 10 5143 - 2,3 mko ( coprox.16.5 ft. lbs. ). I 1 I 72
I Ports list to fig. 58, page 73 - Enhoust housing with pressure shell dismantled ! I
- 5111 Commutating ring 5142 Hex-boit M 10 x 80/26 mm 5112 Ring flange 5143 Hex-bolt M 10 x 70/26 mm I,, 5113 Pressure shell 5158 Hex-bolt M 10 x 70/26 mm 5114 Mounting ring 5159 Hex-bolt M 10 x 45/26 mm 5115 Mounting ring 5185 Exhaust housing - sc -
- 5116 Main seal 5187 Exhaust housing - u, v -
- 5119 Nozzle
- 5360 Exhoust cover
- 5129 Ring seal
- 5367 Ring seal _
5.4 To refit asserrelies ( fig. 59 )
- Fit new ring seal 5127 - Place contact body with ring 5180/5280 on pressure shell 5113 and tighten four hex-bolts M 10 5144 to a torque of 2,3 mko ( opprox.16.5 f t.lbs. ).
s - Place octuator housing 5901 in position and fix with hex-bolts M 10 5138. Torque 2,3 mkp ( opprtx.16.5 f t.lbs. ).
- Lubricate electrical contact surfaces "x" with silicone grease DC 55M cnd fit new ring seal I -
5001. Tighten 32 tension bolts M 10 5005 to 2.3 mko ( cpprox.16.5 f t. lbs. ), and 18 hex-bolts M 10 5009 to 4,5 mko ( coprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ), working round the circumference two or three times. Fit washers 5014 so that side with rounded edge is ogoinst mochined surfoce. I I Ports list to fig. 59, pcge 74 - Aefitting assemblies
- 5001 Ring seal 5138 Hex-bolt M 10 x 150/32 mm 5005 Tension bolt 5008 Spring washer 5144 Hex-bolt M 10 x 65/26 mm 5009 Hex-bolt M 10 x 55/26 mm 5180 Contact body with ring - sc -
5014 Washer 10,5/21 rrvn 5113 Pressure shell 5280 Contact body with ring - u, v -
*5127 Ring seal 5901 Actuotor housing i
E
1 I E C E i F - l I 3
- -7
- -, m, . .
I
= ' ~ ? . :
ih { 3 :
' I Hb ,
c: c'
. a. .
E g
. I .. !
c'.
' ^"
i g
; , l -
l a: - jw >* f_ l g l i s1 _ P '"J : -
- p tsi l
j 'q\E() , l t e .. - . j eN. 3 N d,7
-s l
N ,
\. .p y _ .
( ~-- N
- ~
_A
~
y f:E
->A :. y 'l l O ' 4: i__ l h g +++ + {+ .4 .+ _ ... . + 4 . g . g
a i I I
, d EIML5! 1 I -
a 11 5-Q __ f3'"4 nm _2 # 11 6 p l I
-t i .t, i
g ra . m
- .. 4 4
..um y _.. __.
L__, l' , [
) -h l ll =
y _ i ., j I i.
- I I
' I l fe !!i : n : s t!! ; .
l I b_:__e l
!. _ _ _.ld.
t 2 a 5 l I
* = l m R.
i lg gS ' 3 l r 5 ' L. y n- '
)
C' a x , , , . . . . . . , . . s
,, l wi,i, .,,,,...l l I 9' .g_ ,
l .=m
< _4. -
_ L - g_
~
y i~ l t - {-
, 2 -
y. f
- 4
-++-4 + 1- +- -6 4- + -.--4 -.- +-.A I
y E a
- 6. To remove isolator I 6.1 To inspect closing control volve 6030 ( fig. 60 )
l i 1 Unscrew three connecting flanges 6178. Remove two air lines 2466 and closing control volve 6030 with spring washer. g - Undo socket head screws M 6 6054 Release connection 6042. Undo hex-nuts M 6 6047 Change cylinder 6040. Lubricate sliding surface with silicone grease DC 55M. Replace defoy volve 6041 only if defective. Bolt parts together again. Fit six new O-ring seats 6176 and twelve back-up rings 6177 ( fig. 4 ). l 6.2 To lif t isolator from breaker enclosure I Wa rning: i First make sure that the tuoular contact assembly 6300/6600 connot move to either of its ex-treme ( rocked ) positions. This ccn be done by jomming a piece of wood in the slot of the fin-I ger carrier ossembly 6150/6160 and sliding the tubular contact assembly 6300/6600 up to it. Remove two strups 2685. Take off two upper suoporting insulators. Secure isolator from hoist with sling. ~ Disconnect two bottom supporting insulators from isolator and draw isolator out of breaker enclosure. 1 I Ports list to fig. 60, page 75 - Closing control valvo 6030 1 6030 Closing control volve 6047 Hex-nut M 6
- 6040 Cylinde r assembly 6054 Socket head screw M 6
'6041 Delay volve 5 6042 Connection 6178 Connecting flange I 1
I 1 l
~
E 6030
^ _-. __
6047 <
.I ~
f y 'I
.t,- w.# +6040 t t
E i I ( l l ' im
- I t
l-f f i j
" i !
1A 60'42 6'054 .A.IOi1 l R _ _ . _ .._. m .j Fig 60 Fig. 60 - Closing control volve 6.3 To dismantle isolator completely ( see fig. 62, 63, page 77, 78 ) 5 - Remove castle nuts N' 'O 6008 and split pins 6009. Take off cover 6013 Bend up lock washer 6011, screw down hex-bolt 6018 and remove both lock washers 6011, 6012. I - Release eight hex-bolts M 16 6029, remove and dismontle domper housing 6130. In-spect compression spring 6132 and replace if necessary. Replace guide rings 6135,
~
6136, corrugated springs 6143, 6144 and striker disc 6137. Note the position of guide ring 6136. Reassemble damper housing. Lubricate surfaces "y" with silicone grease DC 55M, ag fit new O-ring seal 6028. Check movement of damper piston 6134 h - Stand up isolator casing with ring 6001/6007 Unscrew two hex-bolts M 10 6116 ond screw in lif ting eyes. With hoist lif t contact tube ossembly 6 4 /6600. Undo four hex-bolts M 10 6032 and take off finger carrier 6150/6160. Remove both booring pedestals 6014 ond fit new bushes 6006 1 - Inspect contact fingers 6151 for wear and replace if necessory ( see paru. 5.1.1, page 66 ). Lubricate surfaces "y" with silicone groose DC 55M. I 75
f r 1
~
T
, [
2,
., , s
- s,
\ T '( l I'
p - c3 IL.
,(
4
\ Q '
r3
~]
i: 8 '
- - =,e f) '\ T ss c3 m
[
, . ~; '
f2
, /l / *"
a'
,A A 'r .' N .- 1 F v61; ; j .- , _ _ _g l Fig. 61 - Finger corrier ossembly 6.3.1 To service tubular contact assembly 6300 ( see fig. 62, pcce 77 ) a 1
Undo hex-bolts M 10 6116 and remove cylinder base assembly 6080. Druw out piston 6101 forwards. Fit piston with new piston seals 6111 and new guide rings 6109 ( use ossembly tool 0047 ). Change centring bush 6088 and rucking cartridges 6061. Fix centring bush with socket head screws M 10 6091. Torque 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). F Undo hex-bolts M 10 6117 and release cylinder cover ossembly 6060. Remove and replace dished spring 6104, domping disc 6137, guide ring 6108, red seci 6115 and rccking cartridges ( use ossembly tool 0040 ). Chick contact tube 6071 for wear and replace if necessary. Lucricote inside of contact tube n-with silicone grease DC SSM, insert piston and check movement. Bolt cylinder cover as'sombly to contact tube housing 6051. Torque 4,5 mko ( coprox. 32.5 ft.lbs. ). d Fit new dished springs 6105 ( noting position ) ond fast cylinder base assembly with hex-bolts M 10 0116. Torque 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t. lbs. ), a t 6.3.2 To service tubular contact assembly 6600 ( see fig. 63, page 78 ) Undo lock nuts 6202 and remove cylinder cover ossembly 6060. Remove and reoloce dishod spring 6104, domping disc 6107, guide ring 5108, rod seal 6115 and rucking cartridges 6061. Usa tool 00 20 to fit red seal 6115. 76 I
L - Check contact tube and housing 6250 for wear, and replace if necessary. LLbricate inside of tubu 6201 with silicone groose CC 55M, insert piston and check movement, ' but do not rock in position, fit new O-ring seal 6203 and fix cylinder cover ossembly 6060. Torque for lock nuts = 4,5 mRp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). Fit cylinder bottom assembly 6220 and fosten with hex-bolts M 10 6116. Torque = 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). ( - Replace centring bush 6088. Torque - 4,5 mke ( opprox. 32.5 f t. !bs. ). 9 Ports list to fig. 62, page 77 - Isolator se dismontled Ports list to fig. 63, page 78 - Isolator u, v dismantled - Isolator sc, u. v 6130 Domper housing ossembly
- 6132 Compression spring
. 0040 Tool 6134 Domper piston 0047 Tool
- 6135 Guide ring 6004 Guide roller
- 6136 Guide ring
*6000 Bush
- 6137 Striker disc 6008 Castle nut M 10 *6142 Lock washer 6009 Split pin # 6143 Corrugated spring 6
*6011 Lock washer
- 6144 Cerrugated spring 6012 Lock washer
- 6151 Contact finger assembly 6013 Cover 6014, Bearing brucket Isolator - se -
6018 Hex-nut 6021 Spring washer 6001 Isolator housing with ring
- 6022 Disc 6051 Contcet tube housing 6026 . nim
- 6C53 Lock: 7 pin CS 8 x 20 mm 6027 Snim
- 6071 Contoc i tube
*6028 O-ring seal 6000 Cylinoer bottom cssembly 6029 Hex-bolt M 16 x 70/38 mm
- 6105 Dished spring 6032 Hex-bolt M 10 x 45/26 mm 6117 Hex-bolt M 1C x 50/26 mm
- 6034 Locking pin CS 5 x 10 mm 6150 Finger corrier assembly _
6060 Cylinder cover ossembly 6300 Contact tube assembly
- 6061 Accking cartridge 6068 Locking ring Isolator - u, v -
l
)
- 6088 Centring bush 6091 Hex socket head screw M 10 6007 Isolator housing with ring 6101 Pit '
6035 Hex-bolt M 10 x 65/26 mm L
- 6104 Dished spring 6160 Finger carrior assembly
*6107 Domping disc 6201 Tube
- 6108 Guide ring 6202 Lock nut
*6109 Guido ring
- 6203 O-ring seal
- 6111 Piston seal 6220 Cyti., der bottom assembly
) *6115 Aod seal 6250 Contact tube with housing 6116 Hex-bolt M 10 x 55/26 mm 6600 Contact tubo assembly h
I 3 :
?
s I i ' I
-- , ,-- - ! ; i e e e- , . ,_ .. a : /
g m m/s l h =_W_ 5 i ll ~ . - . - . - - 5.- A lqe i 3 g i su : ; 5 5
- x '?gNY} Y i o :.
E j] ' j i i
'b lO~ 'f o
5ll H l l l- . I [,J i
]
u L _. , 5< ;*s* , y i l 1 { q 11, .E j
, .- r_v , , , - 1, g.,
a i I bk _._ g b - a 44 ---- 7 i-g y n=r) y j sv . +' c-- p;- r
= 0 0 - + + + - o- +- 4 + :-
5
!! , 3 l
t-g _ _-'lr --l J
= 0 4 & C 4- 4 + 4 + !i $ i g i 4 L j : 6 - ::: p1 ]i L
j Fl. .C t k I ' uj i .- - 8< i
- g i
.. i , ** 'o l 55 ! l . ': s !! <
j _ 7 %_ __ ,s q
!* l j ;F e -3 -
I #.'__Jq
- J " i j d,n
.,.--.'__---..-'r Si l ' Arv P i w ,4 i h h. - crc i l $' 8 -( , b l Sm w i
2 j i e o, ' S), p . __ _ , L- ,Ql
.-- _y-l -
t I, _. - . = _ __ s;, o f
/ _ }b:\ );f l / -) .- W X. "1
- p n #'#'. r.d E
, !.k.;' 4* ~
ig@,1t-a;_s b
*3 '
- F- gi ens : g l
L ... 25i c2 s G. .S e l I
O I
,b I. * ?
e
?
o- q i S r O i N na - emw 3 I E. . _s: ' k :i l l
. l ! , a+r i m-.
s. I -- , i I -! ! - L d.'( / I a m, t eap s _
, i C
4 G. g
~ - o M f(I I
I l C. - 3
- r.,
i i-7 l,, - . . ,. 1 , l
- g, M I3 l -j ,
! It -
3 ' INN !h G).- zk b M .o E W II I
-t h
( p r [ -l l
- - s; , ]P pk CL 9 - 2 , V Li5.i _i - ~-Ir71 ~...
i,_ _ e w7 {ri E Gh., 11
- cj = o t %
- s I ;
Ji I 404 4 4-o4-++p} i ,i r --
- 4 4- 4 o 4- + 4 -o s- d y-'
ll j l!!h! R L li
'!b j' j g u
q]ql$ i @; i L' I 1 lm [o ' (- ii lp' % i m -- w # , _
.l I
l l g' '!3l j; @j _ii .I _._ :s I ' 'rt-- ^1 l
- g.r.. t c__ i I l jt:l ![ ,4' m-- .
- : I is ?lR. .H i 5w" + % - 3 T -- 7
'I SS pu
. - .y .,c. ,,
g I ; i t . p
- sm.: ; : - sg: -
r g e g gT G I e jeo - my : s- J ft :1 l,
- Iv- +T"' li -
WM ws.-M l 1 f, c . l \ l $ A l
/ s SW : /)L i
i.6 H I _ l
. 0 t "h. tl t
c ' l Nl W 8 i& a.
,o sq..I l . .
_a u_1, s
... , es ... s 4_4_
8 I
=
l 2 I
j 6.3.3 To reassemble isolator U; I l Fit bearing bruckets 6014 ond bolt to isolator housing with ring 6001/6007 Do not insert - shims 6026, 6027 yet. Measure relier distence "b" ond groove spacing "o" ( see fig. 62, - pogo 77 ) and determine shims for each bearing f rom the following formula: u "a" ) + 0.004" (,nches) ' s = (
"b" i
2 Release bec ing bruckets and insert shims. Fit beariry, bruckets. Torque - 4,5 mkp ( opprux. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). ~ Check that contact fingers 6151 con be pu' ht.d in easily. Fit finger corrier assembly 6150/6160. ~ ~ighten four hex-bolts M 10 6032 to o torque of 1 mko ( opprox. 7.2 ft. lbs. ). l Lubricate contact tube with silicone grease DC 55M. Insert tubular contact assembly G300/6600 in finger corrier assembly. Check: 1.) Guide ro' ers GOO 4 must turn without play. 2.) The finger corrier must fit concentrically on the cont et tube, With eight hex-bolts M 16 6029 fix damper housing ossembly 6130 to isolator housing with l I ring. Torque = 16,8 mko ( opprox.121.5 f t. lbs. ). 1 - Slide lock washers 6011, 6012 on locking pins 6034, tighten nut 6018 and bond lock washer i 6011. l B Fix cover 6013 with three si ring washers 6021, castle nuts M 10 6008 and split pins 6009. Torque - 4,5 mkp ( cpprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ) ( note stocking of spring washers 6021 ). I -
- 7. To insoect control unit 2rOO 1 7.1 General checks on control unit Remove water druin plug 2095 ( fig. 7, page 10 ). Check low-pressure receiver 2001 for water. Condensation indicates that the compressed-cir supoly system is not functioning correctly ( this system must be checked ). The some opplies to the high-pressure receiver I 2902 ( see fig. 70, page 88 ).
Tighten hex-bolts M 16 1039 to 5 mko ( opprox. 36 f t.lbs. ) ( see fig. 2, page 4 ). , ... , _ . - . - i t , . . . f . . 6. , 1 - m _ . t _ _ e o,r,, ... O g - _ e. ex.eo,ts ,e m ,. Change four O-ring seals 2118. 3 -
9 I ii i' I
/ I5 ' \_ , - , j \ \ '( " / \ ' ' 3 ,/ \
i i . I.._3T');. '\ igf; 1 y s . I s 1
\ 7y -
i s
, g \ 'I 7 xg .
8
\./ .-: ,
g p.
~'
s g Uh
'e iiiii i )' T l
e I
l B t i
- . : = - .
p . 5 E 5: 5 I -l m l l nm Tf 4 l a i g-l a "' '.>.
-t < = u,y v%. x %n,J .., 3 I ,/ .3] h, 1 - e O .b ; ~ y ~/ -1 g b'.~ !;d n, ' , e .,
jt q ,i J. 1 L.ou. , -
?'.i' .t.g r. r, cc pJ i
- a. , el _==3 ,. y .,
,g ~ ,,r.._ _ . . _i g . ,
g ; [ ..g p',:. >- 'a.:- . .n e
--. ..... h > _O. ...i .
- . ,;-- -- p - *' 0 * ' *
-uu ;- ._, .; ;e E >i w? !...> I ce ~ _m ,
1- ie i ca .. ,; %:c...p.?, r , y, . w . = .~
.=n\ ~.lnhm .
- n. .< - - ,
I g,-. . % ; ,
.- -.---s, e . T __.r, n. 4 F.. . : =- %,. og -
tg. - .. ~. ...ay i c.,-... 5 e,-+,. 3 :- . 4. _ , . _ . ;
- 7. -
a% .g .-
- 0%.%-- c::
e . =. u .. - n. -
. ,; 1, I ~-
j i i j Ll Es '. , t.f,
- p
- l r og 4 ;.
[h" ;__:t . ' 7~= tM 1 ; M ' d ?.
%* g i - = ; ~ :. :.:e-: r- m . =1.q-- -
- p. , ,i a : ::~ 53 :. [ .: q'+ ; y1 )
u e : ;a a* d,. L, B )'/. I -^ n s.L h ,L_ . i . ' . . rn '
.,I' y*~i...;j 'i!n,(; ,t l .
v - g'".m._L~ ~; %
/ s ~ \, jl f , i,f-- 1 .
kM j l. 1r = = - t '- " t. ; e l
- u. {TQ-*.
g
. u:- = m * ;
I i
-l g
y
~
i 1: , s j s> i 5 i t u.
~, @g).,:24' M ' - = -- t = q 3 = 'I
5
. . ~
- h: s ~
-bel e- -I
_o . .- 2= . f "y .. - B 7 i OELpl if-t l 33
~7 ;
2 ;C s/+f-m g '
/ :: /3 ., i! l '- M-U-
_g i i . , . ! ! 0 '.t i Ir./-E 6 5 O I '/ 37 ' l ,= 1 ~
*** N jeIr.pm,E=_v. . -
4g jib 4 7_r-*:tt'
- c 43e-- ]
-.},I . .. 1 -/
g b_ t.W' 7
- 3 .. e, m,,.s..
^~
3-
' ' i ' ';' ?
Rhcge'.r t ~ y;D j}~,_ _-..m.. .- y- _a
!. ,l h : ,t s y'
5 t' 1 .t' (N . : . )_ _a -h I Q [ t I L_ S
~'- ======~ : - - - - Y ,g.[.'),S x .
W Eli @n e la i mpM B e - i..f. ~ -l . \
; / EA f M !
a J ca.
~ - ma -
l N :
/~~' T I
es: : sa: ::: : e e e e e
- C
- e" e
l l l 7.2.1 To dismontle mostar control unit 2510 completely ( ses fig. 65 ) i The moster control unit should be dismontled only to the extent necessary to carry out treinterunce, such as changing coils and seals. . cleaning and groosing. To replace o coil there is no need to re-I move the solenoid volve from the master control unit. l
- 1. To change coils Remove nut 2739, take off locking washer 2741 and identity plate 2742, then pull off coil together with coil cop 2743 and connector plug 2733. ~
l Take off connector plug 2733.
- Take coil cop 2743 off coil.
Slide coil cop 2743 on new coil and plug in connector 2733. Place coil assembly on core, fix identity plate 2742 and locking washer 2741 and screw the whole together with nut 2739.
- 2. To dismantle moster control unit I
Disconnect unions GE L15 2507 and take off air lines. Note: The air lines are provided with reinforcing sleeves 25C81 Remove hex-bolts M 6 2517 and take off covers 2494. Remove single and twin solenoid volves 2590, 2610. To do this, undo hex-bolts M 6 2515, 2516 and lif t off solenoid volves. y - Release threaded joint 2582 and cheese head screws M 4 26C2, and take off magnet heads ( occording to voltage ). Cleon volve flanges 2591, 2592 ond magnet heads, and blow out holes. Change seals 2582, O-ring seals 2502 and ring seals 2501. Reassemble solenoid volves. Note the relative positions of the holes. Remove four hex-bolts M 10 2513, to ce out twin control valve 2492, change two seals 2493. Release hex-bolts M 10 2514 and take moster control volves 2530, 2540 of f the base plate 24g1. Cleon base and change ring seals 2501 and O-ring seal 2502. Remove twin contrel volves 2560, 2580. Disconnect threaded joints 2584. Change seals 2582 and reassemble twin control volves. - Dismontle rroster control volves completely, release hex-bolts M 10 2569 and take off cover 2533. Bend split pins 2566, undo costle nut M 10 25G4 and change seal 2534 I Replace costle nut and secure with new split pin. Release hex-bolts M 10 2568. Beware: Piston 2532 is under spring pressurel Remove po rts f rom hole in housing. Change spring guide 2538, stop 2544, "Knorr" ring seals 2553, 2554, 2555, C-ring seals 2556, guide ring 2559 and corrugated spring 2562. Inspect standard compression spring 2563 and special piston seal 2558. Apply tool 0080. Lubricate sliding surfaces "y" sparingly with silicone grease DC 55M. Grease "Komma" ring seals and their seatings with silicone grease DC 55M. Check movement of piston 2532 Reassemble master control volves. Fit prrtective covers 2539 so that unperforuted plate is at the top. Toroue for hex-bolts M 10 2568 and 2569 - 4,5 mko ( opprox. 32.5 f t. lbs. ). i 81 _ _______ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ __ . _ . _ __ _ __ ____________)
) -
Bolt ossembled master contrtl unit to low-pressure receiver. I Ports list to fig. 65, page 80 - Master control unit completely. dismantled *
^
7 0080 Tool for special piston seal 2558 +2558 Special piston seal 0081 Assembly cone
- 2559 Guide ring T I 0082 0083 Sizing sleeve Assembly cylinder 2560
*2562 Twin control volve Corrugated spring e g
2491 Bose plate
*2563 Stanwrd compression spring 2492 Twin control volve 2564 Castle nut M 10 *2493 Seal
- 2566 Split pin A 3 x 25 mm f
I 2494
- 2501 Cover Ring seal 2568 2569 Hex-bolt M 10 x 110/26 mm Hex-bolt M 10 x 35 mm y
*2502 0-ring seal 2580 a Twin control volve A 2507 Union GE L15 *2582 Seal 2508 Reinforcing sleeve 2584 Threaded joint 2513 Hex-bolt M 10 x 110/26 mm 2590 Single solenoid volve 2514 Hex-bolt M 10 x 50/26 mm 2591 Volve flange 2515 Hex-bolt M 10 x 50/18 rrrn 2592 Valve fionge B
2516 Hex-bolt M 6 x 45/18 mm 2596 Threaded joint 2517 Hex-bolt M 6 x 16 mm
- 2601 Ring seal I 2530 2532 T.533 Master contrmi valve "Open" Piston Cover 2602 2610 Socket head screw M 4 x 12 rrm Twin solenoid volve 2733 Connecting plug E
*2534 S eal 2739 Nut
- 2538 Spring guide 2741 Locking washer 2540 Master control volve "Close" 2742 Identity plate 1 *2544 S top 2743 Coil cap
- 2553 Ring seal "Knorr" 2744 5plit ring 3
- 2554 Ring seal "Knorr" 2716 Magnet volve body for coils
- 2555 Ring seal "Kr~. r" *
"Close" 2732 ( 83 V DC ) 3 in series
- 2556 O-ring seal *
"Open" 2738 ( 83 V DC ) 2 x 3 in series 7.3 To dismontle isolator volve "Close" and "Open" 2040, 2050 ( fig. 64 )
I Disconnect air lines. b Release eight hex-bolts M 6 2254 and remove both isolator volves f rom low-pressure recei-ver. Change ring seals 2054 f I f I e ..,
l
, l I
E
~
o a J Si
~~
t' L 5 l l L LN ~ ~-* 7 . g
% A f b E W
ij
- hm WgT 9
g .. I'
% ._. _ m n, .
5 3 w l ar_.E , Eh.=O i 2 I 10
~
D s 3 ,,
~ ._
N;.
~
_3 i 3 g == 5 Q . 1 2
. 5% .- C' g
ss es 7d br a a a~ e
] i ) ~.T! ~ 3% g nr- - -N[+E -g r' ;. * -~
[ E
, . .._. [ __ . _ _ ~~'
l I. :- 53 l_ l g
! I : .' 1 m
i 5 a r* 1 g
.-/ I. ~ -d ' ' N,
{ ! r(y { g 0
-Q 33 l ; i .i i. i l
e a : I t '
i I
i
I g I I 3 E __ q,.
.t..:r ' ,
A ;, y
/ &f% -
j ( ,
\" - -- --7 \
I' g k, 1E .
- 5 '
y,y lz l
. %^y 13 73 s ~ ~ ,
- l
\ \
4.!%
, c::, 3;: @/;
U'
\ .A s-g, -
5
\_ _ ___ _ _ I ".' ,'
- l .
3, 7 e' ki i c *;g: l , \.- . J' ,. _. : :a
\
x ,. 2
\
s u' in $
/ ,
lI I I :. : ll ,
- Unscrew plate 2802, fit new ring seal 2119 and screw back again. - Unscrew connecting flange 2803 and fit new ring seal 2119.
7.3.1 To dismontle isolator volves completely ( fig. 66 ) Warning: Piston 2326 is under spring pressure!
- Change all seals. Inspect return spring 2336 cod replace if necessary. Lubricate surfaces "y* , grooves for "Kornno" seals and seals with silicone grease DC 55M. Check movement of piston. - Roossemble isolator volves and bolt to low-pressure receiver. -
Ports list to fig. 66, page 83 - Isolator volve dismontled 2321 Housing
- 2334 Ring seal "Komma"
- 2324 Ring seal
- 2335 Ring seal "Komma" 2326 Piston
- 2336 Return spring I 2328
- 2329
- 2332 Air duct Seal insert Ring seal "Komma"
*2337 2338 2341 Ring seal Hex-bolt M 6 x 50 mm Castle nut M 6
- 2333 O-ring seal
- 2342 Split pin A 1,5 x 1,5 mm 7.4 Checks on charging and interlock unit 2830 ( fig. 67 )
I. .
- Remove tubes 2625 and 2626. - Undo hex-bolts M 10 2638, take off top cover 2624 and charging volve. Use new focking pins 2641.
After 4000 mechanical switching cycles check bearing edge "k" on end holes of housing 2651 for I deformation caused by steel ball. If seriously deforvned, the volve concerned must be replaced.
- Lubricate bearing bush 2616, com discs 2614 and balls with silicone grease DC 55M.
I 7.5 To inspect equalizing-valve control unit 2810 ( fig. 67 ) I To change the coils ( voltage to order ) it is not necessory to dismontle the equalizing-valve control unit. Replacement of the coils is described in full under point 1. , page 81.
- Detach equalizing-valve control unit from low-pressure receiver, unscrew the two twin con-trol volves 2596 frem the housing 2813 and on each change two seals 2582.
Undo hex-bolts M 6 2822 and lif t off protective grill 2657 wini rupid relief volve 2814 I
- Changt empid relief volve, reassemble ports and bolt on unit group.
7.6 To remove extinction chorrber volve 2820 ( fig. 74 )
- U_.bo,ts M ,_ one d,s_,e o, . _ecti, mee 2845.
I 85
L E - Replace two O-ring seals 2879 and two back-up rings 2945 and mount on connecting tube. , Druw out actuating cleeve 2737 upwards. I Pull guide bush 2798 downwards, fit new O-ring seals 2848 and 2978. { F 7.6.1 To dismontle extinction chamber volve corroletely ( see fig. 69, page 87 ) + Undo eight hex-bolts M 6 2837. Warnino: piston 2826 is under spring pressure. , I Ib Take off cover 2828 and replace main seal 2832. Torque for hex-bolts M 6 2836 - 1 mko ( opprox. 7.2 f t.lbs. ). Fit new ring seals "Komma" 2833, 2834 and lubricate with sili-T cone grease DC 55M. Note their positions. Inspect compression spring 282* for domoge, E-and replace if necessary. Lubricate surfaces "y" very sparingly with silicone grease , DC 55M and check movement of piston. Reassemble extinction chamber volve. Torque for hex-bolt M 6 2837 - 1 mkp ( opprox. 7.2 f t. lbs. ). T 7.7 To dismontle rupid replenishing volve 2900 ( see fig. 68 ) I 9F Detach cover 1346 from bottorr. cover 1343 ( see fig. 64, page 79 ). I Undo six hex-bolts M 16 2687 and release four hex-nuts M 16 2688. Slide ropid replenishing volve in the slots about 20 mm ( opprox. 0.8" ) to the right. Y a Secure rupid replenishing volve from hoist and lif t out upwards through opening in bottom cover. P I ! I I 2687 I F ._1 . a F I / t 2 / . I-I
-2 f I
i A L N 2688 f,' '
\ }t:1 a a t:1d .g %./ ,E-1] [1] +
o
- 5 tEP I
tEF . l j
~
Fog 68 " l i Fig. 68 - To dismontle maid replenishing volve 2900
.I i
I
}
- t I I i
- s.
3 N.
, Qj, ,I L.) -
N '\ x \'s'x ' r l xN x< i l l 3 'y' x x
~
x i x =
\ 1 \ , /\ .\ ;-
r---)
.'\\ ., I \ \
l
'i ' -i , .-
- l l - l c r C
'D C
C 2 8 3
~
B C '
'D g C ~D '
! C-I E
- c l b 1 l- ,' . - ,
g.
~ .gi 1 - . r.
I {s' ' , il I',.'N'ssll[] g I
,A, i ,; .. .: . \ , p. 1 l
l\
./,,,- ly_ /
i
! o L. . =
d ! cp ca y t I' I
1 I I
. . I i '=' \
N t t t') t t C I __ i
... .- - -, 1 I g i
3
\
a
/'
l
\ C:
n: , / U
*~ '
V xi J a q 7""Y5 r s _
= \ N .
o _ c l w .w
~
e 2
\ * ?-. .z c s t \
I .i s_ a> < i a E
- KjT $
- r. .
.< q -=..b 1 , , s -j _. t g s o e m ~ ,a,:q}gp sh .-
q , ,, .l g c/ II- : *. -q .L. s, E- np i. . K x N'sf
?:n a li x $ 9 ;3
[ b ' s i\., 'j I m a
- s. L -
lI g N. s
, t ;
s.
- .Q , Do. ;. .
li I (\ 's; I N 5 h-f . i + 2 g - r-k ~, ! ~ _! L ,1 I ,,4 i l Y M 'l
~
I O C ) 8 ", e r: h ]' 'l g E
, N) .j I $
b
7.7.1 To replace coils "Open" 2738 Do not remove so'enoid volve 2907. Loosen or remove hex-bolts M 5 2937 I - Tcke off cover plate 2912. Undo nut 2739 and take off spring washer 2741 cnd identity plato 2742, then pull of coil 2739 together with coil cap 2743 plug connector 2812.
- Pull off plug connector 2812.
Tcke split ring 2744 off solenoid coil and pull coil ccp from coil. I - Fit coil ccp on new coil, fit split ring. Plug in connector 2812. Position coil over core, fit identity plate and spring washer and fasten the whole with nut. I I _ I 2743
*2738 2744 2739 2741 2742 . i p
1 I' if C . d UY m ~ l # --
'J
[ j m ,
~
2812 c :
*2738 I
2743 2937 - _ _
,e m f i 4 , )
I .' 2907 d E . 1 4 I g l 2739 2912 l l 2 812 Ma-2937
'J H
Fig 71 8 Fig. 71 - To change coil 89
7.7.2 To distruntle rupid reptonishing volva ( sse fig. 70 ) I - Loosen or remove hex-bolts M 5 2937.
- Take off cover plate 2912. g - Unscrew hex-bolts M 8 2932 and lif t off solenoid volve 2907. l Pull off plug connectors 2812.
I
- Loy down hood 2928 with cable. - Loosen hex-bolt M 16 2933. - Undo six nuts 2938. - Loosen two nuts 2938 in turn ( to relieve springs 2913 ) ond unscrew completely, g Take off housing 2901 together with rtpid replenishing volve piston guide 2905.
I g.
- Undo four socket head screws 2934 1 - Lif t out mpid replenishing volve piston guide 2905. - Reploco ring seal 2137 and ring seal "Kommo" 2925. - Change rtpid replenishing volve seal 2905 and refit, but do no,t tighten yet ( treat thread with Loctite type C occodring to instructions AF 48'031 ). - Draw out piston ossembly 2904. Change sliding seal 2924, guide ring 2926 and corrugated spring 2927. Lubricate surface "y" with silicone grease DC 55M.
I - A wnove compression springs 2913, clean and inspect for domcge. Undo shaf t stud 2935 with screwdriver. g Remove receiver insert 2903 with box spanner 0057, fig. 73. Fit new rubber bt ffer 2914 and reassemble receiver insert.
- Fit new sliding seal 2924 I -
Screw in receiver insert with box spanner 0057, fig. 73, and secure with shoulder stud ( lubricate thread of receiver insert with silicone grease DC 55M ). Fit compression springs ( grease tapping ). j j
- Grease hole of receiver insert and check movement of piston. - Undo threaded portion 2917.
I Intrtduce assemoly jig 0060 into high-pressure receiver 2902 ( ball handles 0071 at position E ) and fix to high-pressure receiver with screw plug 0064 ( fig. 70 ). Turvi tension rod 0066 until studs face grtove N of piston 2904
- Turn ball handles from position E to position M, whereupon the studs engage in groove N. - Tension the compression springs 2913 by turning the tension bolt until the piston wall is fully inside the receiver insert. Be careful not to comoge guide ring 29261 I - F!t sool 2927. - Slide in housing 2901, containing rtpid replenishing volve piston guide 2905 and seal 2906, and fosten the whole with nuts 2938. , - Remove assembly Jig 0060 and screw in threaded portion 2917. ~ - Tighten hex-bolt M 16 2933 with torque wrench to 18 mkp ( cpprox.130 ft.lbs. ) ( do not move out of linel ). - Fit seals 2952, 2953. - Attoch plug connectors 2812 to solenoid volve 2907 - Fit solenoid volve together witn hood 2928 and ring seal 2922 to mpid replenishing volve
( bolts 2932 ).
~
I Screw cable firmly to hood. Fit cover cloto 2012. E - 1 g - - 1 I _ v --
~
6 fI T i I ;i [-~
) l M .._ ! ! .I r h J l L i li PMY I em "
Fig .72 Fig. 72 - Assembly Jig 0060 l __ _O
'q - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ O__y I
I I I --_
-Q-I! ,L-_.______._-._.__ __ _ _
11 ___ !p__ _ ___ _ _; __ _ __ w ;__ _ _ _ _ _ _ ; ii ll Fig 73 Fig. 73 - Gox cpanner oscembly 0057 91
l 7.8 To insp;ct duct cosing 2422 and squelizing valvo 2880 ( fig. 74 )
- Release six hen-bolts M 16 2427, remove locks 2428 ond pinch hoops 2429.
Lif t off air connection 2700 with tool 0056 ond drew off rubt sr sleew 2846.
- Take off safety volve 2753.
l
- Undo cheese hood screws M 16 2426 and lif t duct cosing 2422 frrm equalizing volve 2880. - Removo equalizing volve 2880 f rom low-pressure receiver ossembly 2000 and inspect. U *o 1
cheese hood screws M 5 2897, take off bearing 2882, stop 2891, ring seal 2611 and ring seal
'Kommo" 2891. Undo hex-bolts M 10 *"M s.,d lif t of f cover 2889. Take of f split pin 2894 and costle nut M 10 2895, and fit a new seal 2888. Change ring seals "Komma" 2892, 2893, noting -
position. Inspect compression spring 2886 and replace if necessary. l
- Reassemble equalizing volve 2880. Tighten bolts 2896 to 4,5 mkp ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbt. ), castle 1 nut to 1,0 mkp ( opprox. 7.2 f t.lbs. ).
l - Before fitting in low-pressure receiver essembly 2000, renew seals 2377 -
- Insert equalizing volve 2880 ( position is determined by locking pin 2899 ). - Ploce duct cosing 2422 in position and fix with cheese head screws M 16 2426. ,
Provide sealing tubs 2797 with new O-ring seals 2849 and ring seal 2847 and insert in duct 1 casing 2422. Attach air connec ion 2790. Gap "c" round circumference must be uniform. l - Replace rubber sleeve 2846 and fix with locks 2428 cod pinch hoops 2429. Place rupid replenishing volve 2900 in position, slide up to duct cosing 2422 and bolt together. 1 Ports list to fig. 74, page 93 - Duct cosing 2422 and equalizing volve 2880 assembled 1 00 % Tool o 2377 O-ring seal
- 2878 O-ring seal 2422 Ouct casing
- 2879 O-ring seol 2426 Socket head screw M 16 x 60/38 mm 2880 Equalizing volve 2427 Hex-bolt M 16 x 65/38 mm
- 2881 S top o 2428 Lock 2882 Bea ring o2429 Pinch hoop
- 2886 Compression spring
- 2011 Ring seal
- 2888 Seal 2753 Safety volve ( crumber end ) 2889 Cover .
0 2788 S top
- 2891 Ring seal "Korrrno" 2790 Air connection *2892 Ring seal "Kcmma" 2797 Sealing tube *2003 Ring seal "Komma" l
2000 LP receiver asserrbly *2894 Split pin A 3 x 25 mm 2844 Striker ring 2895 Castle nut M 10
- 2846 Aubber sleeve 2890 Hex-bolt M 10 x 45/26 mm
*28#/ Aing seal 2897 Cheese head screw M 5 x 16 mm , *2d48 O-ring seal 2899 Locking pin CS 5 x 16 mm )
i *2M9 O-ring seal
- 2945 Back-up ring
- 2877 O-ring seal
- 5072 0-ring seal I
I g2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l
l 45072 I Nbi! \/)\ s/
/
Q l (
\) { /QKN '
J fi! l N 2737 ao d ii k a
\
4M
./ ,
g _C" ! zf x ar , . z' r o gy x x P/ I \g\( g g g / ,/ I / 'x. 'N I y 1 g l
'#9:/
e s [ l
~y 2790 4 h I .2429 l
l d 3 , A "C"
~~~ ~~ "C" 2427 N
l l l b, 242s I i\ I l y-
.284 ~S - - - - I +2 i l ";,' E .2849 , ,' -- yh\(('~-~h',U//A' i
g M ~Qf l i ;=, f n I __f -1 l 4 _1~P I I
' .\-
2*22 I ._. - 2880. -f 2g99
-m _ ( T-- 2895
. / , p %pwr= - - E FC ; w 289e l i _
~ , --% - a - Og}i;- l ' 4; *'*y , =.2e94 lg , , 'q' .2,rr ---( l w .,, jl ,
I I i . i i ' i p._ _.g . _ _ _ _ .
/aA 3 2882 ._ ,
i _ I I
.2879 - .2879 2848 2844 92945 2945 l ~~
j j~F---[ 2897 2800 g aa e i y l E rrbu_@ i si. l* l ' N3% l $0 % l
, rv t !
g, I
.2m 2877 - eN3 -o i
y/:I l
.m8 9 mW Fig 74 l 93 1
- 8. Genomi ossembly and adjustment During the course of as major overhaul, rer ew oil supporting insufotor assemblies 401], 4020 and exhaust-side insulator 4CSO ( see also ports list page 119 ). 7 L
Coution: Before fitting a new supporting insulator assemoly, all Cheese head screws M 10 4016 must , be tightened with a torque wrench to o torque of 2,3 mko ( copmx.16.5 f t.lbs. ) ( fig. 75 ). l O.1 Assembly procedure Y I - Fit all bearings 4085 with new O-ring sects 4051. Put back lower t. earings 4C85, but do not tighten yet. t
- Fit eoen with a protective ring 4052. - Provide all supporting insulators 4010, 4020 with new ring seals 4031 and 0-ring seals 4041, "
and lubricate recess diameter for bearings 4085 with silicone grease DC 55M. I i,
- Fit three lower supporting insulators 4010 and one lower supporting insulator assembly 4020 9 in the four cottom bearings 4C85. I - SI:de ( only ) remaining bearings 4085 on upper supporting insulator assemblies 4010, 4020. - Measure and note heignt of exhaust insulator 4C80. f f
I Detach exhaust insulator 4C80 from odjustocle support 4015.
- Remove adjustable support 4015 and fit with new O-ring seal 1037 ( fig. 2 ). - Fit new suoporting insulators 4 COO. Adjust support 4015 until the previously measured height I is obtained. - Fosten oclustoele support 4015.
Provide guide piece 2796 with new ring seal 2847 and new O-ring seals 2849 and insert in air I connection 2790 with tool 0C56.
- Using hoist, move extinction chomeer with isolator contact 5000 into becaker enclosure 1000 and carefully lower on to exhoust insulator 4C80 ond air connection 2790. - Slide in upper twc supporting insulators with bearings 4065, and fix. Do not tighten yet. ' - Tighten four hex-bolts 278g. , - Screw in adjusting screws 1044 on supporting insulators until the measurement referred to en ,
page 63 is reached. Tighten supporting insulators ( toroue 16,8 mko ) ( coprox.121.5 t.lbs. ). I - Insert isolaton 6000. Attach si.pporting insulator assemblies to isolator. Do not tighten yet. Slide in two upper stcporting insulators 4010 with bearings t085, but os not tighten yet. Assembly instructions for actuating sleeve 2737 ( tig. 74 )
- Air connection 2790 must be tensioned witn tool 0C56. - Intrtduce octuating sleeve 2737 inte ,ir coenteti on 2700 ond mcve up to stop. To co this, the .
resistance of O-ring seal 5072 must be overcome.
- Meosare dis ence "x" and cetermine thickness of striker ring "s" = x - 26,5 mm ( x - 1.04" ).
Make-up striker ring tnickness "s" 10.5 mm ( "s" 10.02" ) f rom one or two striker rings 2844, and fit. If "s" 14 mm ( "s" i O.16" ), fit only striker ring. With 2 rings, place thinner ring un-I de rvec th . 94
1 f
- / ' '~r /s o l r ,;s] j [x g wd s 4 's l s I wipe _
I' ,f l 44031 / \ l 'h s. ,TN s
.)
s 4 012 4063 II ,, j g# ~ d[hf;r {;Il, , ' ' J'
}J j! '
g I 4016 j r. , ,
};llIN g f I, I 4017 L ',p /*
g < .
- e
,',I ,r /, [ S' ' " / ./ .t ,< p .
I ,i:' 4 ' y/. 40ii - ,
' ,*,,'.,,,' 64015 ,,r /
t'/ l4 s , re 44080
- t . /' ,
) /d ,- .
J > 4 4010
,' ','
- 4 0 t1 I
f ',,f , jle,e I ge' ' , '
,h .' ,r ,{'
a
/,
{g,;' V ll *;, 4,' k l,Y
,' .' 44014 2 I tlf.,k,. . l', . ( , ; /
a1. r J.A r : e Acts l
, ,( > -
f / 3 A' l
,- [ -
4085 <
'di p j
s .- N iIf t.i s 1- 1- 1 i
/ G'SL l 'o
M'Ls m %}P4[b& ix
'7,l_ f 1 iIei l~ .
3 Q [L D l
'l - '~~ N *4051 4041 4016 4017 1044 4052 ,&'.,.c.., - ,,...ig l A I 44031 ' %p s,N -w 8
Fig 75 - Smoorting msufotor 4010,4020 Seportog 'ns& tor (evast) 4000 b4N - I
- 4010 Seportng insAotor P
S _ ;.b -
'4021 '* ' , i Ib 4016 -
Y ', { i ( I 4 017 f g' e 4 01.1 Mountog reg
, y
- 4 015 , [ , [ ,.
l 7,, ,,
- 4014 Rmg sed I
- 4015 0 ring sed e ,e e I
- 4 011 e
8 f ' e. y .'
.o ' ,*I e
r
>*4020 4016 Cheese rieod screw M10 a 50/26tnm 4C17 Ladt ar>wr estro strong '. e
- 4020 Seportog insulator I
. e ,' 4021 Mounhng reg > ,
- 4031 Ring sed i, e e ,'
- 4041 0-nnq seol I
s
- 4 015 ,
,- ,, ,'
- 421 0-ri g sed j',,*,'
',,'b 4052 protect,e nno ,,,3 ,
- 408C Suroorting msu'otor (edeusti
,QM--g . tx-I d -
C
,g, V sy\{. '
40S3 Chee:s beod screw W10 m 3Ornm I y -1 h ,. \ ' .'j 4085 Bearng I I- t044 Mysting scren 2 789 Hez Don
...;1 tp._ -} .. _ g I 44051 4041 4016 4017 1044 4052 Fig 75 95 I .
I I I P i t- -- --. - -- - . , - - ~ . f l I A' kJ
~
r i.? y' , o j ..
'I I %.. - f f -.
I u. ..) , s I ( . f E 1 t- .. i z ry ; - 1 I h
. ? ,, . ; I mu ,t ,m a
_N _ l\ v y)
/1 ]
I
) =c~;=, -- 4 -W,-e. ~~-
6
.~q ' \
I L...3 .. II' ' t I. - F
- 1 l
, r_ *~ ~l; 'r* :. si. _, ;
[
. \ ,. (,
3
'f' ,.
s (; ~m.'- i
','7 ,
s ,. I s .a i , , . b'I l' ' (' I) h I
. . . . . . . . . . 4 - __
Fig 76 i I Fig. 76 - Test pointers fitted Mount extinction chamber volve 2820 and remove tool 0056. I 8.2 Adjustments ( fig. 77 )
- Fit test pointe's r and domper cylinder and centring bush ( fig. 76 ). - Screw four hex-bolts opposite each other in exhoust housing and isolator housing and rig I levelling strings. Align isolator 6000 until distances "o" and "b" et crember and isolator ends are the same. Check horizontolly and vertically that the strings are in the some ,3 lone os the test :ointers. The isolator 6000 is levelled by means of set screws 1044 ( see fig. 75, page 95 ). Coution: O-ring seals 4041 must not be outside the bearings 4085. . Af ter aligning, tighten all hex-bolts M 16 to a torque of 16,8 mkp ( cporox.121.5 f t.lbs. ).
I Check oistanca "c" cbove and below on air connection 2790. Fol!owing a major overhaul, oil breaker pcles must be checked, including readjustment of switching times, settings, domping mtes, etc. For storting opemtion, see section E. , pago 39. I I"
I I 7 ,1 a
# D I , e
- y. ,
s O
.A j %' l
_N I s - - l , - . h ,- . 4 l
' Lg , ,
g, s
/ff' '
I - i
/*
h I Fig. 77 I Fig. 77 - Brecker pole with test pointers and levelling strings I 9. Assembly instn. actions with low-pressure receiver ossembly 2900 dismontled ( fig. 78 )
- Align live ports ( extinction chamber with isolator contact 5000 and isciator 6000 ). Using spirit level, olign connection surface "A" on extinction chamber horizontally with isolator l contact. = - Mount air cor-nection 2790 and bolt to connection surface "A". - Ploce duct cosing 2422 in position and fix.
I
- By tightening tool 0056 gently, bring cir connection 2790 up to stop. Align surface "B" on duct cosing 2422 vertically with corner channel. Using spirit level, set air connection ver-tical and surface "C" horizontol.
I up l - Fully tighten tool 0056. !I - Ptoce low-pressure receiver 2800 in position ond with h3ist Corch Ity mcvo up to duct cosing ! 2422.
- Level uo low-pressure receiver 2000 and bolt to duct cosing 2422. - Ploce high-pressure receiver 2G01 in position, slide up to dt.ct cosing 2422 ond bolt tight.
i i I !I
1 t , e g w l
- ,, s l - i
[ ' g a
~ / \ \ '\
l
\ $ ~ ,. { , 3 p \
- -\ \
,h Y ls .\ / ,
w 7 1 q_ ) :--- , 1 O b h l i l y I
- g
--+ ,
I 5
c :. f EE
.~ : ;
E
, _ t c =e - -
71 p
.. ._f _ _
_ ,_. _._.__ a w -
/
N- ~ d, ie /' L 4 p. i 7/ T M~k I 2 T@ s gf L "i " 22.* [ { $55Q j]@$ l.? N h] 2 s
,u eea < f c .'
n i Ry;4- ;[; ;g [ i/
%4 ,
ll l x N- ; 's Ma j i 4) I .P r t
- , h ! m gth, '
l l ' kThl. 19 kA13'i x J9dNw 1
-t'fiL_JQ3' I - -
l 9 LJu ' l -
= \l I '
x) ' E n - i
.)
I i, Y bwrs s\ l' .._ I ic b? t l l }% s m sR
's (
- : s s .
l . r :
.q. _ . _ _ m ._ _ -
I I ,- .
,/ '\ ~, _ 's s A 9019 "\
s
,> q . -;
p '\ Is k I
, ...s N g s . . *) \ \
W . 8 / t, ' , ,, J ,pT I! . _.*-9 0 4 7
,_ . - y ,f'h , ' ,s *, n v. 3 w _ .. - ,
Y'
,h n,
- j
~ 't ,i s 'I l . .g / 3,, g 'I' ' =
3 y h [ - s i I h i I ." - s . s*., ' gg j ; ; [
.' --- 60C0 ) $
I
\ ,/ . - s ' ~. '.,- - -; , , .* , . i 6136 q
s,
.N( N,,~,s.,....r/, ' , , //. , ~
1 s N /_. ' * / ,, /
)
l - --- 4262
/ /l.h l i -v ,1 O I / /
f
/ . * , /
s
.. W L - - **s u , - u . . - . _ -.
Fig 80 I Fig. 80 - Cooling connections on end rings of DR 36 v 1750 0 I 1262 End ring ORO 30 v. isolator end 6000 Isolator assembly DAD 36 u, v S130 Set screw for odjusting I
- 9047 isolator domping "Open" Coolinn hoco 9048 Cooling tubo assembly I 90
.2 a 'l J
I ; j 1 t , b I i vr I u e
. b I I -
9017 m
~*
5 y [ '
\ .'- , /, ' @% I x . +
B 9016 ' y 9 Fig 81 E I Fig. 81 - Hose guide 9064 6 when rollers 9016 ore replaced, treat cheese head screws M 6 9017 with Loctite type A ( see instructions AM 30'016 ). Before assembly, check distance "h" = 270 mrn ( fig. 79 ) on cooling g hoses 9073. a
- 11. Checks on control cob.inet The control cabinet generally needs no maintenance. However, when the brecker group is over-houted, it is advisoble to check the functioning of the individual instrvnents and also to test the connections to the terTTiinal strips and electrical instruments. Components should be cleaned or f replaced only if necessary. The two side panels and the rear panel con be removed prior to any
- wori< on the cabinet. This greatly improves access to the various items. ,
11.1 To clean filtor 8845 ( fig. 82 ) -
- Release hex-nuts. - Remove cover, seol 8217 and filter element 8216.
Blow out filter etcment 8216 with compressed air cnd cleon on trichloroethane ( chlorothene ). I If necessary, crunge the ports mentioned. 8845 Filter assembly
*8216 Filter element 100
e s N
~. , /
til I /
]
f N / 9 $8217
/ /- / 0 48216 I ~
s
/ '(I /
F I s I s
~
N L ' l Fig C2 Fig. 82 - Filter ossemoly 8845 I 11.2 Adjustments to low-pressure pressure switch 8410 After changing a microswitch 8434 on pressure switch 8410, the setting must be checked egoinst the table on page 42, and if necessary adjusted occording to the following example ( fig. 83 ): I - Adjust clearunce betweerf ruller end com disc 8451 to 0,1 - O,2 mm ( opprox. 0.004 - 0.008" ) with screw behind the roller, and secure with nut. Slowly falling pressure must interrupt a circuit at 21,6 bor ( opprux. 313 psig ). Close LP shutoff volve 8346 I Cpen LP diseturge volve 8857 and lower pressure to 21,7 bor ( cporox. 315 psig ). Connect control lamp "L". Turn com disc 8451 by hond in the direction of the orrow until lomo "L" comes on. I - Tighten nut 8455 by hand, carefully tighten further with sponner, at the some time holding hex collar 8435 ( tighten nut further only wher pressure switch is under pressure; use sce-cial spanner provided ). - Re-checking: I - Raise pressure by 1 to 2 bor ( opprox.14.5 to 29 psig ) - lamp "L" comes on. Slowly lower pressure - lomo "L" goes out at 21,6 bor ( opprox. 313 psig ). Raise pressure slowly - lomo "L" comes on at 21,7 bor ( opprox. 315 psig ). Bend over lock washer 8452 ( do not hommer ). I Ports list to fig. 83, page 102 - Pressure switch 0410
- 8421 S eal 8452 Lock washer
- 8434 Microswitch 6453 Hex collar 8451 Com disc 8455 Nut 101
i E l I g y + J [ s t-ga l '1 - b-y :
- q i ,
g FF-MM j i ' u P('"A,l'II!IL'
~ =
3 d E ~~~ T # 48434 7 .*,
/ h; 5 s
s E
,/d jI ; , ,, ; e433 84sie4ss ses2 !s II d' !I fN s
I s C I -s
, R s-
[,' L j)
~ , $ [)r $
2 '
; ; s d
I s 6 a' s 1D s: [d] p o.2 3
- (
s
~
k,l n - mm 5 s s ( ' j ,3 a i:, Ig yM s
,,,A).
o w l . { ;[ 9;j @3 '
- f _t i i //pyh '" y I h'A^W**'@b ap ww- "
I I,, 102
I 1*1 1 Adjustment of servo blockirg volve 8370 Make adjustments to servo blocking volve c.'.b; when depressurized. For settings, see page 43, point 5. 8 - Remove shoulder stud 8476.
- Slightly loosen bolts 8478.
I - Rotate cylinder 8464 as necessary ( looking down on the servo blocking volve, turning the cylinder clockwise raises the response pressure, turning the cylinder onticlockwise lowers ' the response pressure ).
- Tighten bolts 8478 nnd measure response pressure. When correctly adjusted, screw in .
shoulder stud 8476. T W' l l l/ /
/
k[) f}.i
/ // V 6478 h
- 3. , ,
" f , __- _ - *646'
[
.m N +^
- m^
r 6471
/ M,_.N_.
I D / {
. l ? A476 I /
3- 4
&, f/' . ,M. ,7* ! -
- 8475
% 'd, ',?, -- b z , *6473 E7 b5 8469
- t. ,M-N 4
s\ x N-
~
N N r,g g4 Fig. 84 - Servo blocking volve 8370 Ports list to fig. 84 - Servo blocking volvs 8370 Volve disc I 8464 Cylinder
- 8473
' 8467 Piston 8468 Compression spring
- 8475 Seal 8469 Compre: . ion spring 8476 Shoulder stud 8471 Spring 8478 Hex-bolt M 6 x 80/17 mm i 10:
1 J 3 11.4 To changs parts of control volvo 8390 1 I - 1 I i
~
i I
$8443 +8392 L
E . P 1 1 , n N~ !bkN k
._ w a r- .
h nV T 1
.m-f . Q. -
m 1 E -.. _m/ -
.=- L1;11 I
Fig 85 Fig. 85 - Control volve 8390 t
- 8392 Plug
- 8443 Sec t ,
t 11.5 To inspect replenishing volve 8320 ( fig. 86 ) 1 If the seal or magnet has to be changed, do not remove the replenishing volve from the control cabinet on 1 do not disconnect the tube unions. I To dismantle in occordonce with fig. 86, proceed in the following sequence:
'r - Move cop to transport position as in fig. 86 b ( fig. 86 o shows the operating position ), -
( see re's plate on magnet 8325 ). J L ock core with belt. I
- Undo bolts 8339 and take off magnet 8325. ,
To dismontle further, see fig. 86 b. Seal 8332 fits relatively tightly in adopter 8323 and con be a pushed out in the direction of the arrow with two pins ( diameter opprox. 2,5 mm = opprox. O.1" ). i . 11.5.1 To change magnet
.I . When the magnet is Changed, the Core trevel set on the volve must be retained. - Before urdoiry adjusting nut 8326. measure and note dimension H i 0,2 mm ( H 10.01" ).
I - Compress spring 8329 and spring mounting 8324 and unscrew adjusting nut ( fig. OS c ).
- Assemble new magnet 8325 with cpring 0329 and spring mounting.
104
l a b c g M ' M 3\M N \ s, i g\(d7 s - I :x Qw' x\j
.y G . w ;, -*832" 250v 125 v i v ' ~l ,
_ .--s lE E)
! ! IM Mi I - I
_i_ r i J. I u. J
? z o
g 1 --
')' i ld8329-tal ll b g [ : < h- !! ib jl $.P d .1 t IG !I ii 8327 8326 /I '
L rff l w >i (
, 8350 ,.
8339 I -s u 8326 8322 - h Y 4 8335 "'
- 8333 x* If Q
/d I. - 8336:4 Y , n -- . _ _ _ . _ . "y*
g - 8334 :f h., 8328 '/ g. .' N / f 8323 - -{ o f dbd.b MF H! ; h 3 $8340 no ; , I 1 r Y Il s sxg,r-
,- x I
LA :ll 8341 g/- 8321 .
$ i w . m ,
I I u o ~ e8 E
'i c h , - Tighten odjusting nut until dimension 10,2 mm ( oppron. 2 0.01" ) is oteined. S Fit volve. ]
I
- Turn con to operating position ( fig. 06 o ). - Check dimension ( H + 5,8 mm ) 10,2 mm - ( H + 0.23" ) t 0.01". - Connect cables and jumpers as shown on plate in terminal cover; note control voltage.
e I Ports list to fig. 86, page 105 - Replenishing volve 8320 8321 Valve body
- 8333 Ring sea!
8 8322 End flenge
- 8334 Ring seal ,
8324 Spring mounting
- 8335 Dock-up ring g I *8325 8326 Magnet Ad}usting nut
- 8336 Bock-up ring e
' 8327 Support tube 8328 Needle sleeve 8339 Socket head screw M 8 x 60/22 rrm 8329 Closing spring
- 8340 Main piston 8341 Hex-bolt M 12 x 40/20 mm l 8331 Piston spring
- 8332 S eal 8350 Piston assembly Lubricate all surfaces "y" with silicone grease DC 55M.
~. ~ F T
L 11.6 To adjust high-pressure pressure switches 8814, 8815 7
.I I~
In order to adjust the switching point on the Bourdon-tube switches 8814, 8815, the cover must be removed fm the housing. The switching point is lowered by turning the adjusting screw I clockwise ( slotted hex pin SW 10 ).
- 12. Version of breaker pole type OA 36 t 17500 with trtnsverse cooling l
Fig. 87, page 107 - Rear view of a pole of type OR 36 t 17500 with air cooler 9910 fitted Arolication of type OA 36 t 17500 with transverse cooling i : Se , ice current 11 - 14 kA 50 Hz St Nice current 10,5 - 13 kA 60 Hz I 106
-- -- - -----,w_ - - - -_.-- ,--aw-v u- .
m -
-a I
I 5 ( l
-~, . . ..- -
7 i i i. Id
- i e
e., I l 6 i k J -
$ S g, I' ,t .e"- . l I t i -.. . ms 1 - E. 5. .I{.
l 8 I I t
1 1
\E i
4
.b jE : : :
j - l ; lI o" t
/j=q - . g.,.1. -- . y; *m* __. , .a N d , - s. ,
4 .. : 1 - ,* ' g 1* I j
\, y. ._.
A- m
- ,pr %. w, .
I I : E il 3 \g ' !.g ~! l d I
--s j . -e (l r
I C-- -, : :. * -1 ca _24* hw I e d J
}_~ _.
g -
+ -s '.'.# . N v
1
'S WJ
( I _ -- p k-- , f, s { 7- [j. ,ru ( % /, -( c J)_ L.l i LI) I , p m . i .< a f
. y m .,,
s . I
..u:.- _ . .-
Dp
; = ; . e 1
The air cooler 9910 con be ased only provided the breaker snclosura is not cooled longi-tudino lly . The purposo of the air cooler is to lower the temperature of the live parts ( extinction chamber with isolator contact and isolator ), hooted by the operating current, to on acceptoble value by means of a trunsverse airflow. This is done in the following manner: Firstly, fresh air is druwn in by a fan impeller at the end of the air cooler 9910 and possed through cluminium tubes ( heat exchange surface ). The air leaves laterully behind the alumi-nium tubes. , in porullel with this, when the breaker is closed the heated circulating air from the enclosure is druwn vio o side unel and two hoses by a second impeller in the air cooler 9910, possed over the heat exchanqe surface ( oluminium tubes and plates ), cooled and returned via hoses and sied panel into the enclosure. In this way the live ports ( extinction chamber with isolator I. contact and isolator ) are cooled by a transverse airflow. An instruction to the breaker to close also starts the air cooler 9910. Foults ( no voltage to motor ) are signolled with on auxiliary contact. I Wo rning i If the trunsverse cooling system fails, the operating current must be reduced as follows: With 50 Hz reduce to 11 kA With 60 Hz reduce to 10,5 kA 8
~
Weight per pole of DR 36 t 17500 with mounting and air cooler: coprox. 2830 kg ( opprox. 624 lbs. ) 60 kg ( opprux.122 lbs. ) l weight of air cooler 9910 : opprox. 12.1 To remove air cooler 9910 f rum breaker ( fig. 88 ) Ports list to fig. 88 - Removal of air cooler 9910 from breaker 9910 Air cooler 9921 Forword side panel ossombly I
- I ,e
I . I l 9922 Rear sido panel assembly , i
! 9923 Air hose 9936 Plug unit i 9G24 Air hose 9W2 Earth connection ! 9MS Hox-bolt M 10 x 30 mm ? i 4
i i 9929 Lif ting eye
- 9956 Hose clip i i - Toke out plug unit 9936. T I - Release top hose clip 9956.
-r Undo nex-bolts M 10 9945. a.
- Lif t cir* cooler 9910 frtm brecker pole with hoist.
I ..
*f d
[ I . p !I l 8 P f i ; I
'?
I , I a i I 7 I 110 r
Go Trouble-shooting i All comporents of the breaker are subjected to detailed testing before delivery and are then fully ope rutional . Inopprtpriate shipment, incorrect assembly or failure to observe the instructions when commen. cing operution con possibly give rise to faults. This section describes how to remedy these. Before starting any work, disconnect the breaker from the network and earth, switch off control
"" current and vent the compressed cir.
G,1 Air leaks . 1 At air line unions and connections: I - Tighton screwed connections.
- If leakage persists, replace faulty components and if necessory renew soldered joints.
- 2. At rubber seals:
Possible causes for these fecks, which con umx2lly be heard, cre I - Crucks in the rubber seals ( e.g. ove to ogeing ). These seals must be renewed without fail. Comoge to contact surfaces of rubber seals. These r is usually connot be repaired and must be repicced.
- Demoge to volve seats. Polish the volve sects, or replace if severely demoged.
I In tho event of air loss from the exhaust duct 3025 it is possible that seal 5116 ( see fig. 58 ) is lecking and must be changed. This is done in the following menner:
- Remove hood assembly 7047, resistor chambers 7360, domping resistor 7100 and cover
- plate 1210, take off side panel 1090 or 1110 I Release and take off exhaust duct 3025.
- Disconnect flexible links between busbor and exhaust housing 5185/5187 - Support the ribbed housing 5180/5290 of the extinction chamber 5900/5950 ( fig. 3 ) on the corner channels with the aid of wooden beams and wedges. - Use hoist to hold exhaust housing 5185/5187 in position. - Release four hex-bolts M 16 2461 on exhaust housing 4080 ( see fig. 49 ). - Aelease four hex-bolts M 10 5142 ( see fig. 58 ), carefully lif t exhoust housing 5185/5187 a little with hoist so that it con be moved oxially towards the busbors ( coprox. 150 - 200 mm -
opprox. 5.9 to 7.9" ).
= - Lower exhaust housing 5185/5187 on to exhaust insulator 4000. Do not turn these insulators when doing this, otherwise the height will be altered. - Inspect seal 5129 and raplace if necessary ( fig. 58 ).
lI I it i 111 t
s Pull out main seal 5116 with both hands and fit now one. , Push exhaust housing 5185/5187, with commutating ring 5111 ottoched, back to its original g 8 position and tighten hex-bolts M 10 5142 with torque wrench, going round circumference twice ( tocoue = 4,5 mko ) ( opprox. 32.5 f t.lbs. ). 7
.I 3. At supporting insulators 4010, 4020: ,
l L If a supporting insulator leaks, it must be replaced without fail. T G,2 Incorrect performance of switching operations I. I f If a switching operation is corried out late, nnly partially, or not at all, make the following f
!W , checks:
1 Test all electrical control leads, terminal ennections and contacts in auxiliary switch. I
- 2. Check tripping coils:
- Replace burnt-out coils, determine cause of overlooding, and remedy, y j - To change o coil, see point 7.7.1, page 89. f
- 3. Check setting of pressure switch 8410:
; - This applies porticulary if the cycle "Close-Cpen" is corried out incompletely, ofter all f the checks under G.2 have been made. For adjustment of pressure switch 8410, see point
- 11.2, page 102. ,
i ! j r I I l !I i i i .. i i - i 4 elI s I 3 lE l iW t l I l l l 112 i
H. Spare parts 8 The following list contains oli spare parts indicated thus
- I I Ordering of spare ports To safe time please furnish the following information:
o) Object to which spore part belongs b) Type code c) Serial number d) Quontity of desired spare ports e) Denomination and part number as specified in this marual I Ordering spare parts by sample ! For pmper identification of mailed sorroles atuoys specify the items mentioned above. In letters always refer to type code and serial number. I 1 !I l Steruge instructions I I Rubber components ( sects ) must be kept in a cool, dry place prutected ogoinst light and sun. l If these conditions are observed, the storuge life of rtboer components is 10 years. lE lI l l l l ! 1) Spore parts which have to be replaced in the course of 5 to 7 years, i.e. of ter coprox. 1 i 2000 brocking cycles.
- 2) Spare parts whien have to be held in store.
I 113 L
6 C ea re no rts h s t 'o r C A 36 sc u , v 1750 D , C A 36 t 1750 0 Unit crcuo: Brooker enclocure 1000 1 Gear Aenlace offer: Number Switch- v of corts ing
- Po rt No . Port norre cce pole F ec. Pace Years cycles Ae m rks 1 I
1037 O-ring seal 1 2 4 6 -
- 1) 1 P
1223 O-ring seal 1 2 4 6 - 1) e T I L
<r I i
) t 5 i i i I 1 I - 1 5 - 1 1 I r l *
~
E - ) E - 1 I E 114 I
W Score rorts list to: C A 36 sc , u. v 1750 O . D A 35 t 1750 D Unit group: Contrul unit 2000 .I Sen: Aeoloco of ter: Nurrbe r S wi tch-of pa rts ing Po rt No. Partnome ocr note P u) . Pace Yea rs cycles Aema rk s 2013 Orifice for orifice in- 1 6 10 - - Necessary for adjustment I cert 3/4" 2010 of isolator actuator "Open" I 2054 2118 2119 Ring seal O-ring seat Ring seal 4 4 2 64 64 64 79 79 79 6 6 6 1) 1) 1) 2137 Ring seal 1 70 88 6 - 1) 2293 Contact finger 10 37 50 - - Reptoce if worn 2313 Valve disc to 2-way 2 7 10 - - Necessary for adjustment I* delay volve 2210 ond 2310 of switching delay of iso-lotor "Close" and "Open" 2316 Stop (2 x d 1,5 mm) to 1 8 13 - - Necessary for ocjustment I 2317 2-way delay volve "Operf' 2310 Stop (4 x d 5 mm) to 2- 1 7 10 - - of switching delay of isolator "Open" Necessary for adjustment I 2324 wcy delay volve "Close" 2210 Aing seal 2 66 83 6 - of switching celay of isolator "Close" 1), 2) I 2329 2332 Seal insert Ring sepi "Komma" 2 2 66 66 83 83 6 6 1) 1) 2333 0-ring seal 2 66 83 6 - 1) 2334 Ring seal "Komma" 2 66 83 6 - 1) 2335 Aing seal "Komma" 2 66 83 6 - 1) 2336 Retum spring 2 66 83 - - Replace if domoged I 2337 Ring seal 2 66 83 6 -
- 1) l 2342 Split pin 2 66 83 - - Replace r t each dis-I 2377 A 1,5 x 15 mm O-ring seal 2 74 93 6 -
a s sembly 1) 2428 Lock 2 74 93 - - 1), Replace together with I rubber sleeve 2846 2429 Pinch roop 2 74 93 - - 1), Replace together with rubcer sleeve 24E0 Interlock "Open* 1 9 13 - 4000 Replace in case of ce-I 67 84 forTned edges by steel oolls I 2493 2501 2502 Seal Ring sool O-ring seal 2 2 12 65 65 65 80 80 80 6 6 6 1) 1) 1) 65 80 6 2000 2534 S eal 2 2) 2538 Spring guide 4 65 80 6 - 1) 2544 S too 2 65 80 6 - 1) 2553 Ring seat "Knorr" 2 65 80 6 - 1) I 115
Score earts inst to: D A 3ra cc. u. v 1750 D. OR 36 t 1750 O ( Unit creun: Control unit 2000
~
See: Aeoloce of ter: Numoer Switch-of parts ing Po rt No . Port nome cce cole A io . Pooe Y ea rs cycles Aerm rk s I 2554 Ring seal "Knorr" 4 65 80 6 - 1) i j 2355 Ring seal "Knorr" 2 65 80 6 - 1) 2536 O-ring seat 6 65 80 0 -
- 1) l I
2558 Special piston seal 2 65 80 6 - 1) 2559 Guide ring 2 65 80 6 - 1) 2362 Corrugotec spring 2 65 80 0 -
- 1) ,
I 2563 Stoncord compression 2 65 ED Replace if domoged spring 2b66 Split pi, 2 65' 80 - - Replace at each dis- 3 A 3 x 25 mm assembly I 2570 Chorging volve "Open" 1 67 9 13 84
- 4000 Replace in cose of defer-med edges by steel balls 1
l 10 65 80 6 I 2582 S eal - 1) 67 84 ] 2593 Coil "Close" 2 - - - - 2), Replace if demoged
, 36 V d.c. , 3 in series 2001 Ring sool per magnet 2 65 00 6 -
1) head assembly 2611 Ring seal 1 74 93 6 - 1) 2641 Locking pin - 67 84 - - Replace at each dis-CS 4 x 18 mm ossembly 2650 Charging volve "Close" 1 9 13 - 4000 Replace in cose of de-67 84 fortned edges by steel 8 balls 2671 Coil "Open" 6 - - - - 2), Replace if demoged 30 V d.c. 2 x 3 in series 2704 Coil "Close" 2 - - - - 2), Replace if domoged 41 V d.c. , 3 in series I 2706 2732 Coil "Open" Coil "Close" 6 2 65 80 2), Replace if domoged 41 V d.c. ,2 x 3 in series 2), Replace if domoged a I 2738 Coil "Cpen" 6 65 80 - - 83 V d.c. , 3 in series 2), Replace if demoged 63 V d.c. 2 x 3 in series 2748 Coil "Close" 2 - - - - 2), Replace if osmoged i .l g 73 V d.c. , 3 in series 2749 Coil *Cpen" 6 - - -- - 2), Replace if demoged 73 V d.c. 2 x 3 in series 1 J I 116 1
l m._.._ , Sooro corts list to: D A 36 s c , u , v 1750 D . D A 30 t 1750 0 Unit aroue: Con +rul unit 2000 See: Aeolece of ter: Number Switen-of ports ing Po rt No . Port nome eer note Fig. Por;e Yea rs cycles Aen o rks 2788 S top 1 74 93 6 - 1) I 2814 Cylinder ossembly 1 67 84 6 - 1) Aeplace if demoged 2825 Compression spring 1 69 87 - - 2832 Main seal 1 69 87 6 2000 2) , 2833 Ping seal "Komma" 1 69 87 6 - 1) 2834 Ring seci "Komma" 1 69 87 6 - 1) I 2846 2847 Aubber sleeve Ring sect 1 2 74 3 93 7 6 6 1) 1) 74 93 I 2848 O-ring seol 2 67 74 84 93 6 - 1) 3 7 6 1) I 2849 O-ring seal 4 - 74 93 2877 O-ring seal 1 74 93 6 - 1) 67 84 6 1) I 2878 O-ring seal 1 74 93 2879 O-ring sect 4 67 84 6 - 1) 74 93 l ' 2881 2886 S top Compression spring 1 1 74 74 93 93 6 1) Aeplace if demoged 2888 S eal 1 74 93 6 2000 2) 2891 Aing seal "kommo" 1 74 93 6 - 1) 2892 Ring seal "Komma" 74 93 6 - 1) I 1 2893 Aing sect "Korrma" 1 74 93 6 - 1) 2094 Split pin 1 74 93 - - Replace at each dis-A 3 x 25 mm assembly I 2906 2914 S NV-S ea l Rubber damper 1 1 70 70 88 88 6 6 1) 1) 2921 Aing seal 1 70 88 6 - 1) 2922 Aing seal 1 70 88 6 - 1) 2923 Sliding seal 1 70 80 6 - 1) 2924 Slidirag seal 1 70 88 0 - 1) l 2925 Aing seal "Kemrm" 1 70 88 6 - 1) 2926 Guide ring 1 "% 88 6 - 1) 2927 CorrNgated spring 1 70 88 6 - 1) 2945 Ocek-up ring 4 67 84 6 - 1) 74 93 2947 Air filter 1 8 13 - - 1) I 117
Coore Ocets list to: Cp y e c , ,4 v 1750 D . D A Y) t 1750 D Unit grouc: Control unit 2000 ,t
,j Gee: GeDiace of ter:
N #ber Switch-of ports irg I ;3n re r.o . po rt ev3-a cor rota Aio. Acca Y ea r e. cvelos Rem rk s 2952 Aing seal 1 70 88 6 - 1) 1 2953 Aing seal 1 70 88 6 - 1) I . I I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I i I i 116
8 Soore carts list to: O R 36 se , u , v 1750 D . O R 36 t 1750 D Unit grovo: E xhaust 3000 I See: Acoloce of ter: j Number Switen-of parts ing Rema rks 1 Po rt No. Part name rer cole Aia. Pace Yea rs cyclas 3005 Aing teol 2 51 65 6 - 1) 3025 Exhaust duct 1 51 65 - - 2),See diogrum page 51 I 55 6 3027 Sealing disc assemt.ly 1 41 - 1) I 3028 O-ring seal 1 51 65 6 - 1) 3029 O-ring sect 1 3 7 6 - 1) I I . I I I I I I I I I I 119
Soare earts list to: OR 35 sc u, v 17"O D. OR 35 t 1750 D Unit grouo: Sucoorting insulator 40C0 l See: Aeoloce of ter: Number Switch-o f po rts ing I Po rt No. Port name oer pole, Pio, Pace Years cycles Aem rk s 4010 Supporting insulator 3 I 5 7 6 - 1),2) J 75 95 Insulating body I 9 1), 2) 4011 75 95 6 - 4014 Ring seal 8 75 95 6 - 1), 2) I 4015 O-ring seal 16 75 95 6 - 1), 2) 4020 Supporting insulator 3 4 8 6 - 1), 2) 5 9 75 95 _ 4031 Ring seal 8 75 95 6 - 1),2) 4041 0-ring seal 8 7D 95 6 - 1), 2) -< I 4051 O-ring seof 8 75 95 6 - 1)*, 2) 4000 Supporting insulator 75 95 6 - I 1 - 1) (exhoust) ! -~l _ l i i 9 el 120
l DR 36 sc. u, v 1750 D , OR 36 t 1750 O ) Soore carts list to: Unit occuo: Extinction chamber with isolotor contact 5000 S ee: Aeoloce of ter:
'Jumbe r Switen-I Ao rt No . Port nome of ports per cole A ic . Pooe Yeo rs ing cycles Aemarks 5001 Ring seal 1 59 74 6 - 1),2) 5072 O-ring seal 1 54 68 - -
2) 74 93 E' Compression spring 55 69 Replace if demoged 5102 1 5111 Commutation ring 1 44 57 - 2000 2),See diogmm page 51 58 73 I 5116 5117 Main seal Arc extir;. tion head 1 1 58 3 73 7 6 2000 2000 2) 2),See diogrum page 51 44 57 45 58 I* 54 N1 5119 Nozzle 1 3 7 - 2000 2),See diogmm page 51 43 57 44 57 58 73 5124 Ring seal "Komma" 1 54 68 6 2000 1)
" 5125 Ring seal "Kommc" 1 54 68 6 2000 1) 5127 Ring seal 1 59 74 6 - 1), 2) 5128 Ring seal 1 54 68 6 -
1) 5129 Ring seal 2 58 73 6 - 1) 55 69 6 1) I 5132 Guide ring 1 5133 Guide ring 1 54 68 6 - 1) 5134 Corrugated spring 1 55 69 6' - 1) 5136 Cornsgated spring 1 54 68 6 - 1) 5166 Tropping electmde 1 3 7 - - 2),See diagram page 51 5192 Guide ring 1 54 68 6 - 1) 5189 Small duct 1 3 7 - - 2),See diagram page 51 44 57 Contact corrier with 54 68 2000 2),See diagmm page 51 I 5191 1 - ring 5198 Ring seal 1 54 68 6 - 1) 3 54 68 2000 1) I 5205 Dished spring A 63/31 mm 5206 Dished spring 4 54 68 - 2000 1) A 50/25,4 mm I 5209 5215 O-ring seal Locking pin 1 1 54 54 68 68 6 1) Replace et each dis-ossembly 5223 Finger guide 50 57 71 6 - 1) lg 5224 Contact finger assemb- 250 56 70 - 2000 Pi,See diagmm pone 51 57 71 I ly 5234 Rod @sket 1 54 68 6 - 1) 'E 1 21
Score norts list to: OR 36 sc , u . v 1750 D . O R 36 t 1750 D Unit arouo: Extinction chamber with isolator contact 5000 See: Renlace af ter: Number Switch- - of parts ing i po rt No. Part come oer cole P iq . l Pace Yea rs cycles R eau rk s j 1 e I 5293 5304 Contact ring Compression spring 1 1 54 52 68 66 2000 2),See diagrum page 51 and section 5.2.1 page 69 Replace if domoged 2 I 3306 5307 Guide ring Guide ring 1 1 52 52 66 66 6 6 1)
- 1) ,
3308 Striker disc 1 52 66 6 - 1) I 5313 3314 Ring seal Corrugated spring 1 1 52 52 66 66 6 6 1) 1)
.m I 5315 3321 Corrugated spring Locking disc 1
1 52 52 66 66 6 1) Replace at each dis-assembly m I 5331 5335 Contact finger assem-bly Finger guide 210 42 36 53 49 67 6 2000 Replace if worn 1) I 2),See diagrum page 51 3360 Exhaust Cover assembly 1 58 73 - - 5367 Ring seal 1 58 73 6 -
- 1) -
I I
- l 1
W1 I OA I
~ ]
I J I J !I - lI -
l l 8 Score rorts list to: OR 33 se, u. v 1750 D. OR 36 t 1750 D Hoovv current isolator 6000 I Unit arouo: Numbe r See: Aeolace of ter: S witch-ing I of parts oer cole F io . Pace Yea rs cycles A ema rk s Po rt No . Aart nome I 6006 Bush Split pin A 3 x 25 mm 2 62 63 4 77 78 8 6 1) Replace at each dis-0008 5 9 cssembly
~
Locking disc 1 62 77 - - Replace at each dis-6011 63 78 ossembly I 62 77 6 1) 6022 Disc 4 63 78 6028 O-ring seal 1 62 77 6 - 1) 63 78 I. 6034 Locking pin CS 5 x 10 mm 2 62 63 77 78
- - Replace at each dis-assembly 6 1)
I 6040 Cylinder assembly 1 60 75 - Colay volve 1 4 8 - - 2), 6041 5 9 60 75 I 6053 Locking pin CS 8 x 10 mm 62 77 - - Replace at each dis-assembly Rocking cartridge 16 62 77 - 2000 2) I 6061 63 78 62 77 - - Replace if worn 6071 Contact tube -sc- 1 63 78 6088 Centring bush 1 4 8 6 - 1), 2) 5 9 62 77 78 I 63 6104 Dished spring 1 62 77 - 2000 1) 63 78 6105 Dished spring -sc- 2 62 77 - 2000 1) 6107 Domping disc 1 62 77 6 - 1) 63 78 I 62 77 6 1) - 6108 Guide ring 1 63 78 6109 Guide ring 2 62 77 6 - 1) 63 78 I 6111 Piston seal 2 62 63 77 78 6 - 1) 77 6 I 6115 Rod gasket 1 62 - 1) 53 78 Compression spring 1 62 77 - - Replace if demoged 6132 63 78 I 6135 Guide ring 1 62 63 77 78 6 - 1) I I 123
l s l Soare corts list to: DR 36 se, u, v 1750 D. OR 36 t 1750 D Unit grovo: Hoavy current isolator 6000 I Number of parts See: Aeolace of ter: Switch-ing 7 Port No. Port name I Pace { per pole Fig. Yqrs cycles Rema rks l 6136 Guide ring 1 62 77 6 1) I a 63 78 6137 Striker disc 1 62 77 6 - 1) 63 78 { I g 6142 Locking disc 1 62 77 - - Replace at each dis- - 63 78 ossembly 6143 Corrugated spring { 1 62 77 6 -
- 1) (
63 78 <I 0144 Corrugated spring 1 62 77 6 -
- 1) M 63 78 l
I 6151 6176 Contact finger ossembly 210 O-ring seal 6 62 63 4}}